Third Session, 42nd Parliament (2022)
OFFICIAL REPORT
OF DEBATES
(HANSARD)
Wednesday, November 23, 2022
Afternoon Sitting
Issue No. 253
ISSN 1499-2175
The HTML transcript is provided for informational purposes only.
The PDF transcript remains the official digital version.
CONTENTS
Routine Business | |
Islands Trust, annual report, 2021 | |
Statement of 2021-22 borrowings, schedules A and B | |
InBC Investment Corp., annual report, 2021-22 | |
Report on multiculturalism, 2021-22 | |
Report on the administration of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, 2021-22 | |
Chief records officer, annual report, 2021-22 | |
Climate change accountability report, 2022 | |
Environmental emergency program 2021-22 report to Legislature | |
Orders of the Day | |
Proceedings in the Douglas Fir Room | |
Proceedings in the Birch Room | |
WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 23, 2022
The House met at 1:34 p.m.
[Mr. Speaker in the chair.]
Routine Business
Prayers and reflections: Hon. S. Malcolmson.
Introductions by Members
Hon. B. Ralston: I have two introductions this morning.
I wish, first, to share some very special news from my friend — our friend and former colleague, the former member for Burnaby-Lougheed, Jane Jae Kyung Shin. She and her partner, Steven Cheng Tsung Su, announced the birth of their son, River Lee Su. His Korean name is Seoha and his Chinese name is Ruihe. Together they mean “lucky river.” River Lee Su was born at 8:19 a.m. on Monday, November 14, 2022, at Royal Columbian Hospital in New Westminster. I ask the House to please join Jane and Steven and their joyful families to celebrate the birth of their son.
Also joining us in the House today is a group of students from Kwantlen Park Secondary in my riding of Surrey-Whalley. They are joined by their teachers, Stephen Mackie and Sarah Thompson. Sarah is a former neighbour of the member for Vancouver-Hastings.
This semester these grades 11 and 12 students are taking a political studies class. This is the first year that political studies is offered at Kwantlen Park. Perhaps this may spark an interest in politics, and we may see some of them down on the House floor one day. I understand the class is very excited to be on their first field trip since COVID began. Today they will tour this place, our Legislature, followed by a visit to the Royal B.C. Museum. Could the House please join me in making the students of Kwantlen Park Secondary School very welcome here today.
I. Paton: I’m happy today to be joined by good friends from Tsawwassen, B.C., Brad Semke and his lovely wife, Anne Marie. Brad Semke has been an integral part of reshaping Tsawwassen along with his boss, Sean Hodgins, and they’re doing some great things to make Tsawwassen such a great place to live.
With them today is Anne Marie’s mom and dad, John Cullingford and his wife, Karin Cullingford. Thank you so much. They’re from Chilliwack. Brad and Anne Marie are from Tsawwassen.
Will you please make them feel welcome.
Hon. N. Simons: It’s a pleasure to welcome to the House my two constituency assistants, one from Powell River, one from Davis Bay. Rob Hill and Amy Clarke are joining us in the House. One took two ferries to get here. One took one ferry to get here.
I just want to say how nice it is to see you in the House. I hope you enjoy the day.
May the House join me in welcoming them.
M. de Jong: For more than three decades, George Ferguson reigned as the supreme leader of Abbotsford as mayor. Sadly, we lost George a few years ago. But today in the gallery, we’re joined by the former first lady, Ria Ferguson, who is here visiting in the precincts. She’s squired by Darren Kish, a friend of the Ferguson family, and our great-nephew, Phillip Michels, who is originally from Cologne, Germany and is now a resident of Ireland and is en route, eventually, to Tanzania on new adventures.
They are here in Victoria today and have had a tour of the buildings. I know all members would want to make Ria and her friends welcome here in the precincts.
B. D’Eith: Today we had the pleasure of joining B.C. Notaries for lunch, and they will be joining us in the gallery today. Notaries have been working in British Columbia for over 100 years, providing legal services alongside lawyers — things like conveyances and wills and estates and affidavits and so many more services in our province.
Today we have Daniel Boisvert. He’s the president, from Delta. Morrie Baillie, from Victoria; Jackie Tait, from Chilliwack; Kate Roome, from Duncan; Brendan Rothwell, from Kelowna; Ruminder Sadhra, from Vancouver; Cam Sherk, from Squamish; and Chad Rintoul, from Sydney. Would the House please make all these notaries welcome.
Hon. S. Malcolmson: Today in the gallery is part of the communications team for the Ministry of Mental Health and Addictions. Will the House please thank Leah Holoiday, Aygul Khalaileh, Blake Bilmer and Alessandra Vinhas for their hard work. I’m so glad that they’re here to see the House in action. Together with health authorities, they’re making announcements almost every week on new mental health and addiction services, and I’m grateful for their professionalism and time.
Tributes
BOBBI SADLER
Hon. S. Robinson: Bobbi Sadler was appointed deputy minister of the B.C. Public Service Agency almost two years to the day, on November 26, 2020. Now she is retiring from public service.
Before her role as deputy minister, Bobbi was the Assistant Deputy Minister of Citizens’ Services, procurement and supply division. She’s been in the public service for more than 35 years. She successfully managed several large information management and information technology projects and business transformation initiatives across the justice and social sectors.
Bobbi was the ministry chief information officer for Citizens’ Services in 2011, and prior to her appointment as ADM of procurement and supply, she was the assistant deputy minister and ministry chief information officer responsible for the IMIT portfolio in the justice sector.
I would ask that the House acknowledge her retirement and thank her for more than 35 years of serving British Columbia.
Introductions by Members
Hon. L. Popham: I have some absolutely fabulous people joining us in the chamber today. My deputy minister is down with the flu, so all his staff are over here playing with me. So I have Shawna Lyttle, Char Evers, Magdalena Golacka, Hemant Joshi and Chris Norton. They are visiting from just across the street, out back of the building. We’re here to make them welcome.
I want to thank you for everything that you do. We depend on you so much.
P. Alexis: I don’t get visitors from home very often. Before I go any further, for the record, I want you to know that my guests today were not responsible for the mysterious howling last night that was reported in the media this morning.
Would the House welcome my constituency assistants, my left hand and my right hand, Janessa Derksen and Jo-Anne Chadwick. I don’t know what I’d do without them.
Welcome. Thank you so much for coming.
T. Halford: Joining us in the House today is a little bit of White Rock royalty. I would like to introduce my friend and, I think, one-time babysitter for one of my kids once when we were in a jam, Tammy Evans. Tammy does a lot of work in our community. Right now she’s doing a blanket drive. I’m so proud to have Tammy here today.
Tammy, thank you for joining us.
B. Bailey: Tomorrow my daughter Esme graduates from UBC with her undergraduate degree. I just want to say a couple of words to those young people who’ve overcome great challenges in getting their undergraduate degrees.
Sometimes you skate through. It’s four years, you work hard, and you pop out the other side. Other times, it takes tremendous grit and determination, and you overcome huge hurdles, which was the case for my daughter.
I am so proud. Congratulations.
R. Merrifield: I just want to take a turn and echo the welcome that my MLA colleague from Maple Ridge–Mission has just made to the B.C. Notaries. As noted, we had the opportunity to meet with them as well, and hear about some of their concerns and some of their advocacy issues.
I wanted to welcome, in particular, Brendan Rothwell, who is a constituent of mine but also a next-door neighbour in business. In addition to helping serve our community and Kelownaites, we also get to share a coffee in the local Starbucks.
Welcome, Brendan.
G. Lore: I’m honoured to stand today and introduce some guests to the House. Luca Costi, Astrid Neilson-Miller and Roe Campbell. Astrid, Luca and Roe are part of Gender Generations.
The Gender Generations Project was formerly known as the Trans Tipping Point Project. It’s a not-for-profit organization that provides space and mentoring for trans, non-binary, two-spirit and gender-diverse youth. Besides mentoring, there are other programs such as workshops, retreats and performances and art that connect people of all ages.
To Luca, Astrid and Roe, and everyone at Gender Generations that isn’t here with us, I just want to say keep doing this amazing, important and inspiring work.
Will the members please join me in welcoming these guests.
M. Babchuk: Joining us in the visitors gallery today are two friendly faces familiar to Vancouver Island MLAs: Mr. Brodie Guy, the CEO of Island Coastal Economic Trust; and the vice-chair of ICE-T, Mr. John Jack, who is also a councillor for the Huu-ay-aht Nation and the chair of the Alberni-Clayoquot regional district.
Along with their dedicated team of locally elected leaders and appointed directors, they are working to build a sustainable and resilient coastal economy across Vancouver Island, the Sunshine Coast and coastal islands and inlets, from the Salish Sea to Cape Caution.
Would the House please join me in making Brodie and John feel welcome.
Hon. M. Farnworth: It’s my pleasure today to introduce two distinguished individuals who are here in the gallery: Ron Tremblay, the chair of the Automotive Retailers Association, and Adrian Scovell, president of the Automotive Retailers Association, an organization that was formed in 1951. They represent the automotive industry, and they currently have over 1,000 members and employ 10,000 people.
I’d ask the House to make them most welcome.
Hon. M. Dean: Today in the gallery we have Ryan Painter. He’s a resident from View Royal, in Esquimalt-Metchosin. He’s very active in his neighbourhood. Would everybody please make him very welcome.
Mr. Speaker: Member for Delta South.
I. Paton: Thank you, Mr. Speaker, for the opportunity a second time. Today, as the lead of the B.C. Notaries that have been with us here, is a good friend of mine, also from Tsawwassen, a gentleman by the name of Daniel Boisvert. Would you welcome Daniel and also congratulate Daniel on his recent election to Delta city council.
M. Elmore: Hon. Speaker, I’m very pleased to welcome some friends here in the Legislature for the first time. Sharif Turgan was born in Afghanistan. He was trained as a civil engineer in Azerbaijan, and he trained in drafting design from Brighton College in Burnaby. He’s a businessman, and he has his company, Mega One Car Ltd.
He’s joined by his partner Kobra Rezaei. She is a former spokesperson of the Ministry of Women’s Affairs in Afghanistan. She graduated from Nagoya University in Japan. Her thesis, which should be of interest to some of us here, was on women’s political empowerment through the quota system, in the case of women parliamentarians, in Afghanistan. Kobra ran as a candidate in Afghanistan, and she may run in B.C. someday here as well.
She’s joined by Mohammad Fazeli, who lives in Burnaby with his wife and three-year-old and 1½-year-old children. He was trained with a bachelor of international law from Azerbaijan, and he also has an accounting and consultation service, MA Accounting and Consultation Services, and a bookkeeping service here — very accomplished.
They’re joined by Abdullah Raza Karimi. He has a master’s in religious studies; he’s a scholar. He volunteers with the Canadian Hussaini Association, and he’s also a businessman. His company is AK Towing Ltd.
I ask you all to please give them a very warm welcome.
H. Sandhu: Mr. Speaker, I also want to welcome Ryan Painter. He’s a great friend of mine. I know he is a constituent of the Minister of Children and Families, but he was born and grew up in Vernon, so he is a proud Vernonite.
Ryan used to advocate; he was a very strong advocate for poverty rights, food security, democracy and youth. He even performed as a guitar player and a singer in many local concerts, and he was also a concert promoter. So Ryan contributed to the richness of our community. I’m proud to call him my friend and have always been grateful for his friendship and support for me over many years, which meant the world to me.
I look forward to catching up with you, Ryan, later today.
Please join me once again to make Ryan Painter very welcome in the House.
Speaker’s Statement
HANUKKAH
Mr. Speaker: Members, I would like to take this opportunity to let you know that the first night of Hanukkah will be celebrated on December 18 with the lighting of the Menorah.
Rabbi Meir Kaplan of the Chabad of Vancouver Island will be on the front steps of the Parliament Buildings at 4 p.m. for the celebration. Rabbi Kaplan will also light a Menorah in the members lobby at 4 p.m. on December 19.
I realize that some members will not be here. They will be in their constituencies on those dates. But those members who are in Victoria — I would strongly encourage them to come and join him.
Introduction and
First Reading of Bills
BILL M217 — MISCELLANEOUS STATUTES
(GAS PRICE RELIEF)
AMENDMENT ACT, 2022
P. Milobar presented a bill intituled Miscellaneous Statutes (Gas Price Relief) Amendment Act, 2022.
P. Milobar: I move that a bill intituled Miscellaneous Statutes (Gas Price Relief) Amendment Act, 2022, of which notice has been given in my name on the order paper, be introduced and now read for a first time.
Recognizing it is late in the legislative calendar — however, with a new willingness by this government to introduce and pass legislation within the last week — I felt it important, given that our province is in the middle of a severe affordability crisis, to bring forward this gas price relief bill. As British Columbians struggle to make ends meet, with prices for daily necessities skyrocketing, leaders must take action and provide people with real relief. We know that the cost of fuel, in particular, is taking a toll on people, both in terms of its direct effect on commuters and vehicle owners but also as a result of its impact on rising grocery and housing costs. Our entire supply chain is affected when gas reaches record-breaking prices.
It is clear that action to address the cost of gas is long overdue. This bill, the Miscellaneous Statutes (Gas Price Relief) Amendment Act, would enable government to suspend provincial gas taxes, as well as those applied to gas being brought to B.C. from Alberta, relieving pressure on both consumers and the supply chain. It’s a straightforward measure that could immediately provide relief to those who desperately need it.
It’s time to get serious about making life more affordable for British Columbians.
Mr. Speaker: The question is first reading of the bill.
Motion approved.
Bill M217, Miscellaneous Statutes (Gas Price Relief) Amendment Act, 2022, introduced, read a first time and ordered to be placed on orders of the day for second reading at the next sitting of the House after today.
Statements
(Standing Order 25B)
GENOCIDAL VIOLENCE AGAINST
HAZARA PEOPLE IN
AFGHANISTAN
M. Elmore: On September 30, 2022, a suicide bomber killed over 60 young people who were taking a university entrance exam at the Kaaj Educational Center in Kabul. This was a targeted attack on the Hazara community. The Hazara have a diverse racial and religious ancestry, which has led to them being the most persecuted ethnic group in Afghanistan. They have endured centuries of racism and discrimination, combined with systemic attacks on the basis of race and religion.
The first incidents of genocide were in the 1890s, and the first genocidal war against the Hazara, where over half of the community were massacred and forced to flee to India, Iran and now Canada. They were put into slavery and had their lands taken. Since that first genocidal war against the Hazara, the Afghan state has systemically excluded Hazara from government and economic opportunities.
The Hazara are the number one victim of terrorism in Afghanistan. They are not safe in mosques, in the marketplace or on public buses. Violence is increasing: attacks on hospitals, schools, maternity wards and universities; targeted killings; and land grabbing. There have been multiple instances of genocidal violence.
I was honoured to attend an international rally against the genocide of the Hazara people, where over 120 countries and cities joined together to say: “An end to the genocide.” The diaspora community is asking for us, for all levels of government to stand against genocide, to raise awareness, to raise our voice and to spread the message about what’s happening in Afghanistan against the Hazara people.
We can do more. We need to do more. I ask everyone here in the Legislature to please join me in saying no to the genocide of the Hazara people and stop Hazara genocide.
FOREVER YOUNG CHORUS
S. Bond: They are called the Forever Young Chorus, and they are a group of singers that make you believe that maybe, just maybe, you can be young forever. The Prince George choir, led by the fantastic Janice Taylor, calls the Elder Citizens Recreation Centre home, where they practise and then perform their community concerts.
The Forever Young Chorus, originally known as the Rainbow Singers, was formed in 1992, when a group of eight ladies, with Elaine Clark as the accompanist and Janice Taylor as the director, started rehearsing at the Elder Citizens Recreation Centre. From there, the group went out into the community to entertain other seniors. Since that time, the choir has grown significantly, and now includes men and women. Janice Taylor is still the director, and the very talented and dedicated Vic Steblin is the accompanist.
The Forever Young Chorus is a volunteer seniors choir. They regularly present weekend concerts in Prince George. Many of the choir members have no professional experience, and some have no experience at all, but they love to sing for the sheer joy of it. Under Janice’s excellent leadership, they sound amazing, too.
One of my friends, Kathy Nadalin, told me that the Forever Young Chorus strives to present a positive image of aging and that while they are older, they don’t feel old inside. I know that firsthand, since both my mom and dad loved their time singing with the chorus and cherished the friendships that they made.
This last weekend the Forever Young Chorus hosted their fall concert. It was full of toe-tapping music and even included a couple of singalong songs; a visit from Victor Borge, also known as Odelia Cranz; and a recitation of “The Train” by Ingrid Gohl. Special thanks to emcee Sandy Kubert and Joe Anderson for doing the lights and sound.
The Forever Young Chorus is so much more than a choir. It is a family.
Thank you for sharing your love of music with all of us, and may you indeed be forever young.
YOUTH CLIMATE CHANGE ANXIETY
AND HOPEPUNK
RESPONSE
R. Russell: I had the privilege this morning to meet with the B.C. Youth Council, as well as the Premier’s special adviser for youth. I certainly love listening to those bright and open minds, but I hear concern too. Last year a large study published in The Lancet, for example, identified that 84 percent of respondents 16 to 25 were worried about climate change. Perhaps even more concerning, a full 45 percent of participants said that their feelings about climate change impacted their daily lives.
We’re all familiar with the smoky skies, the swollen rivers, burnt communities and the wildfires of recent years. I’m in this House because of the floods of 2018. The burden of responsibility for these climate disasters is heavy, and we’re asking or making our youth carry this with us and for us, yet the majority often feel ignored or dismissed. As Caroline Hickman put it: “There is a general ‘othering’ of children and youth in society.” That same Lancet paper noted: “These psychological stressors threaten health and well-being and could be construed as morally injurious and unjust.”
Concurrent with globally distributed passionate demonstrations around climate action, we see others, such as the uprising and support of justice in Iran for Mahsa Amini. These actions provide voice to the empathetic. These choices made with self-awareness and the fight against hopelessness are hopepunk in action.
Similarly, my discussion this morning revolved around giving youth a voice to be proper advisers for us legislators here — different scales, parallel challenges. We have tools in this place to support this hope for better and provide more agency to these. But when we spin this place into the friction of partisanship like yesterday…. Not when we do that, but when we amplify the strength of collectivism, optimism and hope.
I end with a quote from the writer Alexandra Rowland:
“Hopepunk says that genuinely and sincerely caring about something, anything, requires bravery and strength. Hopepunk isn’t ever about submission or acceptance. It’s about standing up and fighting for what you believe in. It’s about standing up for other people. It’s about demanding a better, kinder world and truly believing that we can get there if we care about each other as hard as we possibly can, with every drop of power in our little hearts, and that in this world of brutal cynicism and nihilism, being kind is a political act.”
Our job is to help.
SERGE HABER AND
JEWISH SENIORS
ALLIANCE
M. Lee: Today I rise to recognize the incredible contributions and work of Serge Haber as an extraordinary community leader and volunteer. Serge was born in Romania in 1928 and is a Holocaust witness and survivor. He arrived in Montreal in 1950 as a refugee from Cuba. His life experiences shaped him into a relentless and outspoken advocate for inclusivity, compassion and change.
Serge has held leadership positions with the United Synagogue of Conservative Judaism, Congregation Beth Israel and Hillel BC at UBC, where he helped to secure the new facility. He has served for more than 20 years as a director on the boards of Louis Brier Home and Hospital in Vancouver-Langara and the Jewish National Fund.
For more than 35 years, Serge has been a speaker for the Vancouver Holocaust Education Centre, also located in Vancouver-Langara, connecting with students in secondary schools and universities throughout the Lower Mainland. He continually gives his time and energy to discuss his experiences and combat racial discrimination and religious intolerance.
One of Serge’s greatest legacies is being the founder, in 2003, when he was just 75 years young, of the Jewish Seniors Alliance of Greater Vancouver, the JSA. There is no stronger advocate for the well-being of older adults than Serge. The JSA serves seniors throughout the Greater Vancouver area. He is dedicated to enhancing the quality of life of all seniors and believes the key to this is the JSA’s peer support services, which are designed to reduce feelings of isolation and to promote connection to community.
At the age of 94, Serge remains passionate, energetic and a fighter with a healthy appetite. He positively affects and impacts the lives of thousands and is an inspiration and mentor to so many, including myself.
Serge, we thank you for your vision, your actions and your impact. You are truly amazing and one of a kind.
ARROWSMITH SEARCH AND RESCUE
A. Walker: Late in the afternoon on December 12, 2020, it was just about freezing outside. There was a light breeze in the air, and Arrowsmith Search and Rescue got a call. Eleven minutes later they were on scene at Little Qualicum Falls Provincial Park. They had trained for exactly this moment.
For those who haven’t visited the falls, the turbulent waters from Cameron Lake just upstream have carved their way deep into a canyon. These particular falls are at least three storeys high. A couple of metres from the crest of the waterfall was a young man attached to a log, hanging on for his life.
Nick Rivers was fitted out. He was lowered into position, and he quickly realized a few things. First was that the water was so loud that he couldn’t communicate with his team. Quickly they adapted, setting up spotters on the opposite cliff to relay commands to the rope team. Second was that the frigid waters were so ferocious that they were nearly impossible to navigate. Third, the subject had just lost hold of the log, and Nick had to act quickly.
I intended to talk about Nick’s accomplishments, but he insisted that he was just but one of the many members of that team and that each member of the team was integral to that successful rescue.
At the edge of the cliff leading the rope team was Ken Neden. He has been an active volunteer for over 48 years.
Jennifer Hoard and Bruce Wall, this year, have each contributed over 500 hours of training and call-out service.
Jeff Burdison, Denise Collins and so many others that Nick wanted to recognize all committed to serving our community and are integral to this team.
So far this year, the 42 active members have contributed over 8,650 hours of service. It is the hard-working people that keep this team going.
Would the House please join with me in recognizing Arrowsmith Search and Rescue.
MULTIPLE MYELOMA AWARENESS
C. Oakes: Multiple myeloma is the second most common form of blood cancer. It affects a type of immune cell, called the plasma cell, found in bone marrow.
Every day ten Canadians are diagnosed with this life-altering disease. While there is no cure, people are living longer and better lives thanks to recent breakthroughs and treatment. However, to find a cure, more funding and research are required.
Cyndi Logan, a constituent in my riding, is a fearless cancer warrior, music teacher, wife, mother, sister and friend to so many, including myself. She is also someone living with this form of cancer.
One of the current treatments is a stem cell transplant. It involves a procedure to collect the cells and then freeze them until transplant time. The patient is then given a high dose of chemotherapy in the form of a drug called melphalan. This will destroy the bone marrow and, hopefully, the cancer with it. The rescue is when the stem cells are then infused back into the patient to start the regrowth of the bone marrow and immune system. This treatment has many risks, as it leaves the patient very vulnerable until the engraftment of the cells produces immune competence.
For patients in British Columbia, the only place to receive this life-preserving treatment is the Vancouver General Hospital. For patients in the North, it means the cost of travel, accommodation and supportive medications. More than $10,000 out of pocket for the month-long stay in Vancouver to receive the transplant and recover enough to be considered immune competent.
Patients from rural areas deserve this treatment as much as anyone else. Their location should not be a hindrance to obtaining this treatment. We need a better solution than patients trying to raise funds themselves or putting their families further into debt.
We need to help patients in northern B.C. who must travel for these life-saving treatments only available in Vancouver.
Oral Questions
MANAGEMENT OF B.C. HOUSING
AND ATIRA PROPERTY
SERVICES
K. Falcon: Yesterday we raised serious concerns in this House about the stunning mismanagement of taxpayer dollars at B.C. Housing and the total lack of accountability by this Premier when he was the Housing Minister responsible for that Crown corporation.
Now, while the Premier didn’t answer a single question here in this House, he did tell one media outlet yesterday: “I haven’t seen the report that the Leader of the Opposition is talking about, to the best of my knowledge. I don’t know.” Despite having been the minister responsible for housing, the Premier claims to be unaware of this damning 2018 BDO review of Atira, B.C. Housing’s largest non-profit housing provider.
Now, this is very hard to believe, Mr. Speaker. After all, B.C. Housing issued a statement on that very BDO draft report back in March, while he was the minister responsible. Furthermore, when pressed yesterday, the CEO of Atira said that the report was common knowledge during the time the Premier was the Housing Minister.
Something doesn’t add up. There are two different stories here, and the public deserves to know the truth.
My question to the Premier: was he negligent as the Housing Minister and unaware of such a damning report on his largest housing provider, or will he admit he was aware of the report and chose instead to bury it?
Mr. Speaker: Premier.
Hon. D. Eby: Thank you, hon. Chair.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Please continue.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Premier.
Hon. D. Eby: Thank you, hon. Chair.
This is, indeed, a very serious issue. The response to a media question I had yesterday…. I didn’t recognize the report that the reporter was describing to me.
I am familiar with that report. It was described to me as a report into what had happened under our government at B.C. Housing. In fact, it’s a report into what happened at B.C. Housing under the B.C. Liberal government, which is an important detail that was missing.
Regardless, this is a very serious issue, and I’ll endeavour to do my best to provide the House with an accounting of what happened and when. I’ll ask the Chair’s leave and the opposition’s leave if it’s a longer answer than usual. If necessary, I’ll break it up into multiple answers.
I was appointed as Housing Minister in October 2020 — a great honour, hon. Chair. By March 2021, about six months later, it was apparent to me that a review needed to be done of business practices inside B.C. Housing for a number of reasons.
One of them I’ve spoken about publicly on a number of occasions, which was the Little Mountain deal, where a public property was sold off, a low-income community levelled, and it remains an empty field today. I didn’t want us to be in that situation again. There was also other information that caused me concern.
At that six-month mark, I asked the Crown agencies secretariat, through the public service, to initiate a review. That review was done by Ernst and Young. The work started in October of 2021. It’s called the Financial System and Operational Review. That report was, in fact, released publicly.
During the time of that work, Ernst and Young identified that additional questions were raised in the scope of work they’d been asked to do and that they had more concerns. We asked them to continue that work, and they provided details to us in June of 2022. The information they provided to us led to us, in July of 2022….
I say “us.” I’m referring to the public service to whom I’m very grateful for facilitating this process.
We requested the comptroller general to initiate a forensic engagement at B.C. Housing.
Interjections.
Hon. D. Eby: Thank you, hon. Speaker.
Mr. Speaker: Leader of the Official Opposition, supplemental.
K. Falcon: I appreciate the word salad, but I think the reality is that I asked a very specific question.
Now, a couple of points that he made. First of all, he tried to say that, actually, it wasn’t their report. If the member would look at page 6 of that BDO report…. It specifically says, very clearly, that it’s referring to the 2018 financial statements of Atira.
He then references the Ernst and Young report. The Ernst and Young report, just to remind this House, was the report that he quietly released on the Canada Day long weekend in July. That’s consistent with the kind of transparency and accountability that we’ve seen out of this member. But my question to the member is: why is it that the problems that were identified in that BDO report are not being addressed?
The Tyee reported just today that B.C. Housing documents, which were obtained through freedom of information, show that the same problems identified in the BDO report continue at Atira. The same problems continue. We also know, according to FOI documents, that funding to Atira under that minister and this government has more than tripled to almost $52 million a year. No other housing provider has experienced such a massive increase in funding, record high spending, coupled with record financial mismanagement.
Apparently, when the Premier was the Minister Responsible for Housing, he initially suggested he had never seen the report. Now he’s suggesting he didn’t realize which report it was. Perhaps fair enough, confusing all the different reports floating out there. The fact of the matter is the mismanagement was happening right under his nose as the minister responsible.
I have a simple question for the Premier, very straightforward, and it goes right to public transparency. Will the Premier at least confirm what the salary is for the CEO of Atira, please?
Hon. D. Eby: What I’m going to do is continue to explain to the member the steps that I took, starting almost immediately on my appointment as Minister of Housing, and that have been continuing and escalating in seriousness to the level of a forensic audit of B.C. Housing.
In early July 2022, we took the recommendations of Ernst and Young around the terms of reference for a forensic audit of B.C. Housing, and we asked the office of the comptroller general to take over responsibility for that audit. The comptroller general agreed to do so and retained Ernst and Young to do that work.
Now, this forensic audit is still in progress. I can provide the members of this House with some of the terms of reference for the forensic engagement of B.C. Housing: to ensure specific internal controls at B.C. Housing are in place and operating as described, including record retention and decision-making processes and procedures for funding service providers.
We’re expecting the results of that forensic review early next year.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members.
Hon. D. Eby: I can assure all members of this House, on receiving that…. We will release all of the documents that we can, to the extent the law allows, to the opposition and the public.
MANAGEMENT OF B.C. HOUSING
AND TERMINATION OF
BOARD
T. Stone: There was no answer there to the very straightforward question.
Atira, the largest non-profit housing provider for B.C. Housing, is an absolute and complete mess. That has been confirmed in not one but in numerous independent audits that have been done, or reviews that have been done, by third-party accounting agencies.
We believe, and I think British Columbians would agree with us, that the public has a right to know how much the CEO at Atira makes. That was a simple question. So let the record show that the Premier skated right past that, which is alarming in and of itself.
B.C. Housing and Atira are both in dire straits at the moment. Those are both organizations that require accountability. They didn’t have it back a number of years. Clearly, the accountability is still not there today.
Let’s talk about B.C. Housing for a moment as well. Yesterday, when asked why the board of B.C. Housing was fired, the Housing Minister responded that it was because “issues were identified.” But for months, this Premier has denied that there were any issues. He wants everyone to believe that firing the NDP-appointed board on a Friday evening in July was completely normal, that there’s nothing to see here.
Here are the Premier’s words: “The changes in the board are not related to any sort of wrongdoing.” Frankly, this is the kind of devious behaviour that is so typical of this Premier, to claim that there are no issues, that this is all totally normal, rather than to just fess up to what it really is, and that’s an attempt to hide the mess that he created.
Another very simple question to the Premier is this. Why did the Premier fire the board of B.C. Housing?
Hon. D. Eby: We received extensive recommendations from Ernst and Young requiring a significant overhaul of the governance of B.C. Housing. We put a new board in place. I put a new board in place to bring extensive experience and skill sets to ensure effective and efficient oversight.
I will say…. A lot of members on the other side of the House. It is a bit strange that that’s the member that would ask a question about managing Crown corporations.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members.
T. Stone: Well, the Premier is barely into his first week, and he’s completely out of material. I mean, give me a break.
The question was: why did the Premier fire the board of B.C. Housing? He didn’t answer it. The question before that….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Shhh.
T. Stone: The board that was appointed by the Finance Minister, who sits right beside him…. She appoints this board. He comes in and fires the board. The public has a right to know why. The public has a right to know how much the Atira CEO gets paid. No answer on that either.
The Premier tried to bury a damning Ernst and Young report by quietly releasing it on the Canada Day long weekend. One week later he fired the board on a Friday night. That’s not normal. But that’s not all. Seventeen senior executives from B.C. Housing departed the corporation within two years, all without any explanation. That’s not normal either.
Just think about this for a moment. How bad must it be, in an organization with a multi-billion-dollar budget, to have 17 senior executives leave the corporation within two years with no explanation? Clearly, B.C. Housing is an organization that is in complete and total chaos, and it’s all under this Premier’s watch.
The question is: can the Premier explain why 17 senior executives left B.C. Housing while he was the minister responsible for B.C. Housing, and will he order a full, transparent and independent audit of the mess that he created at B.C. Housing and Atira?
Hon. D. Eby: It’s strange. I swear I just went through and explained the dates and exactly when I ordered a full forensic audit of B.C. Housing. I can provide the dates again.
Interjections.
Hon. D. Eby: Listen. It was an incredibly….
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members, please.
Please continue.
Hon. D. Eby: It was an incredibly stressful time at B.C. Housing through the pandemic. I think a lot of employers saw senior employees making decisions about where they want to work, what kind of work they want to do, and so on.
I can’t explain the backgrounds of each individual employee, but I can tell you that it was incredibly stressful and a huge amount of work during the pandemic — decamping encampments, making sure that shelters were safe during the pandemic. People were working crazy hours. I am so grateful to every employee of B.C. Housing that put in that kind of time.
I had the exact same message for our non-profit housing service providers when I was speaking to them. These people put in unbelievable hours to ensure that people in our province were kept safe during the pandemic. We have challenges retaining people, in the whole social services sector, coming out of the pandemic. I know that the members on the other side know that. It’s not just B.C. Housing. It’s all kinds of companies, public and private.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Hon. D. Eby: It’s work for us to do, absolutely. I accept that, hon. Speaker — more work to do.
SERVICE MODEL CHANGE
FOR CHILDREN WITH SUPPORT NEEDS
AND FUNDING FOR AUTISM SERVICES
A. Olsen: To the Premier, does his vision for British Columbia include returning to individualized funding for parents and caregivers of children with autism?
Hon. M. Dean: We know that all children need to have access to the supports and services that are going to help them develop and help them thrive, and they need access to them as early as possible. That’s why we’re moving towards a needs-based system for children and youth with support needs, because far too many children and youths are being left behind.
I have been listening to families. I’ve been listening to advocates, to service providers.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Shhh, Members.
Members, let the minister answer, please.
The minister will continue.
Hon. M. Dean: Thank you, Hon. Speaker. I’ve been listening to organizations, Indigenous communities, Indigenous leadership. I have been hearing some concerns, and where I’m hearing concerns, I take those concerns very seriously.
I will continue to listen to families, to listen to advocacy groups, to organizations. We will be working….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Hon. M. Dean: We will be working together to make sure that we build a system that is more accessible to more children — and crucially, earlier in their development — so that more children and youth across our province will thrive.
Mr. Speaker: House Leader, Third Party, supplemental.
A. Olsen: I’m sure the parents and caregivers of children with autism are going to be disappointed that our new Premier doesn’t have a different vision than the previous Premier and the minister.
For kids receiving individual support, they have bonded with their service providers. These changes rip them away from their care team. It’s cruel, actually. It takes years for parents to find the right service providers for their children. When they do, those children develop close personal relationships with their caregivers. Parents have actually described them to us as part of the family. The new hub model doesn’t guarantee that those same providers will be available to families.
The Ministry of Children and Family Development is once again separating children from their loved ones. These children don’t understand government bureaucracy. All they know is that the people that they trust are no longer around them. It’s confusing, it’s distressing, and it’s traumatizing. It’s not difficult to imagine a child in this situation, to not internalize this.
AutismBC released the results of a survey of 1,500 parents earlier this week. They found 4 percent of parents…. The minister says that she is listening to the parents, but 96 percent of them want rid of this hub model that she has brought in. More than half want to continue the model that they know works: the individualized funding.
To the Premier, does his new vision for British Columbia include listening to parents and caregivers of children with autism and committing to returning to the individualized funding?
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members, please.
Hon. M. Dean: It is really important to listen to families. I have been listening to families, I will continue to listen to families, and where I’m hearing concerns, I’m taking them very seriously. I hear from a range of families. I hear from parents who say to me that this change cannot come soon enough.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Continue.
Hon. M. Dean: There are far too many children and youth who are left behind. We’ve heard from the Representative for Children and Youth. She has made numerous recommendations that we need to move towards a needs-based system. In fact, there was a select standing committee of this very Legislative Assembly that made the recommendation that we need to move towards a needs-based system….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members.
Members, let the minister finish her answer, please. That’s fine. People can ask another question later. Let’s let her continue. Let’s listen.
Hon. M. Dean: It’s widely recognized that many children and youth with neurodiversity and disabilities are not properly served and are left behind. Indeed, AutismBC, when they came to visit me on Monday this week, agreed with us that we need to change the system in order to meet the needs of more children.
Many children who have a diagnosis of autism or who are waiting for a diagnosis of autism are also not able to receive the services that they need. Children and youth with support needs need to be matched up with services that are going to meet the unique needs of them as children, as early as possible, to help them on their developmental pathway so that they will be able to thrive.
Working in a needs-based system means that services will no longer be locked behind a diagnosis. More children will have better access to services earlier in their development, and more children will thrive.
COMMENTS BY B.C. HOUSING OFFICIAL
S. Bond: Yesterday we asked the Premier about the comments of Stephanie Allen, who is a senior executive for B.C. Housing. She makes $245,000 a year and is responsible for performance at the Crown corporation. The current Housing Minister at least, to his credit, denounced the comments of the senior executive yesterday, comments like this one: “I’m not sure how we get out of the housing crisis without limiting capitalism.”
The very person tasked with leading this Premier’s agenda on housing, which requires partnership with the private sector, actually believes that the private sector is the enemy.
Will the Premier stand up today and denounce these statements?
Hon. D. Eby: It’s a remarkable thing to hear the opposition today supporting private sector homebuilders when just yesterday they voted against housing supply.
The opposition….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members, shhh. Members.
Interjection.
Mr. Speaker: Member.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members, please.
The Premier will continue.
Hon. D. Eby: The opposition say a lot of words about housing, but if people want action on housing, they know where it is.
Mr. Speaker: Member for Prince George–Valemount, supplemental.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members, please.
The member has the floor, please.
S. Bond: What we know in this House is that this Premier has been an absolutely abysmal failure at every file he had his hands on.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members, shhh.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members, please.
S. Bond: I can assure the member opposite what we voted against yesterday was this Premier’s absolute lack of leadership, unwillingness to allow proper debate to take place in this chamber, and we’re going to continue to be against that every single day. What a shameful beginning for a Premier, where he actually shuts down democracy in this Legislature, and that’s what we’re going to keep focusing on.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members, let’s get the question, please. Let’s hear the question.
S. Bond: Here’s something else that is shameful. Making wild, inflammatory statements about those people you need to partner with to deliver a housing agenda should have consequences.
We have an executive, Stephanie Allen, being paid $245,000 a year by taxpayers, and she is responsible for performance. She says: “God bless everyone trying to find a home on these stolen lands as capitalism collapses under the weight of its greed and selfishness.” She is the second-in-command at a multi-billion-dollar Crown corporation that is responsible for delivering this Premier’s housing agenda, and it requires working with partners.
The Premier failed to denounce her comments. Will he get up, do the right thing and denounce those comments?
Hon. D. Eby: I haven’t been around as long as the Minister for Public Safety, but he leaned over and reminded me that in 2008, six bills were passed in 30 minutes by the B.C. Liberal government.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Shhh, shhh, Members. Members.
Member.
Please, continue.
Hon. D. Eby: Ramming through six bills in 30 minutes — there must have been a crisis. There must have been a crisis. We are in a housing crisis. British Columbians want us to act, and I will not apologize for acting.
MANAGEMENT OF B.C. HOUSING
AND TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR
AUDIT
M. de Jong: Less than a week into his premiership, here’s what we’ve learned about this Premier’s record on housing.
One, he actively sought to bury a report that revealed serious problems in mismanagement at a housing agency that was receiving and is receiving hundreds of millions of public tax dollars at his direction.
Two, apparently on a dark and stormy night, he decided to fire the entire board at B.C. Housing, without a word of explanation for why that was so and what prompted it.
Three, 17 senior executives fled B.C. Housing during the two years on his watch.
Four, they left behind a 2IC who is issuing statements that would make Che Guevara blush, denouncing those “evil, dirty capitalists” who are responsible for partnering with government to build the houses that British Columbians need.
Quite frankly, it’s a mess. No wonder, actually — no wonder the Premier did something that’s never been done: that is, impose closure on housing legislation 24 hours after it was tabled in this Legislature.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Members, let the member finish his question, please.
M. de Jong: God forbid those pesky opposition MLAs should have an opportunity to ask questions to determine what exactly is taking place within B.C. Housing, what exactly is taking place within these agencies like Atira that apparently are making a mess of things.
If the Premier won’t let MLAs do their job and ask the questions that are necessary by imposing closure on legislation, will he at least release the terms of reference to the audit he claims to have initiated but didn’t manage to tell anyone about until this very time?
Hon. D. Eby: I commit to the member, every member of this place, that we’ll release everything that the law allows us to release once the forensic audit is complete. We expect that early next year, unless the audit uncovers matters that require them to expand their scope of work.
Now, it is important, I think, to be measured by results. In the whole 16 years that the B.C. Liberals were in government, they built….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Members, the Premier has the floor, please.
Please continue.
Hon. D. Eby: They built 130 units of student housing. Our government has built 5,860 units in just five years. The champion….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members.
Hon. D. Eby: I think I’ve hit on something, hon. Speaker. I think I’ve hit on something.
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Members. Members.
Hon. D. Eby: When the Leader of the Opposition was the Finance Minister, 27,588 homes built, 1,948 rental homes built. In the most recent year we have data for, 53,000 new homes built, 13,127 rental homes built — six times….
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Shhh, Members.
Hon. D. Eby: Six times the number of rental homes…
Interjections.
Mr. Speaker: Let the Premier finish his answer, please.
Let the premier finish his answer.
Hon. D. Eby: …and double the number of homes in the private market.
Better than that, this side of the House voting for housing supply, while that side voted against it.
[End of question period.]
Question of Privilege
(Reservation of Right)
K. Kirkpatrick: I reserve my right on a point of personal privilege.
Mr. Speaker: Thank you.
Petitions
Hon. M. Dean: I rise to present a petition from local resident Ryan Painter signed by View Royal mayor Sid Tobias and 180 residents. This petition urges the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure to meet with the mayor and council for the town of View Royal and residents to discuss possible solutions to mitigate the effect of increased noise that’s having on the neighbouring communities and their residents.
Tabling Documents
Hon. N. Cullen: I have the honour of presenting the 2021-2022 annual report of the Islands Trust. It’s quite a hefty, good-looking document. The report underlines the wide range of activities and hard work of the Islands Trust and the Islands Trust Conservancy Board in managing development, sustaining communities and protecting ecosystems in this very unique part of British Columbia.
I greatly appreciate the dedication of the trust’s elected officials and staffing to fulfil this legislated purpose of preserving the Islands Trust.
The Islands Trust is continuing its review of their policy statement, which I look forward to. This is a foundational document that guides their planning and advocacy.
I’d also like to recognize the trust’s ongoing commitment to reconciliation and relationship-building with the many First Nations with interests in the islands and the waters of the trust area. In 2019, the trust adopted the Islands Trust reconciliation plan, which is reported here. It continues to guide the Islands Trust Council in applying the United Nations declaration on the rights of Indigenous peoples articles, the Truth and Reconciliation Commission calls to action, the Islands Trust–First Nations agreement, the engagement policy and the declaration on the rights of Indigenous peoples.
Hon. S. Robinson: Pursuant to the Financial Administration Act, I’m pleased to present reports for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2022, on all amounts borrowed by government and all amounts loaned to government bodies. These reports provide an overview of the province’s borrowing activity in fiscal 2021-22.
Hon. R. Kahlon: I rise to table the InBC 2021-2022 annual report.
Hon. M. Rankin: I have the honour to present the annual Report on Multiculturalism 2021-2022.
Hon. L. Beare: I have the honour to present the Report on the Administration of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act as well as the Annual Report of the Chief Records Officer, 2021-22.
Hon. G. Heyman: I have the honour to present two reports. The first one is the 2022 climate change accountability report, as required by the Climate Change Accountability Act. The second is the environmental emergency program’s 2021-2022 report to the Legislature, as required by the Environmental Management Act.
Orders of the Day
Hon. M. Farnworth: In this chamber, I call Committee of the Whole on Bill 43, Housing Supply Act.
In the Douglas Fir Room, Section A, I call committee stage on Bill 38, Indigenous Self-Government in Child and Family Services Amendment Act.
In Section C, the Birch Room, I call committee stage on Bill 41, Workers Compensation Amendment Act.
Committee of the Whole House
The House in Committee of the Whole (Section B) on Bill 43; S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.
The committee met at 2:46 p.m.
Hon. M. Rankin: We are about to begin Committee of the Whole for Bill 43, the Housing Supply Act.
Mr. Chair, if you wouldn’t mind, I’d like to introduce the talented public servants that I have with me to assist: firstly, Teri Collins to my left, who is the acting associate deputy minister; Bonnie Ruscheinski, the acting assistant deputy minister; and Cimarron Corpe, who is the director of housing policy.
On clause 1.
M. Bernier: Welcome to the minister and to the minister’s staff. Thank you for being here. We will be here for a little while, anyway, as we move through this bill. The minister will have to allow me, hopefully, some latitude here because, of course, this bill was just presented 48 hours ago.
There was no initial briefing. I want to thank staff for the briefing I got just yesterday or the day before, after the bill was introduced, though. I do want to acknowledge and thank them for that.
We’ve had very limited time to get into this. If some of my questions get repetitive to the Chair, it’s only due to the lack of time that this government has actually given the opposition to research, digest and look at the bill wholeheartedly.
It’s also important to acknowledge and appreciate the fact that we now have only a day and a half left before this government…. It sounds like they’re going to invoke closure, and we’re leaving this place. It’s yet to be seen. We can only hope that they will see the light and allow more time.
That time could’ve been given during second reading, when we had numerous opposition members who wanted to highlight local stories and what they’ve been hearing from constituents and from local governments that pertains to this bill. That really is not relevant to bring forward in committee stage unless, of course, the minister thinks it’s a good use of his time to welcome in 20 people to speak for half an hour on the importance of this bill for their community. Not only will he not allow, but he doesn’t have the authority to do that.
I’m going to give some real snappers, I guess, just to try to get things rolling here. The first things I want to talk about here are really in section one. We don’t need to dive into, I guess, explanations of a lot of the definitions. But I will jump to the last one.
It talks about specified municipalities. Can the minister give a little bit more information to this House about what he means by a “specified municipality”?
Hon. M. Rankin: I thank my colleague for his question and look forward to engaging in this clause-by-clause analysis.
To his first question, the technical answer is…. A municipality is prescribed by regulation. Once that regulation is enacted, that will become a specified municipality. Usually the term used is “prescribed” by regulation. The specific municipalities to which this bill will apply will be done by regulation. The government has indicated that there will be something in the order of eight to ten next year, if this legislation is enacted, that would be specified at the outset.
M. Bernier: Is there any chance that tomorrow this legislation won’t be enacted?
The Chair: On clause 1, Minister.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you, Mr. Chair.
I’m here to answer questions on the specifics of this bill.
M. Bernier: I’m not trying to be creative in any way, to put the minister in an awkward spot. He just said that this will only happen if it’s enacted. I’m just asking him if this bill will be enacted or not.
L. Doerkson: Mr. Chair, I just wanted to draw your attention to a potential shortage on quorum — point of order.
The Chair: A point of order on quorum. I’m undertaking a quorum call. It’s not a vote, but just so everyone understands, this is for quorum, to make sure we have ten in the chamber.
[The bells were rung.]
Interjection.
The Chair: We ring the bell three times, even though it’s not a vote. It’s just a quorum call, just so everyone understands. I know we don’t do this that often.
All right, quorum has been met. Now we are back into questions.
M. Bernier: My apologies. I’m not sure if I got an answer from the minister. I think I did, and I know where he was going.
We’ll also watch to see if people come running in, because some people will think there’s a vote, and we’ll deal with that accordingly. I’ll leave that up to the Chair.
I guess to the point the minister was trying to make…. He was saying: “If this passes.” We know the intent of government, obviously. So I’m not trying to trip up the minister in any way. But I think it’s important to talk about what this means for local governments.
Obviously, when we talk about…. We said “specified municipalities.” The minister referred to “prescribed municipalities.” I understand the nuance there and the importance of the wording because, of course, he’s a lawyer. I’m not. I know how the legal team looks at a lot of this when they put it forward.
But the minister, under his own admission, has said that it’s estimated that eight to ten communities will be involved — prescribed, if we want to use that word, under the definition. Have the eight or ten been chosen? Have they been contacted yet?
Hon. M. Rankin: I thank my friend for the question. The decision has not been made on the specification of the municipalities. This will be done after a review of the housing reports, which are being prepared by the municipalities. We’ll look at demographic information and other economic factors and make a decision based on that. But I can tell the member that there has been no decision to this point.
M. Bernier: Listening to the commentary, then, from the minister, no decision has been made at this point on the eight to ten. Nobody is locking the minister down. I don’t think it says anywhere in the legislation…. The minister will correct me if I’m wrong. Nowhere here does it say eight or ten. That’s been a government announcement, I believe.
The minister’s nodding his head, so I’m not going to ask him to get up and clarify that. But I just wanted to get that on the record, that that was, I guess, an assumption or a target. Government is assuming that they will be looking at eight or ten. Again, the minister is acknowledging that.
I know the intent of government, obviously, that this will be…. Whether we complete it or not, we’ll see closure tomorrow, and this bill will pass. I’m not putting words in the minister’s mouth, but I know how the process works around this place and the intent of government.
If the work has not been done yet, and the communication and consultation — I’ll get to that later on in other sections, I’m sure — has not been done yet, what’s the time that we’re looking at before municipalities will be notified, the consultation will take place, and those prescribed municipalities will at least be identified?
Hon. M. Rankin: We hope that the legislation will come into force in the spring, perhaps in April of 2023. All this is subject to vicissitudes, so many things — the first of which is the assumption that the bill will be enacted and the regulations will be in place, etc., in the normal course. But our goal would be to have the legislation come into force in April of next year.
Then, as for the first cohort, the eight to ten municipalities that would be specified: how would we do that? Well, first we would analyze the housing needs reports and statistics up to, let’s say, March of 2023. Then we would begin the consultation process with the municipalities, to which the hon. member referred. That would occur between May and June of 2023. They’d be notified, and of course we’d consult with them during that period.
Then the targets would be set for the first cohort — the housing targets in June of 2023 — and the reporting for that first cohort would start toward the end of the year, in December of 2023. All other things being equal, that’s our general game plan.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that. That kind of covered off probably where I would have gone with some further questions. So I appreciate the information that the minister just put forward.
Not that I want to jump…. I’m not asking the Chair to allow me to jump to section 21, which is the commencement, but it does say in section 21 that it comes into force through an OIC. If that’s the case and it’s not coming into force unless it’s through an OIC, and it’s not going to be….
As the minister just said…. I know we’re on section 1, and the minister just talked about how that might not be until sometime next year. Why did it have to come in, as it did just now, with very limited notice — none — and very limited debate allowed in this House when we’re finding out right now that it’s actually not even going to be contemplated, brought into force through OIC sometime next year?
Why was this not put forward as an exposure bill, then, on government’s intent — which they have the full right to do — and actually give the public and the municipalities time to digest this and look at this before the government is ramming it through without that consultation? Why was it not, maybe, brought forward as an exposure bill for consideration in the spring, then, given the information that we just heard from the minister?
Hon. M. Rankin: On the first point that the member raised, the enactment date in section 21, I think the member would agree with me that that sort of approach to bringing a law into force by order-in-council at some future point in time is typical, if not constant. Some bills do come in, of course, on assent, but the majority of them come into force through a date set by the OIC. So I don’t consider that anything unusual.
As to why this bill is being enacted, it has been the subject of enormous consultation with municipalities, the Union of B.C. Municipalities, homebuilders and so many other sector-specific groups in the economy. That work has been underway. It also needs to be said that this is an enormous amount of drafting and other work that got us to this point in time so that we could be in a position to enact the bill and then to take the steps that I described in my last answer.
The Chair: Member, of course we are on section 1, and questions around clause 21 would probably be best put at clause 21. But I know the member referenced that, so thank you.
M. Bernier: Thank you, Chair.
Interesting comments from the minister just now. With what the minister just said…. So much work took place, so much consultation took place, yet this was brought in with two to three days left in the legislative session.
When did this government consider putting a bill like this forward and start the legislative review process? I know how this system works internally within government. It doesn’t happen overnight.
When did this bill start getting drafted? When was the direction given to the legislative bill committee there to start looking at this?
Hon. M. Rankin: I appreciate the question. I just had to confer with my colleagues. Quite frankly, I don’t remember.
To the best of our knowledge, cabinet direction was received in June of 2022. After that, the drafting process began. As the member will know, it’s often an iterative process. There are a lot of changes, back and forth, based on consultation with municipalities and others. And here we are in November.
That’s the time frame, to the best of my knowledge, that was followed.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that. The minister has his staff here that were working on this. I do want to acknowledge that the minister was not the minister at the time. So I appreciate that it’s not in his memory bank, per se.
If it started in June, when was it completed?
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you for the member’s indulgence as I try to remember these dates.
The member will know that there’s an elaborate process in all executive councils. I’m sure the one followed by the previous government would be no different.
There’s a committee that studied it. It went to cabinet for approval-in-principle. Then it went to something we call the legislative review committee, and there were some changes made as a consequence of that back-and-forth, which I described. I think the final bill would have been ready early this month, early November.
M. Bernier: Thank you for that acknowledgment of the process. I’m aware of it as well. It’s one of those not only requirements but due diligence by government that it go through that process. Again, politicians come up with ideas, but the smart people actually try to put it on paper and try to enact it. I know how that works.
I’m going to put the minister in a very awkward position here. This won’t require staff consultation, I’m sure, though he might choose to do so. If it was ready three weeks ago, why did it take until this week, the last week of the session, for it to be presented in the House?
Hon. M. Rankin: Sure, I can properly answer that.
There are a number of bills that are in the system at any given time. It’s always the job of the House Leader to determine the best timing for enactment and when bills are ready to proceed. I’m not really, beyond that, as the Minister responsible for Housing, to do much more than acknowledge the role that a House leader plays in any parliament.
M. Bernier: Again, I acknowledge the nuances on that and the relationship between a minister and a House leader but, more importantly, the direction and relationship between a House leader and a new Premier.
I think it goes without saying that regardless of this minister’s intentions, obviously, the public, through opposition as well…. Timing is very convenient for government to sit on a bill and then enact it and rush it through closure in the last week of session, conveniently, right after the new Premier is appointed, when he talked about this as being something that he wanted to see enacted.
Again, I think it’s important to get on the record — this wasn’t an avenue that I was going to canvass until the minister allowed me that opportunity through his answers — to again express the disappointment to the democratic process of how this House is being treated, when we could have had those extra couple of weeks to really….
[Interruption.]
The Chair: If members have phones or electronic devices, please ensure that they are turned off.
M. Bernier: Since it wasn’t a member of my caucus, I’ll leave it to members of the NDP to rat out their colleague to the Whip. I’m not sure what the fine is in there. I know what it would be in my caucus, and I probably couldn’t afford that fine, but I’ll leave that to them to determine how that works out. I appreciate the quick interruption.
Again, I think the minister has heard, and frankly, probably acknowledged, our frustration with this. That doesn’t take away from the importance of the bill. I’m not trying to diminish that at all. The intention of increasing housing supply is an important one. It’s one that this side of the House supports, contrary to commentary we heard in the House today that we were opposed to the bill. That is 100 percent not factual.
We’re opposed to the process that this government has enacted in order to rush through a bill, regardless, again, of its importance. Regardless of the fact that if it was done properly, it would have probably seen full support of this House, right from the get-go, because that due diligence would have been afforded. The democratic process would have been respected.
I think it’s just, again, important to acknowledge for the minister. We’ll get through this as we canvass more questions in other sections as well. I’m not finished with section 1 yet, but when we get to those other sections, again, canvass some of those concerns, but also talk about the importance of this. As not only the Housing critic, but as a former mayor, I understand the intent, I would say, of this bill. The fact that we all collectively need to figure out a path forward to increase housing supply in the province of British Columbia….
That doesn’t take away from the role and responsibility of government to…. Historically it was to present bills in a timely way to allow opposition the respect that they should be deserving of to do their job as well. I love the fact that we get 15 minutes before I even have to ask the question, but I think it’s important that that commentary is brought forward. As we go through the day-to-day and other questions, the minister will probably smile and nod as I repeat some of that frustration in different sections, dependent on the kind of answers that I receive.
We were talking about prescribed municipalities. The minister has acknowledged that those municipalities haven’t been contacted or notified yet. I guess it will be, when the minister was talking about the timelines, that that will take place, that they will start looking at reports. I’m not putting words in the minister’s mouth, so he can correct me if I say anything that he did not say.
Looking at reports and concept, bringing this into effect some time next April, then going through the process. Then the municipalities that will be — I’ll use the word “chosen” — prescribed, that this bill will basically be enacted upon, where it will affect them.
I’m trying to just look at a timeline here, a realistic timeline between what the minister said on government’s intentions for information-gathering for communities being chosen, for them to do their due diligence and to then come back with a report. Other sections will cover the details of that, so I won’t get into too much detail in this section on it. But once a municipality is prescribed, and we go through the process, as the minister is saying, is it fair to say that it might actually be a year — two years, possibly — before the province actually will be looking at outcomes, I guess?
I say that because I know that the intent is to get shovels in the ground. Nobody’s arguing that. But I also understand, again, as somebody who’s been in this field for a while — as somebody who has built affordable housing, as a former mayor and now the critic too — that this doesn’t happen overnight. But it’s also fair to say that for a municipality, they can’t do things overnight, either, and the public wants to see results.
I guess I’m just looking for what the minister said from a timeline perspective, when the minister will be finally looking at and reviewing outcomes of actual numbers. Is it fair to say — and I’m not intending this as a trick question — that it could be a year or two years, the way this policy is laid out, before that would take place?
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you to the member for the question and, I suspect, the commentary. I also want to acknowledge his recognition, his statement that he recognizes the importance of the bill. If I heard him correctly, despite voting against the bill in second reading, he is supportive — if I’m not putting words in his mouth — of that. If so, I acknowledge that personal support.
To the specific question that was asked, the consultation will occur, as I said, with the municipalities after May. But I need to say that there has been an enormous amount of conversation by government with municipalities for months and months. I can’t remember how many municipalities I met at UBCM. I confess it’s a total blur.
To suggest that we didn’t have endless dialogue about this bill, to suggest that it was somehow a surprise to municipalities, is categorically wrong. I’m not putting words in the member’s mouth, but there has been enormous dialogue about this, and the proof is in the pudding. We had many, many municipalities lined up a couple of days ago to say how much they value this, how much they appreciate it and want us to get on with it.
So those are the facts. How long? When will we see outcomes? Well, we will begin with the reports. We expect by the end of next year that…. Well, first of all, I should start by saying that annual targets are what will be set. But by the end of next year, as I outlined in that process earlier, we will be getting into the nitty-gritty of the qualitative commitments that will be required. What are the pre-zoning processes? What about the approval processes? Can we show progress on housing?
I know for a fact, to the member, that many of the municipalities, in the Lower Mainland in particular, that anticipate that they’re going to be engaging with us in this process have rolled up their sleeves long ago and are getting ready. So work is underway now, and we hope we have stuff to roll out very quickly.
M. Bernier: I’ll give the minister a chance when we get to sections 2 and 3 to probably go into greater detail on some of the commentary that he had when it comes to target-setting and requirements of those targets, which are in other sections.
But just sticking, then, to the prescribed municipality, staying in section 1 for a few more questions, with the indulgence of the Chair, as I work through this.
It’s important to acknowledge, as well, to the minister’s point, his commentary around UBCM, how it works. I’m not sure how many UBCMs the minister has had the privilege of being at. I’m going to say just a few. I’ve been to almost 20 of them, with different hats. I’ve sat on numerous different sides of the table.
I understand his respectful commentary about how it can be a blur. It truly can be when there is a lot going on — a lot of municipalities that want to meet with ministers on a multitude of issues — and trying to digest all that. They’re all important. As a former mayor, I’ll say they’re all important. I think that is a step that it needs to go through.
I do want to not clarify the minister’s comments…. I appreciate, though, that he acknowledged that the frustration on the vote yesterday was against process. The determination that I’ve said around support is…. As we get through this, we’ll decide, based on how this works, on the support holistically of this bill, depending on some of the answers that the minister puts forward. That determination, I think, is made — but not 100 percent sure — depending on some of the concerns that might be raised.
The definite support that this side of the House has is the fact that we’re in a crisis situation and we need to do better for building housing. That sometimes will be collaboration in this House, collaboration with the private sector, the not-for-profit sector and municipalities. I believe the intention with this bill is to try to make up some lost ground in some ways.
I think it’s also important to highlight, and I’ll ask a few questions around this, the work that municipalities have already been doing. I’m sure the minister has heard the frustration that some of them face as well.
Now, I don’t necessarily need the minister to stand up and answer this unless I can get a visual. The minister acknowledged they’ve been in conversations for quite some time, if I understood the minister — when I say conversations, that’s with municipalities — on a conceptual design of a legislative agenda like we see in front of us today.
I believe the minister said that those eight or ten municipalities have not been chosen yet. He’s acknowledging that I’m correct with that. If I heard correctly, and I’m sorry if I’m sounding repetitive here, the timeline for those to be chosen will be some time after next April or May, after further consultation. Maybe the minister might want to answer that one.
Hon. M. Rankin: I would just like to thank the member for using the same term I’ve been using frequently in the last while, and that is the word “crisis.” I think the fact that we share that perspective is really encouraging.
Collaboration with everyone, the expertise the member has as a former mayor, working with the opposition, working with municipalities — that is what we hope. The Premier has said very clearly that the last-resort compliance measures that are there, the so-called stick people have referred to…. We hope it never gets to be used. We think we have a pretty good story to tell about working together to do what the people of British Columbia are asking us to. I appreciate the member’s commentary on that.
I’d just reiterate that the objective is to bring the bill in, in April, by order-in-council. I reiterate that I can’t commit to that timeline. Things may happen, but that is clearly our goal. Then, of course, municipalities…. The eight to ten municipalities would be informed, and we’d begin, as I said, to consult immediately thereafter. Sometime between May and June we begin that process.
M. Bernier: Thank you again to the minister for that. I’m just asking again, mostly, because, as we acknowledge, we are in this crisis situation. Nobody is sitting and waiting. Work is still going on, where it’s able to.
Later on in…. I can’t remember which section it is; I’ll turn to it afterwards. We’ll talk about the sticks and what the intention is of government — as the minister says, hopefully never having to use it. But we’ll canvass that in a little while.
I’m curious, though. When we’re talking about the prescribed municipalities, with what the minister just said — I’m trying to figure out how to phrase this: what if a municipality doesn’t agree, or what if they aren’t chosen and they want to be? I’m curious how that process is going to play out in the minister’s thought process, because he’s saying eight to ten municipalities.
If I were the mayor of community X — and this government has now walked in and said: “You are one of the municipalities we’ve chosen” — what if I don’t want to be on that list? Will I have a say to opt out? Or is this government…? Through the wording that they have here in the definitions and then later on in the bill, do they have a choice or not? I guess that will be canvassed later on, in the sticks approach — if they don’t have a choice.
Hon. M. Rankin: If a municipality is not chosen and wants to be, we would welcome them with open arms. We would work with them because that would be an acknowledgment, on their part, that they share our concern that there may be process changes that would allow us to build houses in their community more rapidly — the kind of houses that we are expecting. It’s the mix of housing, and so forth, that’s at issue.
We have told municipalities that this is a collaborative process, in how we would specify the first cohort of municipalities. But at the end of the day, if there is an unwillingness to accept the need to address the housing crisis, as the member aptly put it, then we have the authority under the act to bring them into this process.
Again, our entire objective is to avoid having to take those steps, all through the process — up to and including the powers that are vested in the cabinet, at the end of the day, later in the bill.
M. Bernier: Thanks to the minister for that, and thanks to the Chair for the flexibility.
As he might notice through questions and answers, we are jumping around very vaguely in the bill. We’ll canvass some of the commentary in a little bit more detail when we get to those specific sections, but I think it’s also important to acknowledge that the minister’s answers and commentary do reflect the questions that I’m asking on section 1, and those are relevant as well, which I appreciate.
That is interesting because there may be a multitude of reasons for why a municipality may or may not want to be part of this. I’ll get into some of the specific questions that I’ve read, from mayors out there already and through the UBCM, about some of the unintended consequences out of this or some of the information that has not been forthcoming at this point. I don’t use that as a criticism. I use that more because of the way this bill is put forward.
A lot of that detail is not in here — for obvious reasons, I would assume, from government’s intents. The minister has said that the eight or ten have not been chosen yet, and that will be done through a consultation process, as he has acknowledged, later on sometime next year. The minister has said publicly that Victoria, Kamloops, city of North Vancouver and Langley are great examples of communities that are already getting things done.
I’m curious on the examples, then. If those are the cities that he’s highlighted publicly and that are already doing a good job in getting things done, is the assumption, then, that they won’t be on the list? Maybe he can give some examples of why he has picked those communities as doing a great job, in comparison to other communities.
Hon. M. Rankin: I appreciate the member’s question, the reference to the municipalities. I think the reason why those were selected by way of illustration, the ones that were mentioned, is because they have made some significant process changes to facilitate creating more housing, different kinds of housing.
For example, the Victoria one. There were a number of pre-zoning measures that they brought in, and they have innovative programs to try to enhance the diversity of their housing stock. These sorts of things are very welcome to meet the needs — because, as the member would acknowledge, it’s not just about building houses; it’s about ensuring that we have the diversity to meet the needs of the workforce in those communities — you know, a different variety of homes. Victoria took some really bold steps to diversify, which we think is consistent with our common goal of finding more housing for people in British Columbia.
I should also say that the legislation is going to apply to those municipalities where the demand is the highest and where there’s a gap between supply and demand. In some places, that’s not the case. The demand has been met in spades by certain municipalities I can think of; in others, that’s simply not the case. That will be a key factor in our determination.
M. Bernier: It will be interesting as this unfolds, I guess, through this process. The minister has highlighted some municipalities that have done some great work, and I want to acknowledge that there are some municipalities out there that are being creative and trying. I say “trying,” because, as we’ve both acknowledged and all acknowledge, we are in a crisis and have been, frustratingly, challenged with keeping up in some areas. I think it’s also fair to acknowledge and give the minister an opportunity to explain, because he actually has said: “Here are some municipalities that are doing a great job.”
On the other side, the minister and this government have publicly gone after some cities. You say they’re doing a bad job. In fact, the mayor of Port Coquitlam, Brad West, has publicly come out quite upset, I would say, because they know that they’re doing what they can. He said that the government and the minister labelling them as a bad city is completely unfair and erroneous.
I’m curious. In acknowledging those statements, as a former mayor, I’d be upset as well if government were saying that we’ve been doing a bad job, especially when we know the good work that Mr. West has been trying to do for his community. Can the minister give examples, then, of what they’ve been doing wrong and why they would say that they’re a bad city?
[J. Tegart in the chair.]
The Chair: Minister.
Hon. M. Rankin: Welcome, Madam Chair, to the table.
This bill is being debated, as I understand it, in the Committee of the Whole stage to deal with the section-by-section analysis. I don’t see any utility, with great respect, in talking about municipalities that may or may not be taking this or that step. I don’t see the benefit to the work that is before this place today.
I can tell you that the issues that we’re dealing with in housing supply don’t just involve quantity, but they involve the diversity of housing stock that people need. To take a trite example, if everybody in a municipality…. Not everyone can afford to live in expensive condominiums or single-family housing on large lots. If that’s what a particular municipality is doing to meet the housing crisis that the member and I seem to agree exists, then that would not be consistent with the goals of this bill or the housing-needs reports, more importantly, set by the municipalities across the province.
M. Bernier: I’m saying this respectfully to the minister. Actually, in committee stage, the way this bill is presented, is exactly the time that I’m entitled to and have the ability to ask these questions. It is up to the minister whether, I guess, he chooses to answer them or not, which we hope he would.
It’s very important to highlight at this point, because we’re talking about prescribed municipalities. The minister and this government have come out and said: “These are good ones.” They have also publicly said: “These are bad ones.” I just acknowledged one of them, Mayor Brad West, who was singled out as a bad municipality, according to this government.
All I’m asking the minister is, then, to acknowledge that if they are a bad municipality…. I’m using his words, not mine, or the government’s words, depending on how the minister wants to correct me on that. All I’m asking for, I guess, is if the government is saying that they’re not doing a good job, is there an expectation? Can I phone Mr. West after this and say: “Government has acknowledged or refused to acknowledge that you are a bad municipality, and they didn’t want to correct that on the record”? Are they now going to be one of the eight or ten?
Interjection.
M. Bernier: The minister can criticize all she wants. She has a chance to answer if she wants, instead of the minister.
Sorry. I thought this was my time, Madam Speaker. Is it still my time to speak?
The Chair: It is your time. Thank you.
M. Bernier: Thank you. Appreciate that. The minister can allow me that time as well, and I’m not referring to the Minister of Housing. I’m referring to the minister of community services who wants to somehow be involved in this debate, even though it’s not hers.
I’m not saying anything that’s not…. These aren’t my words here. I’m just asking for an explanation. I’m not trying to put the minister in an awkward spot here, and I’m sorry if he feels maybe it is. I’m just asking….
From a public perspective, municipalities want to know if this government has already started picking and choosing which are good ones and which are bad ones through public commentary. Mr. West wants to know. Is he on the list of the eight or ten, and if so, why? This government has already publicly said that they’re not doing a good job, and they want to know why they’re not doing a good job.
Hon. M. Rankin: I would say that there is no good or bad. There is simply a question of room for improvement across our province. We wouldn’t have this problem we have faced together without that.
How will we determine it? Once again, as I said earlier, we will look initially at that community’s self-identified housing needs, through their housing needs report. We will do our own demographic and evidence-based analysis of the economy, the growth patterns, who’s coming in. What kind of person is moving in there? Do they need apartments? Do they need large housing? Would towers be appropriate? Would some kind of modular housing be appropriate? Are there shelters to deal with people who are at that end of the housing continuum?
Those are all the things that we’re hoping to do in cooperation and collaboration with municipalities. That is entirely the goal of this bill. We work with whoever will work with us.
M. Bernier: When we’re looking at these prescribed municipalities, then, and to the minister’s acknowledgment of the work that needs to be done, is he expecting all this work to be done?
I guess I’m asking more from the carrot’s perspective for these prescribed municipalities. I’ll get into detail in other sections on some of the questions I have, but I’m curious from a…. I’m reusing the carrots-and-sticks analogy in the House here.
Nowhere in this bill, though, when we’re talking about municipalities that need to do a better job…. Nowhere with this bill, in this bill or with the announcement of the bill…. The minister can correct me if I’m wrong, because I wasn’t privy to all of the discussion of this, for obvious reasons. Was there any new funding announced by this government to match this bill, any new funding outside of…?
Government is already funding announcements for different housing projects that they want to see through B.C. Housing and others. Was there any new funding announced to go with this bill that will assist municipalities, once they are prescribed, in order to assist them to achieve the goals?
Hon. M. Rankin: The funding that has been made available, I think, is well known, but I will perhaps repeat it. The province provided $5 million that was very welcomed by the municipalities so they could undertake quality housing needs reports. I certainly have spoken with the mayor in my community about that, and they were very grateful, because they could do in-depth analysis just to identify what I talked about in my previous answer — namely, the kind of housing that’s needed in that community, how much, how it can be done, etc. So that work was funded, I think substantially, by the province.
There was also a commitment last year to $15 million to the local government development approvals program to support implementing established best practices, to test innovative approaches, to improve development approvals processes while meeting local government planning and policy objectives. That was $15 million.
We’re going to continue to be partners for municipalities. One of the key things, I think, is the need for the government of British Columbia to step up where infrastructure is required. Does a sewer system have to be made larger? Will schools need to be constructed in new areas of growth? What kind of transit is going to be needed in certain communities, given the growth that will be inevitable, the kind of housing that will take place near transit?
These are the kinds of things that the province will come to the table with as a willing partner with infrastructure, and with any luck, the federal government will join us, to that end.
M. Bernier: What I heard in that answer is nothing new. Yes, there are funding programs. A lot of those have been continual programs. They’ve been on through successive governments as well, I just want to acknowledge, for helping local governments. So if there’s no new money, I can see some of the frustration that local government is going to have. Maybe that’ll come out later when we get to other sections.
We even have the NDP stronghold community of Burnaby. Mayor Mike Hurley has now come out on this bill and said: “We can build….” I’m quoting him here, the mayor. “We could have built 1,200 units in two years, but we continually get turned down for funding from the government,” the present NDP government, “in order to build those 1,200 homes that we know we need.”
So if there’s no new money — I know this is a commentary that I’m hearing already from some of the municipalities — is the onus now going to be on every municipality to not only figure out these demands, which they’re already struggling to do in some cases, but also figure out a funding mechanism to achieve them? I say that because — we’ll talk again in later sections — the private sector can only do so much. The government has committed to doing part of that, unless something has changed.
What would he say to the mayor of Burnaby, who has said that he’s got 1,200 units he can’t build because this government has refused to fund them?
Hon. M. Rankin: Well, I think I’d start by saying that funding commitments are rarely provided explicitly in legislation. We’re here to talk about legislation, not for me to suggest that funding will or won’t be available to certain municipalities, going forward.
We’re going to continue to be there as partners for municipalities, to do what we can to help them to meet the targets that they’ve set and to work closely with the eight to ten municipalities, the initial cohort, during the implementation phase.
M. Bernier: When we’re talking about legislation, especially legislation that’s going to affect municipalities who are asking for money, it does, actually, lend itself to asking those appropriate questions. It’s hard to support a piece of legislation without knowing….
We know the intent of this government. Now they’re saying…. They’re putting forward a piece of legislation that may or may not have dollars attached to it, which means a municipality may or may not be able to achieve the goals that this government, as the minister acknowledged earlier in our debates on this section 1, could impose. Whether they like it or not, this government could impose numbers. Again, I’m trying not to get too far ahead of myself, because we will get into the next section, I believe, which is targets.
The Premier said he was going to be doubling grants in the community housing fund, yet when municipalities are applying right now, they’re being told by this government there’s no money left. So I think it is an important distinction to bring forward when we’re talking about this bill.
Is the minister…? I know he can’t tell this House specifically. But is there an expectation, since this will not come into effect until after the next budget, that government is actually going to be looking at mechanisms, then, in the next budget, which he can publicly talk about, to assist local governments in achieving their targets?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member said: “It’s hard to support a piece of legislation without funding information.”
The member didn’t support the legislation. The member voted, in principle, to oppose the legislation. They are on record as opposing. That’s what second reading debate is. They opposed the legislation. So I don’t know what he means by hypothetically hard to support. They have not supported. They voted against it.
I rarely answer hypothetical questions about what funding may or may not be available, but I am very proud of the fact that our government has spent more money on housing than any government in the history of this province by a significant margin, $7 billion over ten years. The next budget, as the member alluded to, may have other funding commitments. I can’t speak to the future or what another minister might do.
We have got to take a number of bold steps, and you’ve heard the new Premier talk decisively about some of those. This, however, is only a bill…. We’re only focused on the housing supply bill at this moment. We’ll have more to say on further steps on housing and funding in the weeks to come.
M. Bernier: With all due respect to the minister…. It’s unfortunate he digressed back to changing the commentary from what we just respectfully talked about at the very beginning of this debate — that we actually did not vote against the bill. That will come later. Not to get into a wordsmithing debate here, but that’s not how this process works.
Interjection.
M. Bernier: Maybe I’ll remind the member that wants to be speaking in the back, who’s not part of this debate as well, that what a second reading vote is…. We voted against sending it to committee stage because we weren’t finished debating second reading. That’s how….
Interjection.
M. Bernier: The member can keep beaking off behind me. He, obviously, doesn’t understand the process and how this works.
We voted against moving it to third reading, because we were not finished debating second reading. The minister and I, I thought, had a respectful understanding on that beforehand. That is how the legislative process works, contrary to, I guess, some of the new members who don’t understand and who can go back and read the standing orders later.
We voted against bringing it here today because we weren’t done with our second reading debate. This government chose to ram through closure and not to allow us the opportunity to talk about it in second reading debate. They said: “You don’t have the right to talk as MLAs. You don’t have the right to represent your constituents and talk about this bill at second reading debate, and we’re going to invoke closure.”
That’s what we voted against. It was this government….
Interjection.
M. Bernier: I can sit down any time, Madam Speaker, if the member, from wherever the heck he is — I can’t remember, because he’s new in this House — wants to speak. I’m more than willing, more than willing to allow my spot.
Interjections.
The Chair: I would remind the members that the member for Peace River South has the floor.
M. Bernier: Thank you, Madam Speaker.
I do find it interesting too. As the member behind me says, practice in this House, for years and years, has been respectful debate between the critic and the minister without heckling from backbenchers. Obviously, once again, they don’t want to follow the process of this House, as we’ve seen this government do.
The Chair: I would also remind the member who has the floor that we are on clause 1.
M. Bernier: Thank you, Madam Speaker. I still have 12½ minutes on clause 1 here and to get to my question, but I do appreciate the guidance. I have just over 12 minutes, actually.
I think it’s important that I get that on the record. I wasn’t going to go back to that until the minister tried to falsely say that the intentions of what we did on this side of the House…. It will be up to the minister whether he wants to acknowledge that and correct the record with his commentary. I’ll leave that to him.
The minister said that they haven’t decided yet on these municipalities, that there’s going to be consultation, that it’s up in the air. They’re going to continue looking at this. I find that interesting.
I know the minister — I respectfully say this — is new to this specific role. So you can’t really hold him, necessarily, individually accountable for the past minister’s comments. But the past Minister of Housing, who is now the Premier, publicly said that he knows which municipalities. Actually, the words he used: “I have a hit list.”
I’m curious how to square that circle, in a respect. The minister just finished saying…. When I asked about good and bad, he said: “There is no good or bad. We’re going to look at this.” Yet the now Premier says there is good and bad, and he’s got a hit list.
Is it fair to say, then, that the Premier already knows which eight or ten municipalities that he’s targeting? He just hasn’t advised the now Housing Minister. That’s already been determined by the Premier.
Hon. M. Rankin: I can only reiterate what I said earlier. There is no good or bad, but there are those where room for improvement exists. We will make that determination when targets are set for those specified municipalities, looking at the evidence, looking at the municipalities’ own acknowledgments, through their housing needs reports, of what the housing needs are.
We will do initial internal analysis in government and, perhaps, consult more widely with the building community and others to just see how we can work together to improve things in those specified municipalities initially and then, later, the others.
J. Rustad: I don’t want to take long, in terms of entering this debate, particularly on clause 1. A couple of things I think about and I just want to put on record.
I actually support this bill. I do have some concerns that I want to, hopefully, get to when we get through to part 5 of this bill. There are a couple of thoughts. Since we’re kind of touching on this through the definition side…. It’s outside of the definitions. So I apologize for that. There are a couple of thoughts I just wanted to ask the minister about, in particular….
There’s this focus, obviously, on the six or ten. There’s a huge need in the major municipalities, the larger municipalities, in the province.
I of course represent many small municipalities that also have needs that are pretty significant for a small community. They don’t necessarily rank in terms of the list. Some of the larger challenges for these small communities that don’t have housing….
Infrastructure, of course, is a big one, and I know you’ve covered that. That’s something that will have to be dealt with through budget processes down the road.
Another big piece of it is land. For many of these small communities, there is land that’s locked up. Communities are locked up because of agricultural land, Crown land. There’s an unwillingness to release any of that because of issues with Indigenous relations and that side of things.
These communities are stuck. They want to be able to attract housing. There are people that want to be able to build housing within those communities, but there are these challenges around this.
Are issues like that going to bubble up to the surface, in terms of a bill like this, or is that going to have to be dealt with separately?
Hon. M. Rankin: I’d like to welcome the member for Nechako Lakes to the debate and thank him not only for participating but for his support of what we’re trying to do. I much appreciate that.
I can tell the member that he’s right. I’ve acknowledged this in many, many municipalities I’ve met in smaller communities that infrastructure is a critical problem. It’s not just the fact that you can’t — it’s often more expensive, given the winter conditions, for example — get people to do the work. The difficulty we’re facing, across the province, in getting qualified people — I’m sure the member would agree with me — is exacerbated in some of the smaller communities. It is a real problem.
The member is absolutely correct. I’ve been told by a number of municipalities, smaller ones…. The duty to consult and accommodate is something that this government takes very, very seriously. Therefore, that has had an implication for the speed with which Crown land can be freed up.
I’ve heard the Premier say that we have to do better, as a province, in freeing up Crown land and the permitting that goes along with it, the water permits, just all of the technical part of getting Crown land into the private sector for development. We can do better, and we will do better. We can hardly ask our partners at the municipal level to step up if we haven’t stepped up. We get that message loud and clear. That’s one part of the answer: Crown land consultation.
The Agricultural Land Commission can also, given the existence of the ALR, be a problem. I can advise the member that last year, on December 31…. The sizing of permitted residences and additional dwellings on the agricultural land reserve has been subject to new rules that allow landowners in the ALR to have a secondary residence on their property without needing to apply to the Agricultural Land Commission. I know, in some parts of the Interior, that’s a significant issue as well.
I want to thank the member for those observations. I accept entirely that they’re valid, and we have to do better on them.
J. Rustad: I thank the minister for the response. I know, particularly, the addition of a secondary home on agricultural land was very welcomed by the agricultural community in my riding.
I agree with the minister. The challenge of getting qualified, or just even getting people available to be able to do these things…. I currently have a trailer park, which is just outside of Fraser Lake, that has been without water now for almost two months. That’s the responsibility of the Minister of Lands, so it’s not, obviously, part of this debate, but it’s a real challenge in terms of that. I know they’re working through trying to get water to that development.
The question around the ALR, though… I’m not quite sure how this fits in, in terms of definition, but it’s an important piece. There are small parcels of land, for these small communities, that are locked up in the ALR and that are not an issue of a second home. It may need to be able to put a neighbourhood in. It may need, whether it is small parcels, whether it’s five acres or whether it’s actually putting in a more dense type of neighbourhood, to allow a community like, for example, Vanderhoof to be able to provide additional housing.
We’ve got a mining project that is going forward just south of Vanderhoof, and there’s going to be a need for additional housing within that community. Apartments aren’t really a viable option. In some cases, they can be a little bit, but really, a lot of people that live in those smaller areas want to be able to have a little bit of land and don’t really want to be living in an apartment setting.
So this is a challenge for a community like Vanderhoof to be able to find that land, particularly the land that’s locked up in the ALR. The priority of the ALR, of course, is agriculture, and removing land for housing may not be welcomed by the Agricultural Land Commission.
I’m wondering. Where you have that conflict in priorities between the agricultural land and the need for housing, particularly in a small community, is there some way we can find a path that would allow for that kind of a development for a small community? It’s not going to have a major impact in terms of agricultural land.
I understand what that means in terms of the Lower Mainland, where there are huge challenges and huge pressures on the ALR land. But when you’re talking about these small communities, it’s not quite the same issue. My hope was, in terms of the focus on housing and the need of housing and the reason for this bill coming forward, a recognition that there are smaller issues as well that will have the same kind of urgency or priority by government to allow for these communities to be able to provide housing.
Hon. M. Rankin: I can acknowledge the advocacy of the member for the folks living in the trailer park at Fraser Lake. I’m aware of the issue. I’ve heard about it. I know that we’re making efforts to address it. I thank him for his advocacy for his constituents.
Of the housing in Vanderhoof piece, and nearby, I had a chance, at UBCM, to speak to the mayor and speak to the regional district folks as well about that very problem with the new mine, and so on. It’s going to be an issue. We’re trying to get ahead of that. We’re trying to get ahead of it.
On the issue of agricultural land, though, the member will be well aware of the delicate balance over the years that we’ve tried to achieve in preserving agricultural land. I know it’s different in the north than it is in the south. But one uses the Canada soil classification and all the other factors to decide what is agricultural land. With climate change, things that might not have been prime agricultural land in the past may well be agricultural land in the future. The government has, I think, an ethical and a legal obligation to protect that.
However, the member will also be aware that there is a policy. There’s a possibility of seeking an exclusion from ALR. I know that that’s a matter that the Minister for Agriculture and Food is seized with. I think that that balance is what we’re all trying to achieve, difficult though it is.
J. Rustad: Those were all my questions I have on section 1. I just want to thank the minister for the latitude of asking those questions, and I look forward to an opportunity with other sections of this bill if I can get the chance.
Clause 1 approved.
On clause 2.
M. Bernier: I appreciate the Minister of Jobs trying to rush through such an important piece of legislation. We’ve never seen that happen this week.
Section 2, I guess, will now get into some of the commentary on targets. I know we quickly, I guess, when we were talking to the definitions section of this bill, alluded to some of the targets and the, I guess, objective that we’re trying to achieve not only specifically with the wording within this bill, but obviously on the ground within municipalities. Now the targets are going to be an interesting one — somewhat, a little bit, nuanced.
I’m curious. Maybe I’ll start by asking a question to the minister of when we talk about setting targets. He’s talked about needs assessments. Depending on how that’s going to be used within the portfolio of putting targets together, can the minister just explain to this House, then, in his, I guess, words — his thought process — how they plan on determining the targets for each of the prescribed municipalities once those are chosen?
Hon. M. Rankin: I would just thank the member for his question and point out that a lot of what I think is the meat of the answer will be found in the next section, section 3, which goes through and talks about the requirements for making the housing target orders. A lot of what I think we can address will be dealt with at that time, but I can say to the first point that he made that the factors will be different for every municipality.
I mean, that’s the issue. Even among the eight to ten, there’ll be different factors depending on the nature of the people who live there and the kind of housing that will be needed. I think I’ll leave it at that and perhaps anticipate further questions on this point.
M. Bernier: It will be a little…. I’ll use the word nuanced, again, as we go through this. This is a new piece of legislation that the government has put forward. Clause 2 is about housing target orders, and then clause 3 is about requirements for housing target orders. So you can hopefully have a little bit of indulgence as we maybe — I know the process — unintentionally blend some of the commentary, answers and questions as we move through this.
Maybe I’ll go to this one, then, for the minister, which I think we can attribute to clause 2. CMHC has come out and said that British Columbia is going to need 570,000 units of housing in British Columbia by 2030. Understanding the minister’s point that each municipality may or may not be chosen and that there are different needs and different requirements, which will also be different numbers, obviously, through that process, is the CMHC report, the CMHC goal and targets, that’s saying British Columbia needs 570,000 units…? Is that number going to be encompassed into the plans for the municipalities?
Hon. M. Rankin: The CMHC projections are indeed sobering. We all have to, as a province, determine how we’re going to address what may be true. That’s one piece of information. As the legislation points out, a number of other things will be taken into account. But certainly, those rather sobering projections will be one factor.
M. Bernier: I’ll give the minister an opportunity. Outside of these agencies, has the government done any of their own studies that they’re going to be bringing forward? I have a binder here full of different ones, but I’ll give the minister an opportunity to talk about what studies have been done by government that have projections of what the requirements will be and the needs will be in the province of British Columbia between, let’s just say, now and the next five years or so.
Hon. M. Rankin: The answer of course is yes, the province does have its own analysis. I can give a couple of examples to the member. The population growth forecast that takes into account immigration and in-migration, for example. B.C. Statistics, along with the Ministry of Housing, does quarterly analysis. There may be a lot more. I can’t talk to the independent consultant reports that, from time to time, may have been sought. I can’t say any more than that.
But of course, as the legislation contemplates, there’ll be a number of factors taken in, a number of forecasts of different kinds that we’ll factor in.
M. Bernier: Just to acknowledge the minister’s comments, there are a lot of reports, a lot of different analysis, a lot of I’ll use the word "experts" in the housing field, which it’s probably fair to say, the minister and I are not. We have our political roles that we try to achieve to help the people of British Columbia.
I think one thing that we’ll agree on though, as we’ve said, is the crisis situation. I’ve yet to find a report that says: “Don’t worry; we’re doing great. We have enough housing. Nothing to see here.” Most things show that we’re behind, that we need to do better. The costs have escalated. The frustration continues around municipalities trying to achieve the goals, which in turn, translates to frustration around affordability, frustration for people who are trying to get into the market.
I think it’s fair to say, when we’re talking about this…. We’ll say it’s a variable market in the sense, I believe — and the minister will correct me if I’m wrong, but I’m pretty sure I’m not here — that the intention is not specifically high-end market housing. It’s a multitude of rental units to affordable housing units to row housing, to supportive housing. It’s the gamut, the full spectrum of housing that’s needed, as the minister has acknowledged, dependent on the needs in each community, which also vary.
I’m curious, though, with that. The government, under their own announcements, have said that they want to achieve 114,000 housing units in ten years. I’m curious where that fits in to the targets. Maybe I’ll leave it there and let the minister answer. I’m curious. The 114,000 that have already been previously announced, that this government says need to be built — are they calculating that into the 570,000 that CMHC says we need? Is that going to be part of the targets that will now be laid upon the municipalities to achieve as well?
Hon. M. Rankin: Well, I find myself in violent agreement with my colleague on the issues he described so well. I couldn’t do better. We need an entire spectrum, depending on the varying needs of communities. That’s exactly correct. That’s exactly what we need.
I would say that we have a ten-year plan to achieve the 114,000 units that was described, in partnership with the private sector, I stress, using the HousingHub, using B.C. Housing, using the $7 billion that’s out there in ten years that we’re on track to spend. Who knows what future budgets will do to address this housing crisis. So yes indeed, it’s all part of the all part of the package that needs to be factored in.
M. Bernier: I’m just trying to understand, with that answer, then…. The government has previously come out…. It has changed, I think it’s fair to acknowledge.
Originally, this government said that they were going to be building 114,000 much-needed housing units. The Housing Minister at the time, the now Premier, has said that but, in recent months, has acknowledged publicly, to the media… I don’t want to put words in his mouth saying that he saw the light, but in essence, he saw the light. He has come out and said this year that he realizes that government will not be able to achieve the 114,000 units and will rely on the private sector to be part of the solution.
The minister doesn’t seem to want to necessarily, categorically, agree with the commentary I’m saying. I can definitely dig up the quotes from the now Premier, if he wishes me to do so, afterwards, where he said that.
The point I’m trying to make, though — regardless of the political commentary I’ll get from the minister in a moment, I’m sure — is around those 114,000 units. Is that going to be built into the targets? That is what I’m kind of asking.
I’m going to make up numbers here, if the minister will indulge me. We’ll go to…. I’ll pick a city — I don’t know, Delta. Delta, we’ll say, needs to have 5,000 units built to keep up with the supply that they know they need right now. Is it fair to say, then…? The government could easily walk in and say: “You know what? We promised 114,000 units. Your 5,000…. Don’t worry. We’re going to deduct them off our 114,000 and get the assistance there, and you’re going to build them.”
Where I’m going with this is trying to understand…. Are we talking net new places and a target that’s going to be set? Is the government now going to be encompassing their previously announced 114,000 needed units and building those in addition to the targets that municipalities will have to achieve?
Hon. M. Rankin: I’m trying to best understand how to reply to this question.
We accept that CMHC has a projection of 570,000. We don’t know. It’s a projection. It may be true; it may not be true. It’s one of many factors, as I indicated, including B.C. statistics, B.C. housing reports, outside consultant reports, and so on. That’s the first thing. It’s one factor. Frankly, Madam Chair, that’s exactly why we hope we can pass this bill: to help the people of British Columbia to meet their needs in the future.
Ever since I’ve been a minister, 114,000 has been what we said we would deliver. That’s clearly in contemplation of the private sector assisting us — non-profits; housing providers; B.C. Housing, of course, with $7 billion in play. The key point is that the housing needs that are at issue will be identified, first and foremost, in the housing needs reports generated by the municipalities in question.
M. Bernier: With that answer, is it fair…? Am I hearing from the minister that they just don’t know? I guess the work hasn’t been done.
The minister said the CMHC number of 570,000 may or may not be the right number. Do they have an idea, then, from a government perspective, of what the right number actually is?
Hon. M. Rankin: I don’t have a crystal ball. I have no idea what the needs are going to be in ten years’ time. I don’t understand the utility of that line of inquiry.
I can say that we have spent $5 million to ensure that local governments can do the comprehensive housing needs reports that they have undertaken. It’s their identified needs that we’re trying to meet, not ours.
M. Bernier: With all due respect to what the minister just said, I think it’s actually our collective need. It’s not the municipalities’. It’s all of our need to achieve the housing goals. I believe that’s more in line with what he meant to say. I’m not trying to wordsmith.
It is the minister’s job, as the Housing Minister, to deal with this, to understand the challenges and to have policy in place. I will acknowledge a piece of it: the legislation we have in front of us today.
Where I was going…. I’m sorry if I didn’t articulate it well enough, substantively, for the minister. This government has previously announced, for many, many years now, that 114,000 affordable housing units…. There’s been different terminology that’s been used over the years to describe the 114,000 units that this government says are needed. Whether it’s affordable, low income, supportive, there has been lots of different terminology that’s been used.
What criteria, if any, aside from, let’s say, the housing needs reports, I guess, that identify need…? If we’re going to use that, I guess the point is: what, through the collaboration process, guarantees…? Can we talk to the general public more now, not ourselves or the local governments, to ensure that they have confidence in the process that we’re actually setting realistic and achievable targets but not so low that we’re not achieving the much-needed goals that we want to achieve?
The reason why I say that is…. In five, almost six, years, this government has achieved less than 10 percent of that 114,000 target. That’s not political guessing. That’s, actually, the former minister and now Premier’s number, which he stood in this House and said. They like to say it’s 30,000-some-odd houses that are underway. But when we talk about results, it’s how many actually have people living in them, families living in them. Their doors are open, the beds are in the bedrooms, and people are living in them. The now Premier has acknowledged, in questions in this House, that it is under 10 percent.
The reason why I say that is because the now Minister of Housing has said that they are on track — I believe it was yesterday in this House — to achieve the 114,000 units of affordable housing that this province needs by, I’m going to say, around 2028, 2027, four or five years from now.
In the first five, six years of this government, they were able to do less than 10 percent. The minister wants us to believe that in the next four years, they will open up more than 100,000 units, the other 90 percent. We can debate back and forth the criticism that we have talked about when it comes to the achieving of that goal.
The point of my question is, because the government has failed to do it…. What I see and what I’ve heard from some of the communities that have emailed me on this is: is the government just going to take those 100,000-plus units that aren’t open yet and build them in with the plans for these municipalities, so in two years from now, when they submit their reports of their goals, the government’s 114,000 are now in their targets? And the government will go, “Check, look what we did, how great we are,” when in fact, they didn’t do anything. It was the local governments. The government failed to deliver on their 114,000.
That was a long way of saying that’s why I’m trying to understand, on the order thats going to be put on the targets, where that 114,000 fit in, because a lot of municipalities are saying: “We already know what we need, or we’re trying to guess what we need.” Affordability is part of that, affordable housing, but they’re not necessarily counting that as their responsibility, because they’re saying government already committed to it.
How will that build in — I think the minister maybe knows where I’m going with this now — for when they’re setting targets?
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you for providing greater clarity on your question.
I don’t like to start by saying, “I reject the premise of the member’s question,” but I think I must do so.
I’ve never heard that 10 percent number. I don’t know where he’s getting his numbers. I said, as the member correctly said, that we are on track to achieve the 114,000 in the ten-year plan, in partnership with our providers in the private and public sector, and I stand by that.
I’m not sure that this is getting us closer to understanding the housing targets that section 2 entails. It does give me an opportunity, though, to talk about the various things that the member seems to want to talk about today.
There are 36,071 homes completed or underway as of June 30. They have supportive housing funds. We have the deepening affordability of existing projects. We have the affordable rental housing piece, the rapid response to homelessness piece, but my favourite — since the member wishes to engage in this, apparently — is the student housing. I’m very proud of that work that we’re doing. I suppose it’s because I represent a university community.
I’m so, so proud that, in the years that the former government was in power compared to what we’ve done, it’s a staggering difference — it’s not me saying that; it’s the president of the university; it’s the people in my community who are so grateful — when I go up to the university and see the new student housing there. They’re freeing up supply in the rest of the community. Students no longer need to look there, because thousands of them are now being housed.
In the time that the last government was in power, in 15 or 16 years, they built about eight or nine student housing units a year. Let me say that again: eight or nine a year. The figures were that they built 130 student beds on campus. We have built, just at the University of Victoria recently, 398. We’re building nearly 8,000 across the province. Those are facts.
I’m not sure why I’m engaging in this discussion. I don’t see what it has to do with the point in question, but the member opened the door. I felt I had to answer. I reject the premise of what he’s saying. I can repeat where I thought we were going — which was to talk about how those numbers were set, the housing targets. Sections 2 and 3 of the act will elaborate on exactly those criteria.
M. Bernier: Actually, my questions are very important and relevant to how we set targets. The minister can flip to whatever page he wants, but he is factually dead wrong on his numbers. Whoever’s feeding him his numbers…. Either he’s reading it incorrectly, or somebody is deliberately not giving him the right numbers on that.
I didn’t want to get into that until he opened up the door. Obviously, we’re talking about targets. It’s all types of housing, student housing being part of it. In fact, when we were in government, contrary to what the minister said — he can go back and do his research on this — it’s actually a number closer to about 10,000 units. He can shake his head all he wants. We’ve got the documentation, and you can talk to any university.
In fact, in my riding alone, while the B.C. Liberals were in government, there were over 500 built at Northern Lights College. We have all the supportive housing for students that was built at UNBC in Prince George during the B.C. Liberals’ tenure.
Now, it might be the way this minister and their government want to creatively look at how these houses for students are built and funded. Nevertheless, they were built. Students are living in them. The minister can shake his head all he wants, but those are factual numbers that he can find. I lived through it; I was part of it. So for him to mention numbers that don’t make any sense at all to reality surprises me. But I’ll give him credit in the sense that, respectfully, he’s new to the role and is looking at the numbers that somebody is feeding him but that aren’t accurate.
I do want to go back to the point of my question, which the minister didn’t cover. How are they going to look at the targets of 114,000 units of supportive and affordable housing? The minister said he didn’t know where I got my numbers from. It’s actually right off the government’s and B.C. Housing’s websites. It’s also on record, right in this House, where the former Minister of Housing, who is now the Premier, is on record in Hansard saying that the numbers that I’m saying right now are right and accurate.
“Yes,” he liked to say, “but don’t worry. There’s more coming and more underway.” But the now Premier never, ever disputed and actually said “I was right” when we talked about how less than 10 percent of the housing units are open, with people living in them. It’s right on the government’s and B.C. Housing’s website. I’ll let the minister go look at that later, because he’s not accurate again, on that.
My point, if the minister will indulge me, when we’re looking at the targets in clause 2, is around how municipalities are going to be expected to look at how those targets are going to be counted, I guess. What I’m hearing from municipalities already — as I mentioned earlier, and that’s why I’m trying to get a clearer understanding from this minister on target accounting for municipalities — is there is an assumption, from what the government already promised and what the government already announced and what the government said they were already going to fund, that that is separate.
Yes, the minister and I will both agree, I assume. Yes, it’s part of the suite of housing that’s needed within the municipality. Where I’m going is to where municipalities are confused around how it’s going to be allotted within the targets that they’re going to be asked to achieve. Are they now going to be asked to achieve part of the 114,000 that government has failed to get done? Is that now going to be counted in their targets, or is that going to be in addition?
Maybe I’ll just clarify or explain my point again to the minister. On CMHC’s numbers, the minister is right to say nobody has got a crystal ball. We do analysis, best guessing on all of that. I understand what the minister is trying to say.
For argument’s sake, we’ll use that number of over half a million. I’m going to assume, when an organization like CMHC says we need over half a million, that they’re back to looking at that whole suite — which would encompass the 114,000, if we use that number, as part of what’s needed in society. For distinction, what we’re talking about in this bill is the responsibility that this government is trying to impose on local government for achieving targets.
The now Premier has said — a stick-and-carrots approach — that they must put a process together that’s going to be approved. We’ll talk about that in other sections. I’ll get to that in detail around target-setting, reporting and targets that have to be achieved. There is still — I don’t necessarily want to say — some confusion, but there’s an expectation that what government has committed to, although built into the suite of requirements, will not be part of the target expectation that they will now be penalized on, let’s just say.
If a community is told they have to build all of this stuff outside of the government’s requirements, that’s one thing. But if they say, “Now you have to build this, because government didn’t do it. If you don’t build it, then you’re now penalized….”
I hope the minister understands where I’m going, because this is where some of the communities are concerned. When we’re setting the targets, are 114,000 affordable units going to be melded into the requirements that municipalities will now be building into their targets — which, at the end, means they have to report on it? It also means that if they don’t achieve it, the stick comes out, according to this government.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thanks for the clarification from the member. I think I have a better understanding of where he’s going. We are committed to meeting the needs that a community identifies through their housing needs reports. In setting a target, we will add our own information to it.
Now, if the member is suggesting that there are 114,000…. If the member is suggesting that, for example, the government has committed to build a certain number of houses for Indigenous people under one of the programs or rental housing under another, we want to come and assist the municipality to do so.
[S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.]
I can assure the member that we’re not divvying up somehow, notionally or in practical terms, the housing work that we’ve committed to do in our ten-year plan. We’re not divvying it up. We’re saying that if there are certain kinds of housing that are part of that and it was earmarked for a particular community, that will certainly be helpful to that community. But in no way, shape or form, if I’m grasping the member’s point, are we using that as some kind of lever, or inappropriately, with the municipality.
The point of this section, the point of this act, is to set housing targets for municipalities starting on what they think they’ve identified as the kind of housing they need. Let’s say a community thought rental housing was important, and we have rental housing as some of the things that are in our plan, then of course we would hope to assist. But I don’t see anything penal in that or somehow inappropriate in that, unless I don’t grasp the question.
The Chair: Member.
M. Bernier: Welcome back, Chair. You can come and go. We’re still here. I have a feeling that rotation might happen one or two more times before we’re done here today.
First of all, I want to acknowledge the minister — the appreciation I have for his ability to, I guess, quickly answer. We might not always get the answer right away that I’m looking for, and that could be sometimes the way I frame the question, but I’ve been in this place long enough to realize that it’s not often that a minister in government is so eager and quick to stand up and answer a question. We’ve seen it play out, over the last couple of weeks, where it’s ten, 15 minutes waiting for sometimes a simplistic answer.
I want to thank, and I mean that sincerely, the minister for that, because I think it’s important when we’re having this dialogue. Sometimes we agree. Sometimes we disagree, and sometimes we can get into the political sparring, which, I have to, unfortunately, say I enjoy.
I think as we move through this important bill, I just honestly wanted to acknowledge the minister for that. It doesn’t happen often, and it’s appreciated. The downside to that is it doesn’t always give me ample time to frame up my next thought process. Maybe that’s his intention, and good for him if that’s the case.
To the answer the minister just gave, I believe, understanding the intent….Again, I acknowledged that at the very beginning in section 1 — the intent of this bill to try to acknowledge the crisis we’re in and try to move us to a place where we’re all working together and collectively. The point I was trying to make, which I believe the minister answered for me, was that the government made the announcement of 114,000 based on what they saw as a need.
We’ve acknowledged…. We won’t get into the debate of what is or isn’t open yet. That’s not going to be a productive use of time, going forward. It’s already been acknowledged. Again, the intent was, I guess, to just acknowledge that there’s a multitude of different needs out there — as the minister and I have both, I think, acknowledged — and requirements, depending on the municipality.
The concern was, which I believe I’ve articulated, and the minister has acknowledged…. The intention is, I guess, not to pass the buck by saying that government has failed to do it, so now we’re just going to build it into the targets of municipalities so when they achieve it, government can say they did.
The need is still there. I don’t think anybody is arguing that. The need is there. The requirement for government to try to achieve their outcomes and promises is there. It’s important. Municipalities, as well, know that’s important.
I think it’s important for all of us in this House to acknowledge, from a local government perspective, the last thing they want to be done…. We’ll talk about that, maybe, in section 3 on the requirements on the orders of how that will come out. But nobody wants to be set up for failure either. That’s, hopefully, not the intent of this, which was the questions around the 114,000.
We don’t want it to be where this government is passing the buck to local government but then taking credit for when they do the hard work. It all has to get done.
I guess, as we’re going through that process, the minister has acknowledged that this is not going to be easy. I’m using those words. He didn’t exactly use those words. It’s not going to be easy work in a lot of ways, because things change, as we’ve said. Needs change. Demographics change. Populations can be fluid in and out of regions, municipalities, the province, for that matter. I’m curious, as we’re going to be setting the targets — on the flexibility of that. I know we have to have numbers. I know how targets work. I’m curious. As municipalities are going to put these targets forward, when I’m looking at the bill….
This section here is housing target order, and as we’ve acknowledged, they have to then bring those targets back to this minister to approve, or agree to — we’ll use that — and if not, that’s where a further consultation process….
What are the minister’s thoughts on this then? How specific is this government and this minister hoping to see in these target objectives? Is it going to be: “You must give us a plan that’s going to have 1,822 mixed units built”? Is it going to be, in that, divided into five categories or sections of the type of usage? How specific is the minister and government expecting municipalities to be?
Hon. M. Rankin: I’d like to begin by thanking the hon. member for the very kind words he said. I appreciate the respectful engagement on this bill we both agree to be so important. I just want to acknowledge that with gratitude.
The member is absolutely right. No one intends to pass the buck, to use his term. We want to get to the right place together. I think the word he said…. He used: how “specific” would the targets be? You know, they can be very specific and very, very granular. “Yes, we need 1,485 rental units,” in municipality X. That could be in their own housing needs report. As I said earlier, some municipalities have done an extraordinarily good job of getting to that level of detail. Others not so much. They’ve talked in general terms, but they haven’t got into that level of what I’ll call “granularity.”
Those that have, they’re way on their way, and we can probably, in some cases, simply accept their targets. We agree. We’ll do our own due diligence, and we’ll say: “You know, we appreciate they got to the same place we might have got to. Let’s just work with those numbers and figure out how we can achieve them.” It will vary.
As the member has himself indicated, every municipality will be very, very different, because the needs will differ.
M. Bernier: I know, when we get to part 3, that we talk about the target progress reporting and review of the reporting. When we get to those sections, we can have maybe a little bit more in-depth discussion on that. Again, just to acknowledge in this bill, that’s where it gets a little interesting — when we’re trying to have questions specific to one section, because so many of them are all crossing over each other when you’re doing new legislation like this.
I just want to go back for a second. Not to reiterate and get into the whole dialogue on the 114,000 again, but it’s more around the questions that have been coming to me from local government.
They’re wanting to know where this government, the provincial government specifically, fits in when it comes to…. We’ll use the word “partnering.” Where the confusion comes in….
Where the confusion comes in…. The past Housing Minister, the now Premier, for instance, at the beginning of June of this year, is quoted as saying: “We need to leverage the private sector to build the housing that we need for people to afford to buy in the province of British Columbia.” Then just a few weeks after that, he came out and said: “We can’t rely on the private sector alone to build the housing.”
I have a feeling we’re going to stop for a break in a moment, so the minister will have time to come back, maybe, and answer that afterwards — obviously with the guidance of the Chair, not myself.
I put that out there because I want the minister just to acknowledge and, maybe, come back with his answer of where the provincial government is going to fit in with this, especially after the two quotes that I just read back to him: the Premier first of all saying it’s the private sector, and then coming in and saying that actually, it’s going to be government as part of that.
I’m just trying to understand, on behalf of municipalities, how they’ll marry that up.
Hon. M. Rankin: Where does the government fit in? We hope to be a partner. There’ll be some places where we are going to be relying considerably on the private sector, but there are other places — I’m thinking complex care housing — where the government may have expertise from B.C. Housing on how to do that kind of housing. So we’ll be there as a partner. I’ve indicated our partnership on infrastructure — I won’t need to repeat that — but there are various ways in which we’ll be able to step up.
This is going to be all hands on deck, this future. It’s going to require robust engagement, as the member has indicated, with the private sector. Yes, B.C. Housing and local governments themselves are sometimes housing providers. They’re going to be needed as well.
Now, Mr. Chair, if I may, I move that the committee rise, report progress and ask leave to sit again.
Motion approved.
The committee rose at 4:42 p.m.
The House resumed; Mr. Speaker in the chair.
Committee of the Whole (Section B), having reported progress, was granted leave to sit again.
Report and
Third Reading of Bills
BILL 41 — WORKERS COMPENSATION
AMENDMENT ACT
(No. 2), 2022
Bill 41, Workers Compensation Amendment Act (No. 2), 2022, reported complete without amendment, read a third time and passed.
Hon. R. Kahlon: I call continued debate on Bill 43, the Housing Supply Act, in the Committee of the Whole here, and on Bill 36, the Health Professions and Occupations Act, in Committee of the Whole, Section C, in the Birch Room.
Committee of the Whole House
(continued)
The House in Committee of the Whole (Section B) on Bill 43; S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.
The committee met at 4:44 p.m.
The Chair: Members, with agreement, we’ll take a short recess.
The committee recessed from 4:44 p.m. to 4:54 p.m.
[S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.]
On clause 2 (continued).
M. Bernier: Right before we had a bit of a break there, we were talking about the targets.
I appreciate the minister’s answer to my question around the setting of targets and how the numbers will be, I guess, determined and reported.
A thought I just had, though, as the minister was giving…. When a municipality submits their targets…. We were talking about the commitments government has made around affordable housing units, etc. We talked about the specifics of how the targets are going to be set and how they’ll be labelled. Is there going to be a “this will be your responsibility” line and “this will be government’s responsibility” line? We’ve talked about what government is already committed to, which might be built into the suite of requirements within that municipality.
I mentioned the quote from the now Premier, where he originally said the private sector. We acknowledge…. I think it’s fair to say…. We all know that the government can’t be expected to do all of this, but the Premier has acknowledged that government will be doing part of it, part being we don’t know.
So back to my question, I guess. When those targets are put forward…. It’s still within the municipality. Regardless of whose responsibility it is, it will still be a requirement, in that municipality, to meet the needs of the community’s citizens. So will there be a “you have to build this many, and government commits to this many” in the same target?
Hon. M. Rankin: When the targets are set initially with the local government, with its housing needs reports, and then the province steps in…. It’s not a function, as the member suggested, of: “This is your responsibility. This is the government’s responsibility.”
We are, of course, going to partner. For example, it may be that funding would be available through the community housing fund for a particular suite of housing that is identified in the community’s needs report for…. I don’t know. Supportive housing comes to mind, as an example. However, the government of British Columbia, through B.C. Housing, isn’t the sole provider of that kind of housing. It may be a local government. It may be that the private sector can step up, as they’ve done in Victoria, by the way, on community housing, to great effect.
We don’t see it the way, I think, the member is suggesting. We see it as…. The primary housing need is identified by the community. The target is set, with the benefit of additional information the province and others might provide. Then how can we best achieve those targets together?
That’s how we see it. It’s distinct from, I think, what the member was alluding to, where you divide responsibilities from the outset. We think it’s more, if you like, iterative and a dialogue between the various players in that community to best meet the needs identified for that community.
M. Bernier: I guess the thought here, to acknowledge the minister’s comments, is…. It will need to be a partnership in a lot of areas. I don’t think anybody thinks any differently.
Where I’m thinking, though, is around the target expectations and requirements. But then, as we talked about even in section 1, very quickly…. It’s around the funding mechanism, maybe, to achieve those targets.
The minister just acknowledged CMHC and B.C. Housing. We know the turmoil that B.C. Housing is in right now. We’ve canvassed that in the House a fair bit lately, about the billions of dollars and, I would say, requirement that B.C. Housing get this money…. The point is to get achievements, to actually see places opened up for the needs of the people.
Where my question is gravitating to, though, is around not only the reporting but, again, the responsibility and then the funding portion that comes with that. As the minister has rightfully acknowledged, it’s going to be a partnership between provincial and municipal governments and then, of course, with the private sector. But there is a role within government.
I’m just trying to understand here. Through the process of determining housing targets, regardless of, I guess, building in the quantum of style that’ll be needed for those communities, there is a component…. It will be the requirement or responsibility, in some way, for the provincial government to step in.
I’ll give an example, one that I am somewhat acutely aware of, for instance, a supportive housing project that was just fairly recently opened in Dawson Creek. The provincial government stepped in and said: “This is what we think your community needs. We’re going to bring in some modular housing to support your community.” That, I will say, in many areas, is needed, and more is needed. The municipality had to supply the land.
It’s back to that partnership we talked about. If we’re going to build it into the targets…. To use the example of Dawson Creek, 30 units of supportive housing are brought in. But that was government funding it, not the municipality. If it was the municipality expected to fund it, it would’ve been a different situation maybe.
It’s back to the targets, the target-setting and the responsibility. When we do the needs assessment reporting for housing…. The supportive wraparound services that would be required in some housing units or affordable housing units will, in my assumption, be built into the targets and requirements for that community to try to achieve.
That’s why I was saying to the minister…. The description of responsibility, of ours and theirs, ours being government’s…. There will still be…. If I were still a mayor, I’d be saying: “I agree with you. We need it. When are you building it, and how are you funding it?” So I can check it off the list as a requirement for my community.
That’s where I was going. I’m trying to figure out where a municipality can, then, push back to this government and say: “We agree. When are you going to build it?”
Hon. M. Rankin: I appreciate the member’s thoughtful question. I’m trying to ensure I answer it properly. The Dawson Creek example was a good one, where the municipality had land and the province, as I understand the example, came in with supportive housing.
In some cases, that’s not going to be the case. In some cases, it will. There will be times when the local government will be looking to other partners to address some components of the housing needs that the community identifies. I know that in this community where I live, there have been some very innovative private sector partners, even in supportive housing, low-cost rental, which is something new and exciting, because that hasn’t been the case in recent years.
The community identifies the needs. We agree upon targets or set the targets if there is dissonance between what they think is needed and what we, through our analysis, think is needed. Then we work together, as best we can, to figure out how we can achieve them.
The point, I think, where we differ is…. I don’t want it to be seen that local government can somehow say, well, because we set the target together of X…. “You identified the need for X number of units.” Somehow, therefore, it’s on us, as a province, in every case, to meet those targets. Without going through the processes that B.C. Housing has, or whatever, to somehow think…. All of a sudden, it’s on us. Sometimes it will be.
They’ll have programs…. In the case of Dawson Creek, I assume the community applied for and received approval for supportive housing funding. I don’t know, in that particular case. It doesn’t matter. It will differ in each and every case.
The key part of this section of this bill is…. We need to have targets that are set. It’s not like we divvy up responsibility between the province and the municipality, certainly, explicitly and not explicitly, within this section. Sometimes the province will step up, of course. Other times innovative requirements are going to need to be met in order to achieve our collective goal.
The Chair: Minister. Oh, Member.
M. Bernier: I used to be and hope to be again.
The Chair: You used to be. Yes, I remember. Good to see you.
M. Bernier: I appreciate the minister’s response.
I guess it depends on the situation, as the minister said too. There is always that interesting debate that takes place differentiating responsibilities between the local government, municipalities, the provincial government and even the federal government. I don’t think the intent, by anybody, is for everybody to start doing this and pointing fingers.
We need to achieve the goals. But there is going to be, throughout this…. That’s why I’m asking, around the target-setting, what the goals, responsibilities and targets of the provincial government will be, from their thought process and responsibility separately.
The reason why I say that is…. Depending on the situation…. Again, right or wrong, the commentary that we hear out there, a lot of times, from local government is: “I’d love to see this. It’s the provincial government’s responsibility. If they ask us to do this, it’s downloading. We don’t have the mechanisms or the resources or the capacity to do it.” I guess that’s where my head was going, as a former mayor.
When we’re putting these targets together, is there…? It sounds like that’s not going to be the case — that we’re going to set targets and, as the minister said…. I assume we’ll get to it in other sections of the bill. Again, I reference that. When we talk about the review, the reporting and the expectations on that…. There will be some, maybe, flexibility, to put words in the minister’s mouth, around the responsibility for achieving those goals and, then, whether they were met.
There’s still going to be the thought from local government that this provincial government needs to step up and be part of the solution — that they’ve made commitments and that they have a responsibility to not only the communities…. We’re not talking about the responsibility to local government. We’re talking about a responsibility to the men and women and the families in the province of British Columbia. We’re in a housing crisis, and the minister, rightfully, has said that it’s all hands on deck. Really, we need to work together.
What I’m trying to quantify, though, is where the provincial government will fit in, in their responsibility, from a reporting perspective. I think that needs to be done.
Maybe a question wrapped into that commentary. There are, obviously, some questions that I put through to that.
I’m curious, then, as part of the minister’s answer…. They’ve already identified and said we need 114,000 units. Is that the province’s target? Is that the minister’s target? Has the province done their own research that says that they know there’s more that needs to be done, that they’re going to — I don’t want to say impose, because that’s not fair — collaborate with local governments to achieve the targets, or is that 114,000 just going to be built into it?
There must be some kind of analysis that has been done already by government on targets that they would like to see achieved. I’m just curious if the minister can speak to that.
Hon. M. Rankin: Again, back to the housing needs report, which is sort of the origin story of all of this: how are we doing, what do we need, and how are we going to get there?
I guess my hesitation in responding to the member’s question directly is that I don’t want to create the impression that every time a municipality identifies X number of supportive housing units, it is always going to be the province that comes in and provides that. We expect municipalities to do what they’ve done, in many cases, so well: find partnerships with willing developers and use the development approval process to achieve mutually beneficial agreements.
Sometimes the province and B.C. Housing will be there, but I wouldn’t want to create the impression, through an answer to the member’s question, that somehow that’s always going to be the case. Affordable housing has been, and will continue to be, developed and delivered by, in some cases, the municipalities themselves, sometimes in partnership with non-profits and sometimes, of course, with the development community in the private sector.
That’s my only hesitation. I don’t want to inadvertently mislead the member in addressing that. This is about setting targets that will be viable for the municipality. In certain circumstances, as we’ll discuss when we get to the sections coming, it won’t be possible to meet those targets. We accept that. Circumstances change, the ability to raise funds will change, or the developer goes bankrupt. The world is full of uncertainties, and we’re not going to be jumping ahead to compliance by being unreasonable here. That would be ridiculous, but we do want to suggest that we will work together.
Yes, the province will be there. I’ve indicated that provincial land is going to be a key component in many of the communities. We have to do better, as the Premier has said, to make sure that our permitting processes are robust and timely so that we can deliver. And there’ll be infrastructure that we need to provide. Those are ways in which the province will definitely be coming to the table.
M. Bernier: When we’re setting these different targets…. My intention was not to have the minister stand up and say that for community X it will be this number that the province will be responsible for, with an actual specific number. It’s more the acknowledgment that the province has a role to play. I think we can agree to that. Again, whether it’s B.C. Housing, through their components….
I know the minister and I were just speaking. We both spoke at the amazing conference that’s taking place right now in Vancouver. The Premier spoke there yesterday as well, for the Non-Profit Housing Association and all the great work that those different agencies do. We have to say that they’re part of the solution as well.
In order to be part of the solution, they have to be at the table. They have to be part of the discussion in some way, or at least understand where the province will fit in with some kind of guarantees through B.C. Housing and other groups to make sure that there’s some accountability there, that the money is going out the door and that we’re actually getting projects completed.
I know it’ll probably…. Again, I ask latitude from the Chair when we’re bouncing around a little bit, because it’s hard to determine sometimes, in these new bills, where to actually put the questions. We talk about this target-setting, and as the minister just acknowledged, things change all the time. Can the minister explain for myself, which will help people listening…? When we’re setting these targets, because things are fluid, we want to review the targets.
I understand the intent of what government’s trying to put forward here. I read, in here, some of the reviews of reporting out every year, but are we going to have the targets? Are these going to be specifically annual targets? Or is there going to be a one-, three-, five- or ten-year plan, and then we’ll look at them, on an annual basis, to be achieving certain goals? Is it going to be very prescriptive on just annual targets and then to write another annual report and a target goal after that one is done?
Hon. M. Rankin: I want to say thank you to the member for the little shout-out to the non-profit agencies that he, I think accurately, says are such important partners across the province, and for acknowledging the incredibly important role that they play.
On the specifics of the targets, it could be a five-year target that we would review regularly. We’re working with local governments, as we set the regulation, to figure out what makes sense for them. There could be a five-year target, and then we’d break it down incrementally, maybe. for one year or three years, depending on the nature of the community that we’re dealing with. The issue is: what target should be set, and then what progress, each year, can we agree we have or haven’t made? What are the obstacles to achieving those targets?
That we’ll do on a regular, iterative basis with the province and the municipality in question.
M. Bernier: My apologies if I didn’t understand completely. Obviously, we’ll look at long-term goals, because we know that things take time, but I’m curious as to how that annual review will look. Again, we have to be just making up numbers right now for the conversation. Really, if you go to a municipality and say, “You need to, by 2030” — we’ll use that number — “have 1,000 units built,” well, it might take the first five years of just changes in planning before we can even get the first one of that suite built.
I’m just curious on how that flexibility will work when it comes to not only putting the targets together, but on the reporting, the scrutiny on it and the flexibility on it as well — how that will build out.
Before I let the minister up to answer that, if the House will indulge me, since I already have the floor, I just want to do a shout-out back home. My lovely wife…. You know, it’s funny we say that people back home don’t necessarily watch this.
Interjection.
M. Bernier: I know. I know. Riveting, to put that out there. I know there actually are some people watching right now. I know there are a lot of local government people that have told me they’re going to pay attention.
More importantly, I want to give a shout-out back home. My lovely wife, Valerie, just sent me a picture of my grandson, who is one month away from turning…. I hope I get this right. I believe he’s seven. He’s my oldest grandson. But the picture she just sent me was him sitting on a chair in my living room back home in front of the TV, looking up, watching us in debates right now. So maybe a future MLA from my region.
I just want to give a shout-out to my grandson, Crozzley — hey, kiddo — who’s back home watching right now.
The Chair: Hello to Crozzley.
Hon. M. Rankin: It will be hard to answer that question entirely, but I will try.
The nature of the targets, I think, means that a longer time period would, typically, be required. I said five years. I point out to the member that we’re still working on the regulations where a lot of this will become clearer, and we’re doing that in consultation with UBCM and other partners.
But yes, the targets might be longer-term, for the reasons the member suggested. Sometimes things take longer to do, and we acknowledge that through target setting, but the reporting could be annual, should be annual, so we know what progress has been made and what obstacles have been encountered. That’s sort of the scheme that we have in mind. I want to know every year what went well and what didn’t go well and how can we work to get you back on track? That would be sort of the process — I used the word “iterative,” this back-and-forth with our municipal partners — to see how we all can work together towards the same end.
M. Bernier: Not to wordsmith the minister, but it’s not “should be;” it’s “will be,” because it’s actually prescriptive in the legislation requirements, if/when this bill passes, on how that reporting will go. But I was trying to just understand the nuance of that.
I’m curious, as we’re putting these targets together, though, on not necessarily what assumptions will be put in place but really the information that will be gathered to help put these targets together. By that, what I mean is that we are hearing from, I’ll say, a lot of people in the private sector who want to step up in many communities and build housing projects. Differentiating on need — it doesn’t really matter.
What work is going to be done or has the work already been done by this government to know what’s in the queue? By that, I mean: how many projects do we have right now that have already applied in our communities that are waiting approval that could have actually already been started? As we’ve acknowledged, we’re in a housing crisis.
Maybe I’ll let the minister acknowledge and answer that one first because, you know, it is curious. People aren’t sitting around and all of a sudden this bill will pass and then people will flock to city halls to start building housing projects. People have been trying for years. Do we have any idea how many are awaiting approval right now?
Hon. M. Rankin: The first part of the member’s question — what information is to be gathered…. I would draw the member’s attention to section 3, where it is laid out as clearly as we can.
On the second, do we know what’s in the queue, as the member puts it, or awaiting approval, etc.? Local government, of course, holds that information; we don’t. But, as part of the target setting, we will probably be in a better position to understand that and have that information together and understand what their development process is. How long does it take for an approval? What about their building permit process, those sorts of things? In that process, we’ll gain more information so that we can collaborate more effectively.
M. Bernier: I think that’s going to be an important part of the discussion, the collaboration and then the information-gathering, because, I think the minister could acknowledge, it’s also part of the frustration by many out there who are trying to actually fill the gap by building — which, we all acknowledge, are much-needed — housing complexes around the province. And I understand.
I do take the minister’s and the Premier’s words at face value on this, where they’re using this bill as a mechanism, in some ways, to almost bring attention to the issue that we need to do better — whether that’s getting rid of red tape and trying to look internally, in local government, of what the hindrances might be.
There will be, undoubtedly, a long list, though — I don’t want to use, necessarily, the word “excuses” — of reasons that we may or may not agree upon, which will be interesting when we’re putting together the targets. I’ll touch on it, maybe, a little bit later, but the minister has acknowledged — as has the Premier, to his credit — that the province has a responsibility here to fix some of their blockages and timelines when it comes to moving things along at a quicker pace.
I think it’s also important to remember, though, that just because you apply, it doesn’t always mean you get a yes. I know, as a former mayor, again, that there are reasons why there could be a no. So when we’re putting these targets together, we have to, I know, build that into the discussion.
I’ll tell you: we all have these. I’ll bet you that every member in this House could stand up and talk about the frustrations that they’ve been hearing from developers or from even the not-for-profit groups that are trying to build, who knock on the government’s door, whether it’s provincial or municipal, and are told to wait. There are no timelines, and there’s uncertainty. Meanwhile, costs escalate. Now, all of a sudden, the business case isn’t there for the project that they put forward, and things change, or things get cancelled.
I met with a company — if the minister will indulge me, I think it’s important just to explain this, the frustration of this company in Vancouver — just a couple of weeks ago, that owns the property. It is their property already. They’re being taxed for best usage. Right now it’s just a two-storey, mostly commercial complex, but they’re being taxed as if it were a 25-storey high-rise.
[J. Tegart in the chair.]
They want to build this high-rise, with about 300 units in it. My question to them was: “Well, why aren’t you? When did you apply?” They came back to me through their business department, with all the documentation, to say: “Actually, we applied seven years ago” — seven years ago — “to build this high-rise.”
It would have brought in a multitude of units. Their plan was: bottom few floors, affordable rental; moved up, in mixed usage; to market purchase, on the top floors. It was going to meet and check a lot of boxes, what we’re talking of that we need. The problem they have now is that after waiting seven years, the business case isn’t there, because now costs have escalated, and land values have changed since that time.
Now they have to look at it as a business and say: “Do we even bother building? The land is worth a lot of money. Do we sell it to somebody else? Who knows what we’ll get?” This is a family-owned company which has built thousands and thousands of units of housing, who are now telling me that in the present environment, it’s hard to do that.
When we talk about setting targets, that all has to be taken into consideration, because without knowing all the details…. As the minister said, municipalities will have that. But it’s fair to say that there are probably thousands and thousands of units that are awaiting approval right now, as we sit here in this chamber and debate that.
As we’re looking at formulating targets for municipalities — the minister has acknowledged that he doesn’t know how many local governments have that — is that going to be publicly disclosed? Is that going to be part of this legislation? Forgive me if it’s in there somewhere else and I missed it, in a different section.
As a taxpayer, as a person who is acknowledging we need this housing built, I’m curious, as we look at the targets, if that will be publicly disclosed. Community X needs to build 10,000 units, and they have, sitting in the books already, 8,000 that haven’t been given permits. I think the minister can acknowledge that is one of the challenges and problems.
So will we know what’s slowing things down at the local level or on books? Will that be publicly disclosed? I think that’s important information as we’re trying to address this issue.
Hon. M. Rankin: I want to say a few things about the member’s early comments, with which I agree entirely. I think he put it very, very well. We all need to do better, as he put it. That’s one key thing he said. The second thing is that we need to cut red tape, and I would accept both of those. To the extent they apply to the province and not local government, we’ve accepted responsibility and we’ve resolved that we need to do better.
Obviously, I can’t…. I can confirm that I’ve had the same conversations that the member has with frustrated developers, many places and many times. I can’t comment on his characterization of the specific case in Vancouver, obviously, but I think the example he gives, about the business case suddenly evaporating because of the passage of time, is a very, very real and honest problem that we’ve got to grapple with.
One of the things we’ve done, as the member will know, is we’ve tried to help with the development approval process review, the so-called DAPR process, which, I think, has made a difference in some communities. I know it has in Victoria, where, for example, there’s no need for a public hearing on rezoning if you’re compliant with the official community plan. That’s huge. It can be huge. That’s a year or two that we’ve suddenly got rid of.
The ability to do variance reviews by officials, not requiring the whole council to be involved in what could be a minor variance review — that can be something else that’s already agreed upon elsewhere in amendments to the Local Government Act.
In terms of disclosing the backlog, I would remind the member that if that’s useful…. I’m not sure how it particularly applies to target-setting. It’s one of the things we’re trying to get our hands around — to avoid those backlogs, obviously. By annual reviews of progress, we’ll find out whether things are blocked. Definitely, that’s what we’re trying to do.
Of course, the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act applies to every local government in the province, and if people felt that information should be publicly disclosed, they have the ability to achieve it in that way.
M. Bernier: I guess the point, though, is…. Although some might want it, it’s not that we’re looking for the personal information of company X that’s applied to build this complex who’s been waiting eight years. But I think it is relevant, when we’re talking about setting targets, that there could have been a lot of houses built over the last five, six years, and even longer, to be fair. As I mentioned, this one’s been waiting seven, almost eight years.
I guess the point is that when we’re putting these targets together, we have to acknowledge, and I think that’s part of what this bill is trying to do, the fact that there’s a backlog of an approval process.
Every one is probably a little nuanced or different on why it’s taking time. But because of that, what we are hearing from local government, again, which is going to be part of, I assume….
I’ll throw a softball question in a little while to the minister, I think, on this, around consultation. It’s going to be important to really acknowledge that not all local governments have capacity, internal expertise to deal with the pressures that they’re under. We hear that already, but that’s going to have to be built into the expectation around meeting targets and what some of the challenges are.
I also want to acknowledge one of the minister’s…. He didn’t use the words, and I will. It was talking about the Victoria…. Once it’s compliant with an OCP, it doesn’t go to public hearing. There are pros and cons to that, but I think one of the major pros is that it can definitely alleviate the NIMBYism which we’re seeing right now around the province in so many areas. I know that can be a touchy one. But where people have a chance to be at the table and talk about how they want to see their communities grow is in a couple of different ways.
One, and the most obvious, is at election time, when they elect a mayor and a council based on their vision and their communication with communities on what and how they want to see their community grow, change, in some cases stay the same. That’s a big part of how a community has expectations. It’s at election time.
The other, which the minister has alluded to, is the official community plan, the OCP, that sets targets, outcomes, goals in a different way of how they want to see a certain municipality grow, where it’s going to grow, diversification of housing in certain areas, depending on transportation corridors, schools, etc. We don’t have to get into those details.
I’m curious, as we’re looking at targets — the expectations of encompassing that OCP within the targets. That’ll be important, especially to the commentary around what the minister just said of compliance with zoning.
Will there be an expectation? I know there already is, in some ways, around the communities for updating their official community plan as part of the targets, then, because there are some communities that do. They were a little bit more proactive, let’s say, on updating and working on their official community plans, and there are some that are a little outdated based on today’s growth and needs. It’s going to be hard to set targets when you have an outdated OCP.
There could be an expectation…. I’m not sure, again, if it’s in this bill or a requirement when we’re setting targets that the communities update their official community plans to match the targets that everybody wants to achieve. So is that going to be built into part of this?
Hon. M. Rankin: Just to a couple of points that the member made in his comments. The lack of capacity and expertise is a key point, and he’s rightly saying sometimes smaller municipalities, in particular, may not have the capacity or the expertise. We, obviously, would help those municipalities — municipal affairs, our ministry — if they seek it. Some, of course, have really extraordinary expertise and competence.
I think the member’s point about NIMBYism is a really excellent one. The OCP might help address that a little bit. But I want to make clear that this bill preserves municipal government autonomy in determining the what and the where and the touch and the feel of development — what kinds of houses, where you want them — but not the weather too. We’ve got to work together to ensure that we can in fact address the housing crisis that the member and I agree exists across the province.
It would be great if we could get to section 3, because the very point the member raised is there. It’s very explicit in section 3. Reference is made. I’m not allowed to talk about it, but the OCP, just to give you a sneak peek, is explicitly referenced in that section.
The member’s right. Some of them are outdated, and that’s the kind of feedback this process that we’re hoping to work together on with municipalities would address. We would work to get them up to speed. They may be completely outdated. So there’s not going to be a requirement, to specifically answer the member’s question, to update OCPs. But you can be sure that’s going to be part and parcel of the dialogue for setting the targets.
M. Bernier: To my earlier commentary, I appreciate the minister referencing section 3. That’s where it’s always interesting, as I was saying, with these. Sometimes commentary in answers leads into an area that may or may not be covered in later sections, but it’s important to canvass them nevertheless.
I want to acknowledge, as well, the importance, and I know there won’t be an argument with this, of the autonomy of local governments, which the minister just referenced. Nobody knows a municipality better than the people who live in that municipality. We all acknowledge that there are different needs in different places.
The last thing we want to get to…. I know that later on in this bill, we talk about the sticks. But it’s important to remember that our mayors and our councillors are duly elected by the citizens that live in those communities. In no way, especially under the charter and the Vancouver Charter and others, should we interfere or indirectly interfere with the roles and responsibilities, I would say, when it comes to determining how municipalities want that municipality to look. As the minister rightfully said, the touch and the feel of that municipality. But it will be a partnership because there are going to be responsibilities at all levels.
I know I touched on this a little bit earlier, but the minister just referenced the Minister of Municipal Affairs and supports, and he’s right. Some communities deal with this all the time, have great expertise and capacity, which still will lend us to the question I’m sure we’ll get to, as this is talked about over the months and months to come. Why is it taking so long in some areas when they have the expertise? There’s got to be more to it.
But for those that don’t, it’s interesting to hear the commentary that Municipal Affairs…. I know some of the small, rural communities. This housing crisis isn’t just one or two communities. This is the entire province — different levels, obviously. One hundred units in one community can make or break the difference of: are we achieving our goals? It could be tens of thousands in another area. We acknowledge that. But 100 in a small community can sometimes, even in that, be a challenge.
The minister referenced another ministry. Aside from that and aside from…. I know I’d asked earlier if there were new dollars, but I think it’s an opportunity to ask again, maybe at a smaller level. Has the Ministry of Housing or any other ministry…? Is there going to be some kind of capacity funding, as the minister has referenced Minister of Municipal Affairs, that municipalities can apply for, then, to help through the process of achieving targets?
Hon. M. Rankin: I appreciate the member giving me an opportunity to agree — again, violent agreement with him on the fact that we have local governments, and no one knows those communities better than the people who are elected to serve and to meet the needs of those people that live there.
It’s certainly our objective to work with them but to acknowledge that some are in need of a bit more nudging than others. I’ve mentioned some that are doing extraordinary work and hardly need any help.
In terms of capacity funding, of course it would be not typical in a statute to indicate that. I’ve already indicated to the member that the province has supplied a significant amount of funding for municipalities, almost all of which have stepped up to do housing needs reports. The development approval process review that has made such a difference has been funded as well.
We don’t know what will be in the future budget to address funding issues. Of course, as this legislation is rolled out, it would be wrong for me to speculate on that. But the target-setting process gives us a great deal of opportunity to figure out what’s necessary in one community versus another, because there’s no one-size-fits-all. I think the member and I would agree on that, but there is a universal problem that has to be addressed in each community in its own way. We want to be there to partner with them to meet the needs that they identify in their communities.
M. Bernier: I’m curious what kind of, if any, analysis was done. The minister…. I’ll give him an opportunity to talk about the work, the consultation that was already done with local governments and maybe what he heard.
I’m curious. With this bill coming forward…. This bill is putting on another level of bureaucracy, to be fair, in a way. We can debate the level of that afterwards. But I’m curious what kind of work was done or estimates were done, then, to talk about that cost burden.
To a municipality, whether they have the expertise in-house or not, this is added work to a community. I’ll even use the city of Vancouver, which is trying to deal with the backlog of permits that they have already. Now they’re going to be tasked to identify staff members to work with this minister and ministry to work on putting together targets and relooking at all this.
The intentions and the merits of it, nobody’s arguing, are good to try to move things along to achieve a goal that we need to achieve. But there are still going to be implications and pressures that are going to be put on local government by this bill. Has the minister heard from local governments on this? Has he heard that there are going to be cost pressures that are put on local government? There will be staff time, which means staff cost, which means taxpayer cost in order to do this work that government is now asking them to do.
Hon. M. Rankin: To the first point, again another sneak peek at section 3. It explicitly talks about the need for consultation. I’m hoping that we’ll have a chance to engage more on that topic.
The whole point is not to create another level of bureaucracy. I’ve heard some people say that. In fact, it’s the exact opposite. Were trying to get rid of the bureaucracy that many local governments are as frustrated with as the development community is and as the province is. I’m sure the member has, through his questions, acknowledged that. We have got to find those processes that are necessary and those that are simply there because, maybe, they’re outdated. They no longer serve a purpose, they’re inflexible, and they’re so time-consuming, as the member’s questions earlier alluded to.
It’s not about bureaucracy. It’s about breaking down bureaucracy so we can get results for people quicker.
M. Bernier: The minister and I will have to chuckle back and forth on the differences of what we think is bureaucracy, because we’re actually putting in a bill that creates bureaucracy to try to eliminate the problem, which is bureaucracy. I say that not as a slight to the bill, but more of just…. I do find it, probably, a necessary evil, in some ways.
When we’re asking local government to do something they’re not doing and work with the provincial government and do reporting and then have to have scrutiny around that and then further reporting and then further discussion and further debate, it does create a level of red tape and bureaucracy. I’m not asking the minister to challenge that or comment on that. All I’m saying is that it is creating something that’s not there right now. The intent, I will acknowledge, is to try to fix a problem, which is to get more housing.
Through this process, I have heard from some municipalities and some mayors who actually, and — I acknowledge the minister said this too — are welcoming something like this, because it’ll force them to look at their own internal practices through a different lens, maybe, rather than: “This is what we’ve done for years and years, so why fix it?” It’s a way of looking at it and saying: “Is there a better way to do what we’re doing?”
So I do acknowledge, and that’s why I said…. The reason why we want to get into this discussion and the reason why we wanted to have more discussion at second reading was really to talk about some of those nuances and those differences and some of the benefits as well.
Maybe I’ll just end with a commentary and leave it with the minister whether he wants to answer or not before we move to the next section, because it is…. We are starting to muddy the waters here on some of the sections, and I apologize. But as I said, that was going to happen when we’re talking about a new bill that’s changing things and so many sections reference the next section, which is why.
As I was talking about, when you look at how many approvals are waiting right now in the queue and how things are changing in the province, with the affordability crisis on top of the housing crisis, with the challenges right now with inflationary pressures that we’re seeing on everybody, that also comes and hits home for investors and developers. So I think it’s important to just put on the record that one of the challenges through this will be incentivizing and working with and understanding the challenges that the private sector has.
We can have all the right intentions in the world. We can pass any bill we want, and we can set any targets we want, but we can’t force people to spend money. We can’t force investors to build. We can’t force developers to develop. They do that on their own, based on need. Developers come in when they see an opportunity to fill a demand that is needed.
Now, yes, there is demand in so many areas right now, but it doesn’t matter how much we talk about or do here. We can’t force a developer to develop. So it’s going to be very important, when we talk about setting these targets, that it’s not just about the targets. It’s about setting criteria, setting expectations and bringing in confidence so these people who want to build will actually do what we want them to do. And right now many of them are frustrated because they want to, and they’re unable to. Up to the minister whether he wants to comment on that.
I’ll finish off on the housing target order, section 2, by just saying again that part of setting the targets will also be about not just municipalities talking with the provincial government. It’ll be about all levels talking to our investment and development community, because as we’ve acknowledged in here, government is not going to do this on their own. They’re not building it all.
The Premier has said that we’re going to need the private sector to do this. But they’re not going to do it unless they feel confident their investment here in British Columbia is safe and that they will actually be able to apply and move forward with projects and not have to wait seven, eight years for approval, like we see so many backlogs around the province right now.
Hon. M. Rankin: Noting that the member is wishing to move to section 2, I would be really foolish to say very much, except to say that I tend to agree with what he’s been saying. You know, I have the same conversations with the developers who are frustrated so often by processes that no longer work.
We’ve had enormous support for this bill from the development community, which will not surprise the member. They want to build houses. They want to make money. They want to be part of the solution. Great. The non-profit sector — the member spoke to their conference today — are thrilled with what we’re doing, as the member will know. They’re going to be very important partners.
It’s up to the municipalities to create the conditions to get the job done. They know the data. They have a relationship with the development community. Often, they have long-standing relationships. They know what the issues are, which processes need to be updated that are no longer working. That’s what we want to leverage to get the job done for British Columbians.
Clause 2 approved.
On clause 3.
M. Bernier: Well, I would have agreed to clause 3 passing if I got a doughnut this morning from the member. But I didn’t, because I was already busy working.
On section 3. Interestingly, some of the commentary will probably reference back to section 2 that we just passed. But, I mean, again, they’re all part of the same thing. When we’re putting the targets together and then the requirements for those housing targets, a lot of the housing needs reports that we have right now are out of date or staggered or they’re not necessarily accurate for today. I’m curious what work is going to be done to ensure that when we’re putting the orders together, it’ll be based on the most current information — how we plan on doing that.
Hon. M. Rankin: An opportunity to elaborate on the question. The section is explicit. There are two key things that need to be said. First of all, it’s mandatory. The minister must, in making a housing target order, consider the specified information. There’s a long, detailed list there, including one at the end, “any other prescribed information,” which is code for other things that we can put in a regulation that would elaborate on the list that’s already there.
Current and previous housing needs reports. The OCP current and previous regional district regional growth strategies. Information on supply and demand. Information about current investments in transportation and investments anticipated in transportation and other material that might come up later in this progressive stage where an adviser may be involved or the like. That’s the first thing. It’s very explicit, and there are other things that might be properly prescribed. We’re going to talk to municipalities in figuring out what might well be useful in target-setting.
But the other part of this section that I think is equally important is the requirement — another “must” in subsection (3) — that “the minister must (a) provide a description of the proposed housing target order to the specified municipality,” and an opportunity for them to provide comments to the minister, and so forth. To me, that’s transparency. To me, that iterative process shows, I hope, a good-faith effort on the part of the province to work with municipalities to do the job.
M. Bernier: When we’re looking, in clause 3 here, in subsection 1(a)…. And we’re talking about the housing targets again, the requirements to put that together. It says the “current and previous housing needs reports.” I’m curious, as we’re going through this, the expectation around updating the housing needs reports.
The reason why I say that is that if we’re going to be reviewing annually and looking at targets on a one, three, five, ten…. We won’t get into that discussion again. But if a housing needs report is a year or two old, what’s the process, then? Under this clause, it says that in order to do it, it will be current and previous housing reports. Obviously we can look at previous ones. What’s the expectation to stay current, though?
Things are fluid. Things change, as we’ve talked about a few times today. There must be an expectation from local government to — whether it’s annually, I’m not sure — stay on top of it, through not only assessments but through community need and fluctuation and changes. I’m curious on how that will build into the requirement.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you for the really excellent question. Yeah, exactly. There is a requirement elsewhere in B.C. legislation, I’m advised. There are regulations under the Local Government Act for the housing needs reports. It requires them to be set every five years.
M. Bernier: When we look at subsection (2), “Before making a housing target order for a specified municipality, the minister must consult with the specified municipality,” I think that’s just putting in print the obvious, but I think it’s important to put in there.
How does that look? This is a bit of a softball question for the minister, because it’s important: how does that consultation look? How often will it take place? Are there going to be terms of reference that are going to be created now, that this government is going to follow when they’re working with local governments, or is it just going to be a minister phoning up and saying: “How the heck are you doing? How’s it going?” It has got to be, obviously, a lot more prescriptive than that, but what does the process look like?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member is absolutely right. The word “consult” is a coat of many colours, and in the consultation world of Indigenous people, the member will know, it’s a significant requirement. The courts have poured meaning into it. Of course, this is a different kind of consultation here, but what it must be, to answer the member’s question explicitly, is set out in subsection (3). You’ve got to consult. To do so, you must provide a description of the target proposed; provide, in accordance with regulations, an opportunity to provide comments; and comply with anything else set out in the regulations.
I cannot answer the question in terms of all the components of what consultation would require. The regulations are going to be worked out with local government, UBCM in particular, to make sure that we make it realistic and meaningful. That’s exactly how it will work. They’re going to have an opportunity to provide comments, for sure. That’s required. But how many days of notice they must have, and how many meetings — all of that will be elaborated on in the regulations.
M. Bernier: That, I assume, is why the minister says it’s going to be another four, five or six months before this actually gets passed. There’s detailed collaboration, I assume, that needs to take place as they go through that.
I’m reading through some of the stuff that the UBCM put out, and I think it’s important to get it on the record to alleviate those concerns. I’m curious.
For the minister, if there are terms of reference…. Again, I referenced how that’s going to work through consultation. Consultations can be important. We need to move through this. We need to get through this, but obviously there’s going to be some time. There are going to be communities that have to be identified. There’s respectful consultation that will take place with the municipalities. There will be the reports that have to be done, the targets…. I mean, this is not an overnight thing; I get that. But that means we’re looking down the road while work needs to be taking place.
My apologies if the minister has already said this. I know we talked about next year and the timelines. He ran us through that in section 1. But how long does he feel the consultations will take? How long do we expect before we’ll start getting some kinds of targets announced, and how will that consultation look? I just want to give the minister another opportunity. You know, I look at one of the bullets, for instance, that the UBCM put out. It says that under this bill, because there are things that still remain undefined, it will significantly impact how the legislation will be implemented.
UBCM is concerned, and they want to ensure that they’ll have meaningful discussion, between the government and the UBCM, to safeguard the effectiveness of this legislation. I’m adding in the last part: but it’s also to ensure the autonomy and the respectfulness of the local governments and the role that they’re going to play within this. Again, I’m hoping just to help them, not so much myself. As a former mayor, I’d love to know this: how does this minister see the consultation process working, the kinds of timelines, and then the expectations around that?
This isn’t by any means an “I gotcha.” I’m not following this up with anything. I just want to make sure that we have it on the record, because it’s important that our local governments know where they fit in this. If they’re going to be part of the solution, they need to be respected as part of that.
Hon. M. Rankin: I appreciate the question. I’ll just remind — as I try to remember what I said earlier today; it feels like a long time ago: we’re going to analyze the housing needs reports and statistics up until March, and then we’re going to consult, May through June, with the specified municipalities.
How it’s going to work: a commitment we made to the UBCM is that we would work on those regulations together. As you might expect, preliminary work is already underway. That’s when we’ll find out what works for municipalities. How long? What’s the most effective way? Do we do it electronically? Do we do it in face-to-face meetings? All of that.
Municipalities have, obviously, a right to know that and want to make it meaningful. The best way to do that is to sit down with them, through their organizations, to figure it out, and that’s what we’ll do during the regulation-making process.
M. Bernier: Again, I apologize in advance to the minister if it is in here and somewhere else. We’re working on clause 3 right now. I didn’t see it in here. If it is, I apologize.
Is there going to be a requirement from local government then? As we said, it’s not just going to…. Let me just backtrack. It’s not going to be just a phone call from the minister saying: “Hey, let’s just do some consultation here.” It’s going to be a little bit more formalized. There’s going to be a process.
I appreciate the minister saying he doesn’t necessarily have that right now. There will be regulation and discussion that will take place at a later date.
My assumption would be that there would be some kind of a formal process. This is a piece of legislation that’s requiring local governments to enact and do something. So there would be a formal agenda of consultation, I guess, that will take place, with some checks and balances in that. That has to be part of it, you would assume. I guess, through that, though….
I’m just wondering. Will councils, then, be required to hold formal meetings? Are these going to be behind door discussions with the minister?
Reading through the clause, I don’t see the requirements, but from a public expectation…. There are now going to be targets set on a municipality. Yes, mutually agreed upon, in some ways, between the municipality and the minister.
What’s the responsibility now for the local government to then go out and hold a formal meeting regarding those consultations and report back to their constituents? Is there some kind of expectation, or is that going to be left up to the local governments to decide?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think it’s fair to say…. The regulation-making process is so early days. I wouldn’t want to speculate on it.
I do expect that there would be significant staff engagement first, as you might expect. Then maybe, thereafter, there could be an open council determination. It’s hard for me to envisage how this could be an in-camera matter under the local government requirements. I can’t think why that would be the case. I think, initially, the key engagement will be at the staff level, the planning department, the CAO, that sort of thing, until we get to the local government level.
I can’t help the member anymore because, as he’s noted, it’s the regulations that will put that down in black and white.
The Chair: Recognizing the member for Delta South.
I. Paton: Madam Chair, a point of order. I don’t believe we’ve achieved quorum at this time.
The Chair: Quorum is present. We have two members online.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that. What we just determined, through this, is that there are two members that are on Zoom right now.
Buckle down. You’re there for a while to make sure we have quorum in the House.
I appreciate the minister’s answer that he just gave. I’m curious, then. Is this going to be left up to the local governments as well?
We talked about the OCP. We’re talking about that communication that’s going to happen between the ministry and the local government. Where do the community and the public come in on this? If there is only going to be a May or June, I believe the minister said…. The determination will come next April for the communities. In May or June, we’ll do all this, and we start reporting. Where is the obligation for the communication?
As a community citizen…. There are a lot of people, who have a vested interest in this, that might want to be part of that discussion, whether it’s expertise or even as a member of the community, and to know what the government will or will not be imposing on a municipality. That will require time.
Is there going to be the allowability for community input?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member is absolutely right. There needs to be robust involvement of the public. To that end — again, another sneak peek — the next section contemplates that not only would the housing….
First of all, I should say that the targets must be online. The housing needs reports are already on municipal websites across the province. People will have seen them. In addition, section 4 requires that they be posted on not only that municipality’s website but on a government website as well. So that will be a way for them to be aware.
Of course, a local government has an obligation to be as transparent as it can to the members and residents in that community. One would assume they would take that responsibility in this area the same as they do in other areas.
M. Bernier: In section 4, which we’re not on…. We’re on section 3, but I do appreciate the reference to what’s coming. When we get to section 4, though, that’s talking about, I believe, once the targets are already set and then the reporting-out process and making sure it’s publicized within a certain time frame, etc. We’ll talk about that when we get to clause 4.
I appreciate…. Maybe my question wasn’t articulated to the point that the minister understood. It’s not so much communicating with the public after the targets have been set. It’s: does the public have any input in setting the targets beforehand?
The reason why I said that is again, we only have a two-month window. There might be a lot of mayors or councillors that will want to go out and say: “We feel that this is the housing we need, and this is the housing mix we need.”
I put this right after a recent municipal election. The last thing that some municipal leaders are going to want to do is come out of the gate, newly elected, and feel that they’re offside with the wants and needs and desires of their community.
Maybe this has already been determined in a lot of areas. But if they feel uncomfortable and it hasn’t, and they want the opportunity now to consult…. Maybe it’s a public hearing. Maybe they want to go out…. I’m just thinking on my feet here. Maybe they’re going to be told: “We’re working with the provincial government, which says we have to have 5,000 housing units built, and this is what kind of housing. This is where it’s probably going to go, but we want to make sure the community supports it.”
Right now is the decision…? Right now it’s the mayor and council through collaboration, consultation with the minister. If the minister appreciates where I’m going with this. There will be some pressure put on local government to ensure they’re supported by their constituents before they agree with the targets.
I’m just curious what the thought process or allowability will be for them to do that.
Hon. M. Rankin: The public, as I mentioned earlier, would be able to see the housing needs reports, which are publicly posted.
Some municipalities have engaged their communities quite dramatically in that process. I’ve certainly done so as a local MLA, in my community, and plugged into that process. I can’t say that that’s required everywhere, but it’s certainly been an opportunity that was made available to me in mine.
The member will be well aware that when it comes to the actual development approval processes and any amendments to the OCP, the public are fully engaged in that. There’s nothing explicit requiring the public to be engaged in the setting of the targets — that’s in the statute. We’re leveraging reports that have already been done through the housing needs reports. We’re actually taking that input and plugging it in. So I think that would account for it.
The member is right. Moving into the target-setting will be something where a local government doesn’t want to get too far ahead of its community. I would take that to be the normal accountability loops that exist in every local government.
M. Bernier: When we’re looking at the targets…. I mentioned it earlier. The last thing anybody wants to do is be set up for failure. I’ll put words in the minister’s mouth. The last thing this government, I assume, wants to do is go out there and say: “Nobody was able to hit their targets.” The last thing any municipality is going to want to do is have to be out there saying: “We agreed to this process, and we were unable to hit our targets.”
I use those comments…. The goal here is to build the housing stock that we need. But what’s stopping us from setting artificially low targets? I know that’s not the intention, but it’s pretty easy for governments to set low targets so they can check a box and say they hit them, for political benefit rather than community benefit.
What criteria, if any, aside from, let’s say, the housing needs reports, I guess, that identify need…? If we’re going to use that, I guess the point is what, through the collaboration process, guarantees…? Can we talk to the general public more now, not ourselves or the local governments, to ensure that they have confidence in the process and that we’re actually setting realistic and achievable targets but not so low that we’re not achieving the much-needed goals that we want to achieve?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member is absolutely right. No one wants this process to fail. He gave a great example of municipalities that might be setting targets so low that they don’t do the job. That’s why we specifically say, in section 3, that the minister must, in setting the target, examine “current and previous housing needs reports.” Say a previous report was higher than the one that’s current. That would be a pretty good indication that they’re not on side to tackle together the crisis in housing.
That’s a pretty good indicator, just as one example, of the kinds of problems that we could run into if we didn’t have past information. We’ll have all the other data that’s listed there as well, because in some communities the growth has been exponential, as we well know, and more people are coming all the time. We’ll have all that at our fingertips, but the past housing needs report should be a pretty good indication to see whether we’re on the right trajectory.
M. Bernier: The housing needs report obviously sets a discussion process around need, but how do we build in flexibility of what’s doable? Those are two different discussions. To reiterate, I understand the point of this bill, the fact that we need to do better, that we’re moving things forward and that we don’t want to set anybody up for failure, but there will be, maybe, times where a municipality talks about what they think is needed. As the minister just identified, the minister has to review that and approve it, and may set other targets.
It’s kind of like I said earlier: nobody knows the communities better than the communities themselves. I know it’s in here a little bit, but it will give the minister an opportunity to talk about it. What if there’s not agreement? A municipality says: “We think we need X.” The minister, looking at the needs reports and other information he has, says: “We need Y.” Is there an appeal process if there’s a significant disagreement between the housing targets that the municipality suggests they need and that the minister now thinks they should achieve?
I know there’s some stuff laid out here. It gives the minister an opportunity to talk about that appeal process.
Hon. M. Rankin: When we get to section 4, we’ll be discussing the progress reports that must be prepared “…for each reporting period specified in the order.” In there will be the kind of information about actions that have to be taken, etc., to achieve it. We can hold that until we get there. We are relying on collaboration. We are not providing, in the bill, any appeal mechanism or the sort, because we know that local governments are under enormous pressure, as the province is and as the federal government is, to get our hands around this problem. We are expecting collaboration.
Ultimately, the minister gets to set the target. One hopes, as has been said so often, that the compliance mechanisms built into this bill never get used. We don’t want to use them, but there may be a time, as the member rightly says, where we simply disagree, if a community, a local government says, “We need X,” and we say, “You need, as a province, 2X.” We’re going to take responsibility for making that order, and we’ll be held to account in the usual political fashion.
M. Bernier: I appreciate what the minister is saying. The challenge with it — the way it has been explained to me, and the concern from some local governments — is that the minister just said that if the province wants 2X, now the province is held accountable for the criteria and the targets that are being set. But at the end of the day, the fear is that the provincial government will be blaming and pointing at the municipality for not achieving those targets.
That’s the concern that I’m hearing from some of the mayors. That’s why I mentioned: is there an appeal process if there’s a disagreement? I know that in a perfect world, the minister, the municipality, the mayor and council will agree wholeheartedly on the targets — no dispute: “Let’s everybody roll up our sleeves and try to achieve it.”
I’m asking on the maybes or ifs, if that doesn’t take place. That’s what I’m concerned about. We don’t want to go to a judicial review. The minister referenced the next section, which is talking about when the targets are already set, on whether they achieve them or not. I’m talking about when we get to the consultation process for setting the targets to begin with.
Before we even start talking about reporting out on achievements, what if a municipality doesn’t agree? I’m reading a lot of this as the minister having full autonomy to come in and say: “I don’t agree, and this is your number.” It sounds like what the minister is saying, if I heard him, is that there’s not an appeal process. We’re hoping that we’ll just roll up our sleeves and all agree with the minister.
I’m just curious as to whether there’s a different process. I see the minister shaking his head, so maybe I’m not quite getting it right. I hope he understands what I’m talking about. When we’re in the initial stages of setting the targets, if there’s disagreement, what’s the process?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think the member is right in contemplating that there may well be disagreements along the line. We may agree to disagree, but we really are trying, through the regulations and through the work that has already been underway with so many municipalities and UBCM, to build in and to create the conditions for success — to consult and try to achieve that.
We may, in certain circumstances, disagree. That’s to be expected, but we’re hoping to do all we can to avoid that, through a robust consultative process. The act makes clear that the minister gets to set the target after that consultation process, taking into account all of those things, and that the minister will be held, through the government, to account.
Again, while I completely accept the member’s recognition that conflict may occur and disagreement may occur, what we’re trying for, through this robust process of consultation that’s mandated — not a nice-to-have but a must-have — is that we can get to common ground. We have a crisis. The member said that. We’ve got to take some responsibility, but I’m comforted by the fact that local governments feel the same pressure we do and are going to be trying to get to the same place, in most cases, although I accept that agreement isn’t always possible.
M. Bernier: I asked this question as I was reading, again, the UBCM paper that they put out, talking about unintended consequences that we need to be alive to; I know the minister is. I’m going to assume that those consequences are unintended but will, hopefully, never happen, which will possibly be worked through, through that consultation process that we talked about earlier.
I’m not requiring an answer, as it’s not specifically a question, but reading one of the bullets here, a concern that the UBCM has put forward is that incenting the overriding of due diligence to avoid the appointment of an adviser or other corrective actions if targets aren’t met could thereby infuse improper motivation on local governments, on their land use decisions and increase pressure on local governments to cut corners.
First of all, I’ll say that I’m interested by that comment — that UBCM would actually put that in there. I know they’re not trying to say, in any way, that they’re promoting local government to cut corners. They wanted to flag that, I assume, by them putting it out there to the minister as an unintended consequence: that if there’s so much pressure to meet these demands to avoid the stick, they will cut corners — which doesn’t help anybody at the end of the day.
That’s why I brought it up: is there that appeal process? No local government wants to fail; they want to achieve the goals. I know they do, because they’re feeling — as we’ve both said in this House — the pressures from their constituents to meet the demands and the pressures that they’re feeling.
The last thing we want to see is unintended consequences, where local governments feel pressured into rushing. Although we’re putting a bill in place to try to tell them that it’s time to rush, we need them to do it appropriately as well. Maybe the minister might want to comment to that.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think there are unintended consequences on every process ever devised by human beings, so we are not going to get it all right. That’s why we can amend and we can move and adjust and adapt, as we always do. I can’t speculate about unintended consequences, but I can say that local governments aren’t to cut corners.
They’re to do the job more…. They’re to address those processes that are slowing everybody down, frustrating the development community, frustrating young families who can’t find a place to live. And those processes need to be addressed head-on. And we expect that the local governments are feeling the exact same pressure we are to do it.
But as the member earlier said, nobody knows the community better than the local government who represents that community. So we expect them to work with us to say: “You know, that development approval process is taking way too long. It’s not necessary.”
[S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.]
Those steps might have been important in the 1960s when they were set, but they’re no longer relevant now. And we expect people of good faith to come together and sort that out. We’re confident that this process, which is far from heavy-handed — that has, at the end of the day, as the member will no doubt come to, the possibility of an order….
We hope, as the Premier has said very eloquently, to never have to go there. But yes, the member is correct. There may be disagreements, but we’re all in this together. We all know we have to do this for our communities, and I’m confident that we can get there.
The Chair: Member.
M. Bernier: Thank you, Chair, and welcome. I guess it’s time to say the more things change, the more they stay the same.
The Chair: Clause 3, though — it’s exciting.
M. Bernier: I’ll let the House know that when we’re done clause 3, I believe we’re going to move on to clause 4, so we will eventually get there.
And to the…. I digress a little bit, I think. You know, when the minister talked about from 1960 or things change and all that, it reminds me when I first became mayor in the city of Dawson Creek and I was reviewing the official community plan and some of our bylaws, that it actually still stated where in the downtown core the horses were allowed to be hitched and how many horses were allowed to be hitched to each post. So we quickly updated that, although the Minister of Agriculture might think that that’s an important clause that should stay in there so we can have our horses hitched in downtown.
When we talk about the approval processes, though, and setting the targets…. And we talked about the frustrations and then the reporting. You know, I’m kind of wrapping up a few different sections that we’ve already talked about and into this one. But nowhere in here did I see it — for good reason. I’ll let the minister explain. But the minister identified, though, that government, the provincial government, needs to do a better job as well.
I wrote it down so I can try to remember some of them, some of the provincial jurisdictions that can create a backlog or extended timelines — Water Sustainability Act permits, infrastructure, Ministry of Transportation, Ministry of Forests and Lands with archaeological work that needs to be done. There is a huge amount of provincial authority and jurisdiction when it comes to assisting in moving this along. I’m not criticizing the minister, because the minister has acknowledged that the government needs to identify where their blockages are in some ways and how they need to do better.
I don’t see anything, though, in this act that commits this government to the same criteria that they’re asking on local government around setting targets and timelines. Rightfully so, I would argue. And if it is in there, I didn’t see it, as, you know, again, I’ve only had this for a day or two to start reviewing it and do the best I can. I’m not using that as a defense mechanism. I’m just stating the obvious.
But I’m curious if the minister can maybe give this House an idea of what we can expect, which will help local government and the development community, on what they plan on doing to hold themselves accountable for setting timelines.
Are there going to be timelines, targets and expectations that the Ministry of Housing — I’m assuming from the Premier’s office — is now going to give to those ministries so that they will now be subject to scrutiny themselves? Since, right now, they are collectively, we have acknowledged, part of the problem.
Hon. M. Rankin: The member gives me this opportunity to reiterate that we acknowledge that we have to do better, just as we’re asking our local governments to do.
We’ve got a backlog of provincial permitting issues, and we need to address it. We’ve said that we’re going to, and in fact, we’ve established a cross-sector solutions team focused on natural resource and other permitting and statutory decision–making to work with ministries, including the Ministries of Environment and Climate Change Strategy, Forests, and Transportation, to lead the necessary improvements to provincial permitting, authorizations and statutory decision–making so we can get quicker decisions.
I note that the examples that the member gave were exactly about those…. He mentioned the water authorization act. I think he mentioned Transportation. These are exactly right. Crown land disposition and Land Act permits. These are all things that are often taking a great deal of time.
There are more streamlined processes that can be achieved. We get that. It doesn’t just require hiring more people to address a backlog. It often requires different processes, better use of computer technology. There are many things that can be done. That wouldn’t be in a bill called the Housing Supply Act, but I’m here to acknowledge and agree with the member that we have work to do, and we’re taking that on.
M. Bernier: I do acknowledge, as I did in my monologue and question into it, that it’s not necessarily the place for the bill, but I do appreciate that the minister is acknowledging that government needs to do better on this, right? There’s nothing more frustrating than asking developers to develop and then telling them that now they have to wait. We see that time and time again. It has been going on for a multitude of years. This is not something new, but it’s something, now that we’re in this crisis situation, that we collectively say that we need to address.
I didn’t hear in the minister’s answer, though — not a criticism to the answer — the commitment around timelines. Now, is there going to be…? Even though it’s not part of this bill, it is in this essence of target-setting and accountability. Is there going to be further discussion or directive from the new Premier, let’s say, around setting timelines? Or is that something to be discussed at a later date? Again, that’s going to be important as we work through this target-setting and the goals that we hope for people to achieve.
It’s just an opportunity for the minister to not just say there’s a problem but, hopefully, say that this is what we’ve decided we’re going to do to fix it.
Hon. M. Rankin: I mentioned that we have established this cross-sector solutions team to deal with this. I want to acknowledge a sense of urgency that exists, but in some cases, the shifts are going to take time. Others can be handled much more quickly.
We’ve created a new ministry, as the member will know, called Land, Water and Resource Stewardship. They’ve been tasked with particular…. They’re leading the task force that I described, the cross-sector solutions team, and they’re seized with this, leading the charge, as it were, to try to address this.
I cannot say, because of the wide diversity of permits the member will acknowledge, that there’s one timeline that we would achieve. Now, our goal is to have it within 60 days or 90 days. There are just too many permits out there and too many different statutes that come to play. The member gave some great examples of them a moment ago. It would be impossible to do that.
I want to communicate a sense of urgency. I want to communicate that we understand that we need to do better, and from the Premier on down, we’re doing that. The officials that are leading this are very much committed to finding modern solutions to these problems that sometimes are endemic and have been with us for decades.
M. Bernier: We talk about the frustration on the backlog of permits. That’s part of it. One of the things we talk about from the development community that municipalities are probably going to be challenged with, because we’re hearing it from the developers, is the lack of trained, skilled labour.
I’d throw that one out there quickly just to say and to acknowledge that the new Premier said that on December 7, or whatever date he said, he’ll be announcing a new Ministry of Housing to put focus on the crisis. Not that I’m going to say I agree or disagree with that decision, but I will say that I think I’m going to win the pool on the new ministry being created because of the crisis that we’re in, because I thought that that was something that might happen as well. So it’s going to be interesting.
But what’s interesting is going to be the dynamics of the collaboration of cross-ministries, because government has a tendency of working in silos. To achieve this, as we’re talking about all the other ministries that are part of fixing the criteria and the backlog, it’s going to take a multitude of ministries and a lot of collaboration on behalf of government to achieve this.
Now we’re going to, it sounds like, to take the new Premier’s word for it, have a new ministry announced in the coming weeks. But one of the ministries, to my first comment, will be around skilled labour. I assume that…. I don’t know how that really blends into the discussion around targets, but that is going to be a piece that municipalities are already hearing. There are a lot of developers who want to develop who are telling me, which I assume that means they are also telling the minister, that there are huge backlogs because they also can’t build because they can’t find enough people, which is creating cost pressures, which is creating time pressures.
I don’t want to say it’s a perfect storm. But in a lot of ways, there are a lot of things that are happening right now, inflationary pressures that are creating this problem that need to be addressed.
I’m curious, before we move on, if the minister wants to acknowledge and maybe comment on what government’s intentions are to help the sector when it comes to skilled labour to fill that gap.
Hon. M. Rankin: I will do that and appreciate the opportunity to talk about the stand-alone ministry, since the member pointed out that was something that would be happening as of December 7.
I can only tell you how many people have reached out to say what a terrific idea, long overdue. Jill Atkey of the B.C. Non-Profit Housing Association, the CEO of an organization that the member spoke to earlier, is quoted as saying that this stand-alone ministry will make an absolute difference — to have a dedicated ministry.The housing expert at the Sauder Business School, Tsur Somerville, said: “It just feels to me like it allows for clarity of mission and statement and operation that has the potential to be valuable.”
Finally, Sylvia Ceacero, of the Greater Victoria Coalition to End Homelessness, said: “It was exhilarating to be in that room when the Premier made that announcement because having a ministry dedicated to housing means the government is taking the issue very, very seriously.”
I agree with the member that having this clarity of purpose, having a single ministry, is a concrete recognition of the need for one agency to take this on as primary leadership. And in that end, it goes to the second point made by the member, which is the need to address shortages in the construction sector.
I don’t disagree with the characterization, by the way, that the member just made of a perfect storm. I think the inflationary pressures, the lack of skilled labour that’s needed…. I mentioned to a northern colleague, the member for Nechako Lakes, earlier today that it’s particularly acute in remote communities — finding skilled labour to do the work. It’s hard enough in Vancouver and Victoria.
But they are having a huge impact across the whole country, and our government is trying to deal with this in a number of ways. We’re bringing back the skilled trades certification. You know, there’s a stigma around trades jobs that has to be broken, to the extent it still exists. I know when I was in Germany that being a skilled tradesperson garners enormous respect in the community. We have to ensure people feel the same way in our community and get more people to join the trades.
We are building a new trades and technology complex at BCIT, where over 12,000 students a year will benefit. The construction is beginning in a few months, as the member knows.
In my community, I can’t be prouder of Camosun’s trade program, which is taking women and minorities into non-traditional trades at just an enormous rate. People are getting red seals, and the apprenticeship program is kicking on all cylinders because people are needed in these areas.
I could go on and talk about the new B.C. access grant of up to $4,000 a year. I can talk about tuition-free, unionized trade training for people who were previously youth in care. We have an enormous amount to do in this area, and the member is totally right. We need to take this on as a component. It makes no sense, I’ll go so far to say, to set a target which can’t be met because there are no people to do the work.
We acknowledge that — that process of consultation that I talked about, where we’re going to be reasonable about the realities that British Columbia faces and what the member and I agree is a perfect storm.
The Chair: Still on clause 3, Member.
M. Bernier: Still clause 3 for another second or two.
As a tradesman myself, I obviously understand the importance of the trades and good, family-supporting jobs. I think the minister and I both encourage anybody who wants a good, family-supporting job to consider going into the trades. Of course, for too many years, for whatever different reasons, there was a bit of a stigma around that. Now it’s gotten to the point where, hopefully, we’re past that and people understand the benefits of that. I just want to throw that plug in there while I have the floor and that opportunity.
I also want to acknowledge that just because there’s a new Ministry of Housing, it doesn’t mean the problem is fixed. There are going to be huge expectations that this government is going to be accountable and held accountable to….
I’ll somewhat digress by saying that this government, in another crisis, put forward a Minister of Mental Health and Addictions because they recognized the crisis we were in, and that’s done pretty well nothing to solve the problem. In fact, our opioid deaths are higher than ever. Our homelessness is worse than ever. Our people’s suffering from mental health challenges is worse than ever. So just because we create a ministry, it doesn’t fix the problem. It’s on how you work within that ministry that will hopefully create solutions and outcomes that will be something that will benefit.
I say this in all honesty. As I said, we’re in this housing crisis. I’m not hoping that this minister and the new minister, whoever it may be for housing, fails. Politically, I guess, that would be advantageous, but that’s at the detriment of the people in British Columbia that are suffering right now and need the housing built. So however that plays out, I wish success, because we need it, because it hasn’t worked to date.
One of the things that’s brought forward here is the housing target orders. Interestingly, with the minister who is, right now, Minister of Housing, Attorney General and his previous role, I guess, or still, with Indigenous Relations, this bill and target orders do not apply to Indigenous lands. I understand the difference between federal jurisdiction on reserve lands and provincial authority where there is that, but I’m curious, though. What is that discussion?
The minister, I believe, and correct me if I’m wrong, talked about consultation that took place on this bill with Indigenous communities, but the bill doesn’t apply to Indigenous lands. I’m curious if the minister can….
Maybe we can start there, and he can just give a bit of an understanding of if he did that consultation — understanding, obviously, what this government’s intents were to consult on all legislation, I understand, with Indigenous partners. Can he explain, though, if it doesn’t apply to Indigenous lands, how that consultation took place?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member will know that there is a legal requirement now to consult under the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act when new legislation is brought forward. We take that responsibility seriously. For that reason and that reason alone, we would normally do that kind of consultation, and we did.
I would draw the member’s attention to the definition of Indigenous land in section 1. He rightly says it talks about reserves under the Indian Act. But it also…. I will spare him from reading it. A number of other areas are connoted by that expression as well.
M. Bernier: Can the minister, through these consultation processes with First Nations…. Right now, we’re saying it doesn’t apply to First Nations land, but through consultations we might have future land that’s now going to become possibly within First Nations jurisdiction. Does that mean that that future property that may or may not happen will now be excluded from any target setting as well?
Sorry. I see that maybe I’m not phrasing this properly for the minister. There’s an ability to prescribe — I’m trying to figure out how to word this. There’s an ability to prescribe Indigenous land. If that’s the case, and this bill doesn’t apply to Indigenous land…. I’m just talking.
Where my thought process was going is we might prescribe Indigenous land, and then they’re not subject to this bill. So what happens later down the road if the community is setting targets? Then all of a sudden something changes and now Indigenous land has been prescribed and that changes the targets? I’m just trying to figure out that balance and that nuance and that. If the minister can help me with that?
Hon. M. Rankin: You know, I’m tempted to say one crosses the bridge when we come to it, but that’s not a good enough answer for the member.
That category of prescribed land that one of the clauses that describes what Indigenous land is, is to deal with things that might come along later in negotiations of different arrangements. The member will know we have modern treaties, we have old treaties, we have reconciliation agreements that might have a land component. One doesn’t want to tie one’s hands. A statute like this, as the world of land relations with Indigenous peoples, evolves over time. That’s why we have left it somewhat loose, admittedly.
But when I say we’ll cross that bridge when we come to it, I mean that how that will affect a community that already…. Let’s say a municipality that has a housing target in place yet some of that land is withdrawn and is no longer applicable, I think we’d have to just say that that’s something we would address when we get there. It’s hard to anticipate what it looks like until we see exactly what that would be in a particular case.
M. Bernier: Fair comments from the minister. I’m just trying to make sure I put that…. Just something about when we talk about in our Indigenous partners when it comes to this process.
I beg forgiveness, because the minister is way more in touch with this in his present and past roles when it comes to this discussion than I am. But what if…? Let’s go back to the target setting. Because we have some very progressive, very sophisticated First Nations — I’ll use the Musqueam as an example — who have some very ambitious but probably doable partnerships they’re working on for housing.
Is that being a little bit naive in this? It’s not in my in my riding. I’m just thinking of this off the cuff. When we talk about target setting…. The city of Vancouver is going to have targets. Are they going to be able to now count the housing developments, even though they are on First Nations land? That’s why I’m just thinking about that one now, I think. Or is it going to be separate?
Before the minister answers, I think it’s important to say that it still is helping meet the objective of bringing housing online that we all need. I’m just trying to wrap that into the target objectives though, of the municipality, of what they’ll be able to use and not use.
Hon. M. Rankin: That question’s a very fair question. We will be consulting with First Nations in the target setting, a categorical commitment to do that.
You mentioned the Musqueam as one example. Of course, the member will also be aware of the Sen̓áḵw development under the Burrard Bridge, with the Squamish Nation. That’s an enormous potential, anyway, of housing development. So I think it’s a great illustration of the member’s point.
If we’re setting a target with the city of Vancouver, for example, the implication of that development has to be taken into account, absolutely. That is what we would do in partnership with the city of Vancouver and, of course, with the Squamish Nation.
Clause 3 approved.
On clause 4.
M. Bernier: Actually, with the indulgence of the House, could we have a five-minute or so recess?
The Chair: We will have that five-minute recess and return to clause 4. This committee is in recess.
The committee recessed from 6:56 p.m. to 7:06 p.m.
[S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.]
The Chair: I understand that in a little while, there’s been a request for a bit of a longer break so people can actually get some nutrition and not get hangry and all the like. I think that’s a good suggestion, so probably around 7:30, I believe.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you, Mr. Chair. That would be much appreciated by our team.
The Chair: If that’s okay with all? Yeah, okay, good.
M. Bernier: Maybe with what the chair just said, I’ll echo again what I said earlier and thank the staff. I know it’s long days. We sign up for this, but I appreciate the work that the minister’s staff is doing to help us through this bill.
We have finally made it to section 4. We do have 21 sections, but I will let the minister know that a lot of these sections will move along a little bit faster.
Interjections.
M. Bernier: Obviously, I will have some questions — in those certain sections anyway. It sounds like some of the members of the NDP actually want to get up and ask questions. I’m not sure what that applause was for.
We’re in section 4 here. We alluded to it a little bit earlier, when we had questions on section 3, but it’s now around the target progress reporting. I do appreciate the indulgence that we’ve had. When we look at this new bill, section 2 is on target orders, section 3 was on making target orders, and section 4 now is on target progress reporting. I know some of this stuff is identified a little bit in the bill, but I think it warrants getting it on the record in Hansard as well. It’s an opportunity for the minister to talk about it.
How often will the reports be required? When do we expect to see the first report? We’ve talked about how they have to be publicly disclosed. The minister might want to talk about that again, because he did reference it a little earlier.
I think it’s important, again, when we start talking about this. The proof is in the pudding, as they say. I shouldn’t be saying that while I’m hearing that some people are hungry, but I think it’s important.
Again, how often are the reports going to be required? I’ll leave that for the minister to discuss.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you to the member for letting me again put some of those timelines on the record. The first cohort would be reporting, we think, sometime in December of 2023, all things being equal. That’s the timeline we envisage.
The requirement in section 4, as the member alluded to earlier, is that these progress reports are prepared for each reporting period. The section specifies the information that must be included in those reports.
Again, as in the past, accountability and transparency on the specified municipalities progress to meeting the housing targets by requiring them to receive the report at a public meeting and to publish the report on their website. It also requires the specified municipality to submit housing target reports to the minister, and the minister must publish those reports on a government website.
Finally, this allows the government and the public to monitor progress to see how we’re doing to achieve those housing targets. I think the theme is progress reports and accountability and transparency.
M. Bernier: In the clause, it’s referencing the reporting and back to the minister. It always…. I’ve seen it…. I know it’s a terminology used in a lot of bills, and this one is no exception, when we talk about “as soon as practicable.”
Can the minister be a little bit more specific? What does he envision as…? What does that mean? That could mean something different to him, to me, to the public. So I know the intention would be to do it as soon as possible. What does he see as a realistic timeline to get that and then publicly disclose it?
Hon. M. Rankin: I’m not sure why the drafters have used the expression. I’ve seen it, like the member said, many times, “as soon as practicable.” I would say, from my way of thinking, it’s as soon as possible, as soon as we have it and can put it up. That sort of thing.
M. Bernier: So we’re pulling out a thesaurus and just changing “practicable” to “possible” — “as soon as possible.” But I think it’s important, through the dialogue…. I guess, from what I’m getting from the minister is the expectation and the internal discussion will be to get it out right away, because the whole point is public disclosure, as the minister just talked about, which is going to be important.
But if it’s public disclosure, what is going to be the criteria in this reporting? When we talk about how the municipality will put this report together, the minister will be reviewing it, and it’s going to be out publicly. In a couple of different areas, it’ll be out publicly, it sounds like. Will there be…?
Not knowing how this report is going to look yet, because I don’t know if the minister knows how the report is going to look…. If he does, he can share that with the House. By that, I mean the detail, the scripts of how it’s going to look. I assume it will come — some kind of template, maybe, that’ll help all municipalities so we have something similar. I don’t know if that will be the intention. Where I’m going with this is: obviously, we have to ensure there’s no personal or private information in this reporting. We’re talking about targets — target setting, target achievement.
Does the minister plan on putting some kind of template together to avoid — I say this seeing how things work within government — redactions? That doesn’t help the public. If they go online and see a bunch of pages with black lines through certain sections of it, that will give more questions than answers. So do we plan on putting something forward that will allow that not to happen?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think that’s an excellent point to make, and that is, indeed, what we intend to do — to create a template, in partnership with our colleagues at UBCM, to make sure that we can have as much best practices reflected and consistency so it’s easier for everyone to get their hands around it.
I also agree with the member’s point about trying to avoid redactions. That’s something we should strive to do. Again, we can do that.
It’s hard for me to believe that there would be much personal information in here, but there may be business information and other things that normally must be redacted under the freedom-of-information and protection-of-privacy rules.
M. Bernier: I guess the only advice I can give, for what it’s worth, since I’m not on that side of the House, though, is that government actually looks at putting some kind of template together that’ll assist municipalities so we don’t get into that situation. As we’ve discussed earlier, this will be a little bit of work for somebody. The easier we can make it for them….
I think it’s also important to have a set criteria and template for not only when we set these targets…. The targets are going to be different everywhere, but the reporting-out expectations should be the same, I would think, on face value, for everybody. Obviously, different numbers, different levels and all that. There’s no requirement to know a company’s name when we’re reporting out.
What we’re talking about is: are targets set, and are targets met? That takes me to, then, what happens if they’re not met. Again, I think it’s in section 5. It kind of gets a little muddied. Section 4 is about the housing target progress, and then section 5 is the review of the progress report. If a city misses their targets and then they’re required to detail actions for, let’s say, the next two-year reporting period, what level of detail is going to be asked for by the minister?
I think, in a perfect world, we set achievable targets. Municipalities will be reporting out and saying: “Yes, we’re on track to hit our targets.” Obviously, there’s going to have to be some mechanism built in…. If they’re not hitting the targets, again, the government is going to want to know why. What level of detail is this minister and government looking for, then, that they will have to report? Where I’m going with that is….
We’re also talking about how that’s going to be reported publicly. That could create different criteria or mechanisms around how the communities will want to disclose information if they failed. Then they will want to talk about why.
Hon. M. Rankin: Once again, I think I’ll repeat…. We are hoping we can work this out with UBCM.
The member’s notion of a template, I think, is exactly what we would like to achieve. And how much detail? Well, enough to find out what’s making progress enabled and what may be impeding progress. That’s what we need to get from each municipality.
We don’t want to make it overly prescriptive. We don’t want to make it overly onerous. We want to get to the meat of the problem so we can solve the problem together or figure out what’s working well so we can leverage that.
Clause 4 approved.
On clause 5.
M. Bernier: Look how fast we’re moving along now, Minister.
On section 5. Again, this is around the review of the housing target progress report. It’s a small section, just a couple of lines, really. It talks about whether the housing target has been met and, if the housing target has not been met, whether the specified municipality has made satisfactory progress toward meeting the target.
Reading that, it says the minister will be allowed to — we’ll use the words “pass” or “fail,” I guess, if that’s fair or not — pass a municipality based on the grounds that sufficient progress has been made. How do we determine…? What’s the minister’s thought process on…? What does it mean by significant progress?
I say this because to me, when I talked about setting some kind of template…. Every municipality is different, again. I understand that. If it’s sufficient progress, without actually listing specific criteria…. Without that specific criteria, it can be very subjective.
I’m not talking about just this minister, because this minister, in his present role, might have an idea of what sufficient progress is. But now we have a new minister, a new government, new interpretations.
I’m curious. It’s not really prescribed here in this section or, really, in the definitions, for that matter, a definitive determination of what sufficient would mean. It sounds like it’s subjective and up to different interpretations.
I’m curious what the government minister’s thought process is on how they will be fair between municipalities in determining sufficient progress.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think that’s a very fair question the member asks. I would be the first to agree that it is the duty of the minister to review these reports and to decide, as the member said, whether satisfactory progress has been made. Therefore, that is a judgment call that contemplates that the minister will have to make.
It will be informed by a number of things. Have they done all they can? Have they made continuous improvement? Is progress actually happening, or has nothing happened?
Over time, you can compare things quite readily. If there are reasons why the progress hasn’t been made because of forces beyond the control of the municipality, that’s one thing. If, however, they haven’t amended that particular process that would have made progress happen, that’s something the minister will take into account and, in that latter case, probably conclude that satisfactory progress has not been achieved.
M. Bernier: In all fairness, I think, to the minister, myself and everybody, we’re in new territory, in a way. I know we’re trying to figure this out, in some ways, as we go. There are a lot of things that will be ironed out through the consultation process, etc. I acknowledge and appreciate that.
When we’re talking about setting the targets, reporting back on it and then looking at what communities have achieved or not achieved…. Is the level of sufficient progress going to be looked at on just past progress, or will it also be considered on planned progress?
To our commentary we had earlier, with all the great intentions, sometimes things take time. Just because we have the intentions to build doesn’t mean it will get built.
Again, to the minister, then, how will they judge significant progress? Hopefully, I’m thinking, some municipalities will say: “We’ve determined this is what we plan to do over the next five years. Don’t penalize us, because we’re not going to get there right away.”
Hon. M. Rankin: I think it’s correct to say that both past progress and planned progress would be taken into account.
Back in section 4, the member will note that the municipality…. Under 4(2), a housing target progress report must include a number of things, including, in clause (c), “if the housing target has not been met, information about any actions that the specified municipality intends to take toward meeting the housing target within the 2-year period following the report.”
I think it’s both forward and backward.
M. Bernier: We’re kind of venturing a little bit into the part of the bill, in some ways, where it talks about sticks. We didn’t talk about a lot of carrots, per se. We did a little bit, but we talked about the process of getting to where we need to get to.
Earlier tonight I brought to the floor some of the comments that have been made about good and bad municipalities that some members of government have put forward. Some communities are doing a great job already, and to government’s own commentary, some are not. We’ll leave the names of municipalities out of it. It’s also fair to say…. I agree. We need to be doing better in some areas.
This might not be something that we will see, but I think it’s fair to acknowledge, though. If somebody has already been acknowledged by this government as a bad player, will there be more scrutiny on that group than there would be on one that this government thinks is already doing a good job? The reason why I say that is because the political interference that could take place with the absence of specific criteria that are agreed upon….
With that, maybe I’ll ask the minister…. What’s the process — I know it’s talked about in here a little bit — for challenging the minister?
There could be situations…. I almost guarantee there will be the time that government, not necessarily this minister but somebody, might say: “I don’t feel that you’ve made sufficient progress, and this is why.” The municipality thinks they have. The last thing we want this to be is now a media war between the provincial government and the municipality of who’s right and who’s wrong.
I’m trying to figure out and understand the process that the minister wants to establish and the availability for respectful, hopefully, challenges, and how the government sees that taking place, if the government and the municipality do not agree that they’ve reached sufficient targets.
Hon. M. Rankin: One of the things that the bill does, which, I think, distinguishes this kind of legislation from many others — which are sort of what we call skeletal legislation, with all the details to follow — is provide a lot of criteria in the sections. We’ve talked about them, things that must be done.
The discretion of the minister is curbed to some great degree. I think that’s the first thing I’d say. The second practical thing is that the program here is not intended to be political. It’s a program that we would expect the public service would be engaged in more than ministers of the day. They come and go, but the public service is here forever.
The other practical perspective is…. If there’s a disagreement, there must be a consultation before actions under section 6 are taken. I know we’re coming to that. The member calls it the sticks part. Not only are all of the criteria carefully articulated in a statute, which is not always the case in modern legislation, but the regulations that will follow will provide a lot more detail. In addition, it’s going to be the case that consultation must occur, by statute, before any actions under section 6 are taken.
Clause 5 approved.
On clause 6.
Interjection.
The Chair: Sure, happy to. We will take a…. I believe a 15-minute recess was the agreement. Does that work for the minister? Okay.
We’ll be back, approximately, around 7:45. Thank you, everyone.
The committee recessed from 7:27 p.m. to 7:49 p.m.
[J. Tegart in the chair.]
On clause 6.
M. Bernier: On clause 6, we’re talking about… It’s entitled “Application.” This section here is….
I guess I’m calling…. My history in the building is that it used to always be “sections.” Now it’s “clauses,” I guess. In clause 6, we’re talking about the appointment, I guess, of advisers and how that’s going to play out. How discretionary is this?
We talked in section 5 about reviews and maybe how some stuff is subjective on determining whether sufficient progress is made. But now we’re getting into a little bit of, as some of us, as well as the new Premier, have talked about — the sticks and carrots — a stick approach. It’s actually bringing in an adviser. I’m not sure how this is going to look. Maybe the minister can…. We can start, before I maybe ask a few questions around this section, with, really, what his thought process is around an actual adviser.
When you look at the definitions, “advisor means an advisor appointed under section 8 (1)….” It really doesn’t have any criteria of what an adviser is. What kind of person would the minister envision? I’m going to put words in his mouth again. In the worst-case scenario that we need somebody in there to help a municipality, to advise them, as we’re talking about, how does he determine who that adviser is, the criteria to appoint an adviser, what kind of expertise they would have that he’d be looking for?
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you to the member for the question. This application section, section 6, does specify the circumstances where the minister can take compliance action against a specified municipality and indicates the kinds of actions that can occur. The member is right. It’s a discretionary decision. So the minister would be subject to judicial review. It’s a statutory power that’s specified — and, therefore, a decision, a determination. Accountability is possible through the Judicial Review Procedure Act, but I stress again that we hope never to do these things. We hope that that’s not necessary.
The discretion is constrained by two things. The minister has to decide whether a housing target has not been met. That involves fact and law, but you can’t just make a decision without that particular criterion being met — and “has not made satisfactory progress towards meeting the housing target.” The member and I have had a conversation about what satisfactory means on the last thing. The same wording is used here, of course. So it’s a discretionary decision. Like any statutory power, it can be judicially reviewed and the minister held to account for it. The criteria are listed as to when that decision can be made.
Finally, the powers that the member referred to, when the minister makes that determination, are that he can do either or both of the following: appoint one or more advisers or issue a directive to the specified municipality. The member asks who that adviser would be. Well, a further section that’s coming up is the section that articulates who an adviser is, in section 8.
We anticipate that person to be either a senior public servant, perhaps someone who has worked in local government — there are a lot of people in the Ministry of Municipal Affairs that come to mind who would be eligible or worthy appointments in that regard — or it could be somebody from outside the government who might, for example, have been a local government official or a CAO of a municipality, someone of that sort who has stature and credibility and can help the minister decide what next steps to be taken.
The other power that can be used is the power of a directive, which I’m sure we’ll refer to later.
M. Bernier: I think we’re going to be in a similar situation like we were earlier in other parts, because in part 4, under “Compliance,” we’re in the same situation, under a new piece of legislation. We’ve got the application. We have, in clause 7, which we’ll get to, requirements for appointing advisers, directives, and clause 8 is advisers. Some of these will cross over a little bit, as we talk about them — not ad nauseam, but we will canvass it a little bit.
I guess to the commentary that we just heard, the minister did acknowledge that you could do one or the other. But is the intention to do one and then the other, or is it…?
The reason why I say that is…. What is the first step? If there’s non compliance, if somebody hasn’t met the sufficient progress, is the first action of the minister…? After everything else has been determined, the minister decides that part 4 is now going to come into play. If part 4 is coming into play, is the first step to put in an adviser, or is it now being left up to the minister to decide? I’m trying to understand whether it would be the first or the second.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think the answer to the member’s question is that it depends. I think if it’s a very clear problem that there would be no benefit in appointing somebody to try to work on, then it would just be a directive. If it were a complex situation where further examination would be required, I think in that circumstance, you’d expect an adviser to be appointed.
M. Bernier: Can the minister…? I think we can cover it off in this section. What is a directive? I know what bringing an adviser is. Is a directive — I’ll use my terminology — an order? Not necessarily an order-in-council but an order from the minister or ministry that thou shalt do something?
It’s not really very prescriptive in here what a directive really would mean for a municipality when they’re talking about this. Can the minister maybe just give an example of what a directive might be for a municipality?
Hon. M. Rankin: The directive is not defined specifically in the act, so it’s very fair to ask the question. Just what is it? I would say it’s a halfway house between the kind of order that can be made where the governor-in-council can issue an order that’s binding — that a bylaw be changed or thus. This is some…. I don’t want to mislead and say it’s a voluntary compliance. It’s not quite that, because it’s a power that’s conferred under a statute, for the minister to do it. But it’s not….
It’s for another order of government, if you think about it. It’s a local government and the provincial government, and it’s a direction. I say a direction because the word “directive” is followed by the word “requiring,” so I can see the ambiguity there. But it’s not the subject that would normally be a subject of judicial review, like an order could be. I’m thinking that’s more internal to government. There are a fair number of cases that deal with directives where…. It’s normally financial administration, those sorts of things, where it’s one government agency against another — at the federal level, I’m thinking.
I confess it’s a little murky, the nature of a directive, at the current time. But I would say it’s more akin to a voluntary compliance measure than the kind of thing we’ll talk about later, which is the order. The minister would be saying to the local government, “You’ve got to do thus and so,” and that, we hope, will achieve the compliance without taking any additional steps.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that, and I’ll reiterate the comments we had earlier and agree with the minister that, obviously, the intention is that we never get to this point. I guess, in a perfect world, that’s what that would be.
Similar to some of the questions I had earlier, it sounds subjective in some ways. By that I mean that because the criteria is not specifically laid out in the legislation, it sounds — and the minister will correct me — like it’s now up to the minister of the day to decide whether he or she is going to do an order or is going to do a directive. It sounds like it’s discretionary.
The minister might stand up and say: “Well, it depends on the circumstances.” I get that, but from a ministry perspective, is there going to be some kind of criteria that municipalities will see, possibly through the consultation process, when we get into picking targets and all that? Then when we talk about this compliance piece, I think it’s fair even raising some of the concerns that we’ve heard from UBCM and others of: when does an adviser come in, in comparison to just a directive? Is that going to be up to the minister to decide, or is there strict criteria that will trigger one over the other?
Hon. M. Rankin: The situation will be very different. If the minister is clear that there has been failure to comply in some circumstances, that won’t require an adviser to go and explain why. It’ll be transparently obvious that the progress report has not been made or they haven’t done what one would have expected after all of the steps we’ve taken to this point in time, the consultation, and so on.
Others — there may be good reason why the municipality disagrees with the government. It’s not obvious why that happened. So having, I want to say, a trusted third party or somebody who is knowledgeable about local government who would be able to go in and take a good look and then provide advice to the minister — that will be warranted in different circumstances, a situation where the failure to achieve the target is self-evident, in which case a directive saying, “Please, let’s take the steps needed to rectify this,” would occur.
I don’t think I can do any better than that. There is nothing in here that would specify those circumstances, except I think common sense would apply.
M. Bernier: Common sense aside, obviously a lot of times prescriptive situations can help the situation.
Obviously, there’s a huge difference between the minister issuing a directive rather than appointing an adviser, and if I hear the minister correctly, the directives aren’t subject to judicial review. It sounds more like an “I hope you will do something.”
Is it fair to say, based on that, then, that directives could be considered voluntary? Then, if they don’t comply, there will be further action? I’m just trying to understand that.
Hon. M. Rankin: This is happening so often in our debate. Once again, the answer to some of the questions might be in the next section, which has happened perhaps a dozen times already — I don’t know, several times. Section 7 articulates the requirements for appointing an adviser or issuing a directive that, I think, will shed some light on the question that the member has asked.
In some circumstances, you would start with an adviser, get the understanding, just help the minister better understand what the problems are. The minister might conclude, well, it’s out of the control of the municipality. In other cases, it would be clear, after the adviser, that we’ve really got to step it up here and direct them to take the steps necessary to achieve that. But the requirements are better articulated in the next section. I think we should probably talk about those when we get to section 7.
Clause 6 approved.
On clause 7.
M. Bernier: Welcome to some of the new people who have joined in the House. I know I’m not allowed to mention who’s here and who’s not.
We’re into section 7 here. We’re talking about the requirements again, as we’ve talked about with the advisers and issuing directives. I’m curious. Let me start on a timeline path that we talked about earlier today. If we don’t start till next year and then we start doing the reporting out, after which, it will be basically the year after that, we could be looking into 2024 or 2025 before we get to the point where we’re actually reviewing the outcomes and looking at the issuance and requirement for an adviser or directive. Is that true?
I’m just trying to make sure I have the timeline correct. Now that we’re in this section of an adviser, I guess the earliest the municipality might see an adviser if they’re non-compliant with the goals would be probably into 2024 or 2025?
Hon. M. Rankin: As I indicated earlier, the first cohort reporting would start in December 2023, so if there were a need to take these steps, which we all hope won’t be required, yes, indeed, we’d be in 2024. But I stress that the adviser could do his or her job in a week. I mean, given the sense of urgency that we as a ministry, at least at that point, would feel is warranted because the compliance has not been achieved — and we all agree it’s critically important to get housing underway — we would take steps commensurate with that and do so in a very timely way.
I don’t want the member to take the view that somehow this could be very, very late. Once that decision has been made to appoint an adviser, that report could be on the minister’s desk in very short order and a directive could be issued immediately.
M. Bernier: Not to deflate the minister’s aspirations on timeliness…. In a previous life, I know what it’s like to have to bring in an adviser and, unfortunately, it doesn’t usually work on a weekly basis because there’s a lot of work. It’s even laid out here in the act of what the adviser can or cannot do. That doesn’t happen quickly, unfortunately — all good intentions aside.
In fact, I’ve seen numerous times in government, when advisers have to be brought in, it can take six months to a year sometimes for an adviser. That’s not to take away from the issue at hand that we hope that never happens. I understand the intention of government to have this in there as a fallback. I too hope that it never happens, but I also want to make sure we set it up with the expectations that people understand what will happen if it does.
In section 7(2), when we’re talking about the appointing of the advisers and issuing directives to…. There’s going to be consultation, right? That is obviously going to take place. So what kind of consultation does the minister…? How does he envision this? How does he figure it’s going to look when we’re talking about the consultation process? I know there are things laid out here within the bill, but I think it’s important so municipalities understand how that all rolls out and plays.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think in this case it’s fairly clear what the consultation would require because subsection (3) articulates the three things that are needed to be done.
M. Bernier: I’m just trying to, for the record, get some of this put out there. When we go through this and we look at the requirements through the consultation, through the collaboration that will be required, I guess, if I can use that word, what’s the intention?
I know we have in other areas, on reporting, public disclosure — when we talk about the actual data that’s collected and, basically, in previous sections, when we talked about reporting out on progress reports. What’s the requirement for reporting out if an adviser has been brought in or a directive has needed to be brought in? Again, I say this because the last thing we want to do is get into a media war of who’s right and who’s wrong. We’re trying to fix a problem here. What kind of public disclosure around the consultation is required to take place?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think that section 16 may answer the member’s question. That is that there’s a requirement every year for the minister to publish a report with a description of all the actions that the minister takes under part 4 and any orders that might have been made.
I’m not sure if that answers the member’s question. That’s the objective, anyway, of transparency.
M. Bernier: Yeah. I do remember, in the short time I’ve had this bill, reading that section. I guess I’m trying to understand, though, through this part, if that quantifies and answers for section 16, because section 16 is about an annual report requirement from the ministry.
What I’m curious about is that when…. We’ll jump to that clause later, I guess, unless we can answer it now. It’s more of: is that the first opportunity that the public will see that there was a non-compliance order issued or an adviser brought in to a municipality? That could be six months, 12 months later before the public knows about it. That’s why I’m just curious.
From a timely perspective, there’s no requirement, then, for a municipality or the ministry to let anybody know that an adviser is in-house? That will be publicly disclosed, possibly a year later, in the annual report? I’m just curious on how that process works.
Hon. M. Rankin: It’s difficult, as the member has acknowledged, to jump back and forth. But section 15 requires the publication of such an order or directive or order-in-council, if it ever got to that stage. The requirements are set forth there to publish the order or directive on a website and other circumstances the member can read in this section. So I think that’s the other transparency mechanism contemplated.
Clause 7 approved.
On clause 8.
M. Bernier: Of course, in clause 8, we’re still talking about advisers. I do find it interesting from a legal perspective, when we’re drafting up legislation, how it would be so much nicer if we just had one clause and put everything in it. But we do have to break things down, even though they all sometimes reference each other, as the minister acknowledged when we went to 15 and 16 there. I appreciate the latitude there as we do that, as we just try to get this information talked about.
The minister talked about it a little bit earlier, but again, when we’re talking about advisers…. Is the minister thinking that they will have a known person that’s probably the best person, and that person will be the adviser, earmarked, identified within the ministry as a just-in-case, and that adviser would do all municipalities in case of an issue? Or will it be case by case, dependent on what the issues are? You might look at a different skill set requirement for an adviser, dependent on the issue in that municipality.
I’m just curious on the thought process, on how the minister will determine the best adviser for the situation that they’re trying to rectify.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think the member is absolutely right. You could think about creating a roster of these advisers. But we don’t want to use them, so why would we create a roster of people who we hope are like the Maytag repair person, who never gets called? That would not be worthwhile.
I think it would be a case-by-case exercise, as the member contemplates. I think that’s more likely to be the case. But there may be somebody who really knows the circumstances of a particular size of government or the particular issue at play, so we would choose on the basis of that subject-matter expertise.
M. Bernier: I appreciate the analogy. I’m just sitting there thinking that there are a lot of people on the Abbotsford Canucks farm team that the Canucks would hope, if they were playing better, they’d never have to go to their roster of people that are on the list. But the way they’re playing, unfortunately, they have to. So sometimes having that backup or that roster to call on actually is important, in some cases.
That aside, how will we determine compensation? I think that’s an important discussion to have. If an adviser is chosen, how are they compensated? Has a dollar mark been determined if that’s in-house? Will it be their regular pay? If it’s out of house, how do they determine? And then at the end of the day, who pays for that? Is the local government going to be billed for the adviser having to come in, or will it be the provincial government?
Hon. M. Rankin: First of all, if the person is an in-house public servant, there’d be no additional compensation. If it was someone from the private sector, sub-subsection 20(3)(d) allows for a regulation to set compensation.
M. Bernier: My apologies if I’m jumping ahead here too. I don’t remember seeing it there.
Who pays for that person? Will the municipality who has asked, who an adviser has been brought in for…? Will they be billed?
Hon. M. Rankin: The province would pay.
M. Bernier: Can a neutral third party be selected as well? Or we could use someone like Ernst and Young? I’m just trying to…. I’m putting this out there because obviously, every situation, again, is different. I’m just trying to understand the selection process. Could it be a competitive process? Could people apply for the job? How is that going to work?
Hon. M. Rankin: A ministerial appointment, so the minister would have to have confidence in that person. Could he or she be from an accounting firm or the like? Of course.
M. Bernier: It talks about, in clause 8, the adviser — what they’re allowed to do, I guess, right? When we talk about going in and getting records and other things that they will have the authority to do, what type of documents would the adviser be looking for, I guess, in order to do their job?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think, to answer the member’s question, it would be the sorts of documents that weren’t already available. Most bylaws would no doubt be publicly available. They wouldn’t need to go in and ask for them. They would be easily accessible orders, OCPs, that sort of thing.
But there may be some specific policies that are not in the public domain which would constitute the kinds of obstacles that an adviser could look at and identify as things that maybe the municipality hasn’t taken account of, that might well be the blockage that’s occurring.
The ability to see policies that pertain to a particular decision-making process — that is what I think that’s directed at.
M. Bernier: With that answer, it sounds like they’re not really an adviser. They’re an investigator in some ways. I guess we can use different terminology. It sounds like they have a lot of authority and power. But to the minister’s point, sometimes this won’t happen very quickly.
I know the act is basically telling a municipality what they can and cannot do. So what kind of sticks — maybe it’s in here; my apologies again if it is — are there for the municipality if they refuse to comply?
An adviser is appointed. If we’ve gotten to the point, let’s say, where there’s an adviser, we might have bigger problems. But what if they don’t comply or they’re not very flexible for allowing the adviser to do their job to get the information that they need?
Hon. M. Rankin: Once again, the answer may lie in this next section, because there’s a statutory duty on municipal employees to assist without delay, to allow the adviser to get the information requested and provide access to records that may be in a computer format or the like.
Clause 8 approved.
On clause 9.
M. Bernier: Just quickly, since we’ve kind of referenced clause 9, what kind of punishments are there for municipal employees, then, who refuse to comply with the clause? Are they committing some form of offence, and then what would the punishment be?
Hon. M. Rankin: There’s a statutory duty on the part of municipal employees to assist. If it gets to that level where they’re not complying, I think we’ve got a real problem, and it may well be that that would lead to the subsequent successive step of an order-making power, if we’re that far apart.
There would be disciplinary provisions available to the municipality if their employee just simply didn’t do what the municipality asked for. But if a municipal employee was directed to not follow a statutory requirement, then one would assume that would lead to other measures available later in the act.
I hope we’re in the world of conjecture here. I can’t imagine this would be needed.
J. Rustad: I’ve been listening intently to much of this debate. Just on this section, we’re under (b) where it says: “give the adviser every reasonable assistance for the purpose of the review.”
Obviously, if the municipal employee were to be working to fulfil the requirements for the adviser, that individual may not be doing their own job that they’ve been paid to do it. Would the municipality be compensated for the hours associated with the person doing work for the adviser?
Hon. M. Rankin: Welcome back to the debate. I think the answer is that the municipal employee would be the person who has best access to those records we’re talking about, either on a computer or in a drawer, and one would expect them to be able to quite readily identify them.
It’s hard for me to envisage a situation where hours would be required. This would be, presumably, within the normal work of that employee at that municipality. I can’t imagine it would be time consuming in the way the member may be contemplating.
J. Rustad: I suspect that would be the case, but sometimes when you get to the place where you’re having to produce reports, that might be a week or two weeks or a month, as you’re powering through data, as you’re getting this information compiled together, and they may have other duties outside of that.
Obviously, the duties to help the adviser would be along the lines of what we’re hoping the municipality would want to do. But there is potential for a gap there, which is why I’m asking that question.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think this may be a situation where we will cross that bridge when we come to it. Should it be necessary, we’ll have to address that on a case-specific basis.
Clauses 9 and 10 approved.
On clause 11.
M. Bernier: I know it’s late. Imagine the advantage if we’d had four extra sitting days last week and we didn’t have to be sitting until ten o’clock at night. We wouldn’t have to be doing it like this. But I appreciate the fact that we’re here, and we have a job to do.
In section 11, it enables directives to be issued requiring bylaws to be changed or to require the approval or rejection of a permit. Directives are limited to being a last resort, as we talked about. It talks about being in the public interest. I will acknowledge, I know, so the minister doesn’t have to say it, but he can again, if he wants: obviously, we’re always talking about this as a last resort. We hope we never have to do this. I appreciate that and understand that.
In this section, though, on a directive about possibly requiring bylaws to be changed, can the minister give an example? I’m assuming by putting this clause in, they’ve thought about this — of where a municipality might not comply and the stick comes in, and there could be a directive to require them to change a bylaw. Can the minister give an example of what that might be?
Hon. M. Rankin: First of all, I want to just give the member comfort. Clause 11(2) indicates, I think, an intent to circumscribe the discretion the member’s concerned about in issuing these directives. It says that the minister may issue it only if satisfied on the specifics that are there. That is obviously a legislative intent to ensure that it isn’t used very frequently. It’s very circumscribed to the criteria that are there.
On the specific question of an example of a bylaw that might be changed, it might be a zoning bylaw. A zoning bylaw that might deal with transit corridors is an example. A bylaw that might deal with density — those sorts of things.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that question. Because what we’re talking about now, then, is that it sounds like if we talked earlier tonight about the OCP and the autonomy of local governments on setting what is right for them…. I know we still acknowledge trying to meet targets and stuff.
But with the minister’s answer, there, that if they’re not happy with and not achieving the goals and an adviser comes in, then a compliance order is written up that a zoning order might change, it sounds like, by that answer, it could be that the government, the minister, is not…. Because the local government, I guess, is not achieving the outcomes, the minister could impose, it sounds like, as a last resort…. It says “may” not “must.” But they may impose zoning changes.
If that’s the case, with that answer, is it fair to say, then, that the minister could come in and say: “We don’t think you’ve upzoned your communities enough. We think now that triplexes are going to be allowed on every property in the municipality to try to achieve the densification, even though the community maybe didn’t have it in their OCP.” I’m just kind of curious if the minister is saying that they could override zoning that’s been approved through an OCP. I’m trying to just understand if that’s what he said and how that would work.
Hon. M. Rankin: The final subsection of clause 11 makes clear that nothing in the directive-making power affects any procedural or other requirement, including a requirement for public hearing, etc., before any of those things can be done. I think the protection is in that clause. How granular the directive would be, how granular the bylaw requirement would be, it’s hard to say.
The premise of all of this, as the member and I agree, is to try to get more housing for British Columbians. That’s what the housing needs reports that the municipality itself came up with would suggest. It’s only when there are obstacles — which, maybe, the municipality is simply unaware of — stopping our common goal to be achieved, that we would be taking these steps.
Again, the member and I agree that this is the last resort, but there have to be some consequences if a municipality cannot see what, often, another third party, an adviser, would see clearly: that there were problems that they haven’t really acknowledged. That’s when this would occur.
M. Bernier: I’m just trying to, again, compute that answer to the one I just heard, though, prior to that, where the minister said that he may have the authority to go in and override a zoning bylaw and give a directive to the municipality to change a zoning bylaw.
For instance, the city of Vancouver has zoning bylaw No. 0122, which says that, in this part of the community, nothing is allowed other than single-family dwellings. The minister might not agree, and figures that we have to increase densification. I think I heard earlier that the minister could order a directive that mandates them to change zoning. Now, when we look at the wordings that are in here, I know there are specifics that say that a municipality must report back to the minister, within a timely period, that they’ve actually done the directive that was ordered upon them.
I’m trying to make sure that I understand, so that municipalities understand the authority that the minister will actually have in this section, especially under directives, especially when it comes to bylaws.
We hope it doesn’t happen, but could there be a very specific directive from this minister, based on advice from an adviser, after an inspection, that a specific bylaw around zoning…? The minister referenced zoning as an option for them to change. If the minister doesn’t agree with the municipality’s interpretation of what they want for zoning, can he override that through a directive and force them to change their zoning?
Hon. M. Rankin: First of all, I want to be clear. There is the possibility for the order-in-council to come from the cabinet, if it’s a real order from the cabinet. Just to try to be as clear as we can, the objective would require the municipality to do any of these things. It’s not the minister requiring them to do that.
Yes, it could, in subclause (11)(1)(a), enact or amend a bylaw or issue or refuse to issue a permit. That would only occur under the constraints set out in the next clause, namely that you can do that only if satisfied that the benefit of issuing a directive is greater than the benefit of not doing so, that no less onerous alternative would result in the specified municipality making progress or hitting its target, and that the directive would be considered in the public interest. It’s constrained considerably.
I just want to say that the minister would not be ordering that something be done by a bylaw change. It would be ordering the municipality to do it. Now, that may be seen by the member as a distinction without a difference, but how that’s achieved, of course, is up to local government.
M. Bernier: The section, though, the way I’m reading it, gives authority to the minister to issue a directive. The minister is trying to say that he can tell them what they have to do, but then it’s up to them to do it and then report back that they’ve done it, it sounds like.
It’s a little bit to-may-toes, to-ma-toes in some respects, though. If I tell my kid to make his bed, I’ve given him a directive, and then he has to tell me whether he’s made his bed. I guess I didn’t really go in there and make his bed for him, but I still told him he had to do it, and he didn’t have a choice.
In this case here…. The way I read this section, though, there is still a lot of authority and power that goes to government and the minister. Again, acknowledging we hope we never have to do it — I always say that, to match up with the minister’s commentary — the municipality is still being told they have to do it, by the minister.
To my original question on this, though, since the minister used the zoning as an example, if the minister is not happy with the zoning that’s taking place to meet the upzoning that’s required, he gives the directive to the city: “Mayor and council, you must change your zoning. You must allow higher densification.” What if they say no? Now it’s a directive, with consequences, saying that they have to do it, and they have to report back that they’ve done it.
I know we’re saying that it’s still up to them to do it, and of course, the minister, through the adviser, is not going in, holding a public hearing, and changing the zoning bylaw, but they are giving a specific directive to the municipality that they must do it and then tell the government that they have. Am I interpreting that correctly? If so, that’s still the government telling a municipality what to do.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think the member would agree that ultimately, there have to be some compliance measures when all of the steps that we’ve talked about for so many hours have not succeeded in making the change that both the municipality and the government believe is required to get more housing of the right type at the right place. At some point, there needs to be some action that would be taken.
I think this significantly gentler approach is better. It’s going to be for the municipality to decide to amend its bylaw, after the directive is given to do so, but only after the criteria that are set out in sub (2) are satisfied: that it’s going to make a difference and is going to be better and that there’s no less onerous alternative that can help achieve the result. Yes, it’s got to be in the public interest, and no, we’re not overriding the requirement for public hearings and the like.
At some point, I think the member would agree, if we’re in agreement with the objective of creating more housing supply, there must be some time when this can be done and the direction given. I just assume we’re on the same wavelength on that, given the housing crisis that the member and I agree exists.
M. Bernier: No, I appreciate that. We’re not disagreeing on the fact that we’re in a crisis and what we need to do. I’m just trying to establish role responsibilities, because we don’t want to end up in a situation…. Hopefully, it’s never used, but from a jurisdictional standpoint, the assumption is now that this government, in overriding the Vancouver Charter or the Community Charter, is coming in with a stick and basically taking away that autonomy of decision-making of local government around zoning and how they want to see their community — which we touched on earlier on tonight.
The minister, I hope, will acknowledge that changing zoning is not an easy process. It can be, but usually through the process, as we talked about earlier, if you have an OCP and the process has been approved by a community….
I’m just going to throw examples out here — an idea. I’m a mayor of a municipality. The minister comes to me, doesn’t appreciate that we haven’t hit our targets, has put in a directive: “We think this is how you’ll hit your targets.” The adviser has advised us — I guess it would be, maybe, a process that we’d go to — that, “If you did A, B and C, you would be better off. It would be easier to hit your targets. This zoning should change. This policy should change,” whatever it might be.
There is still an obligation, requirement and expectation that the public is now involved, because now there’s a change. We’re not overriding, if I just heard the minister, the ability for communities to have public consultation. I’m only flagging that because now it brings the NIMBYism comment back in. How does that play into all this? You have an area of town that everybody might agree needs to be densified to meet target goals. It wasn’t in the original zoning. The municipality because of, let’s say, NIMBYism, never changed in their OCP.
The adviser gave advice through a directive that it should be done. There is still going to be the requirement or maybe the obligation to go back to that part of the community and say: “This is what we’ve been told to do by the government. We need to do it and report back that we’ve done it. What say you?” Could it play out that way? If it could play out that way, I just see some issues.
Hon. M. Rankin: I just acknowledged that a municipality may be directed to amend its zoning bylaw in certain circumstances. I reiterate that the protections the public has through the public hearing processes have not been changed and would still have to be consistent with the OCP. That’s sometimes problematic, as the member himself has acknowledged, where OCPs are hugely out of date. Nevertheless, those are the tools that have been provided.
M. Bernier: Can directives be legally challenged? Just curious on that. I know there are sections in here where we talk about a court challenge, but can directives be legally challenged if a municipality doesn’t agree?
Hon. M. Rankin: As the member knows, British Columbia has a very unique statute called the Administrative Tribunals Act. It sets out certain standards of review, and we could be here all night talking about it.
I can say that section 17 talks about the ability to, yes, judicially review a directive, but on the standard of “patently unreasonable” — only if that directive is, to a court’s thinking, patently unreasonable. It’s a standard, by the way, that doesn’t exist on any other part of the planet anymore, but we entrenched in the Administrative Tribunals Act when my friend Geoff Plant was the Attorney General. In any event, that is the fact. It can be judicially reviewed, but at a very strict threshold.
J. Rustad: I’ve just got one question. Listening to the debate as we go through, and I’m looking at the directives. Back in, I think, 2017 — maybe a year or two earlier than that, but around that range — there was a tally, I remember hearing at that time, of about 120,000 potential residences on the books to be built in municipalities. They weren’t getting approved, and there was huge frustration at the process and at that backlog. I’d be curious as to if you have a number for today. That’s obviously not in that bill, so it might have to be in estimates next spring — which would be fine.
I remember talking about a development on the other side of the precinct here, where it’s a four-storey building. They were originally going to have a five-storey building, but because of NIMBYism, they had to take a floor off. So they lost all that housing and all the social housing that was supposed to go in as part of it.
It strikes me, as we talk about this, that there’s a process that we’re putting in place here. It’s going to be a year to get a report, and then it’s going to be more time. The length of time…. I think everybody agrees that we have a significant shortage of housing and that something needs to be done. I guess the first question I’ve got around the directive is: is there any way to look at this and accelerate this process?
I get that there are the sensitivities, there’s the engagement with the public, and there are all these things that need to be done. But the bottom line is that municipalities have been dragging through this process for years and not getting the job done. So I look at this bill as being a bill that’s really meant to encourage municipalities to go faster, and if they’re not going as fast as they need to be in being able to provide that housing, there are some sticks that could be brought in. It’s still a very lengthy process.
You’re talking about the time it takes once you get an approval of a process, where you’re still looking at three or four years to build the project, to get the thing done. We’re talking about a bill here that, hopefully, will have an impact right away in the engagement and the willingness, but it has the potential, in some cases, to be five, six years out before it’s really going to have an impact. That’s one election away, if not more, for us as politicians here, and certainly for people that need it, the amount of immigration that’s coming in and the growing demand.
Is there a way to look at this and actually accelerate this process through the engagement, whether it’s through incentives, other types of process or directives, so that we’re in a situation where we’re not going to be losing these opportunities that are in front of us? As market conditions change, people may walk away from projects, whatever the case may be.
I just have this sense of urgency. I had to understand why this bill was brought in as quickly as it was, why it’s being pushed through the Legislature as quickly as we can. I just see that the time frame associated with getting this done doesn’t seem to match the intent of what we’re talking about. I’m just curious about that.
Hon. M. Rankin: I just want to say to the member how much I appreciate his shared sense of frustration and our desire to get the job done sooner than later. I think municipalities that have been paying attention for the last several months or year know where we’re going and are governing themselves accordingly. One hopes that they can read the writing on the wall. The stick, as the member for Peace River South refers to it, the ultimate power of an order, has to be there. If anything is ever going to be done, we need compliance measures.
I think they understand the intent. They are feeling the same pressure that everyone else is, in the system, to get the job done. There are no timelines specified, but I think the fact that the possibility of a directive — or, indeed, an order — is there in the statute should make them really think hard before they intentionally delay.
I want to say — and I think everyone has acknowledged — that local governments really want this to work as well. They’ve been extraordinary partners. We just think, sometimes, that there are things that are on their books, constraints that they don’t even acknowledge or recognize. Somebody can come from outside and point that out, and maybe we can break a few logjams along the way.
I really appreciate the member’s sense of frustration. I feel it as well. I think British Columbians feel it as well. That’s why we have to pass a housing supply act.
J. Rustad: Thanks to the minister for that answer. I think it was Gordon Campbell that said, around the Woodwards site in Vancouver, that it took more time to do that than it did to fight and win the Second World War.
Unfortunately, the reality, for many projects that are on the books in municipalities — large municipalities in particular, but really, municipalities in many areas — is the delay. They’ve been on the books for years. The engagement process, the need to make sure there’s water and sewer, the development charges — all of these components lead to this this process that has been built up over many, many decades of engagement.
There needs to be a way…. I know municipalities want to see this happen, because they feel the pressure as well within the communities. They know they’ve got challenges and issues, just like we recognize it.
I also know that with bureaucracy — no offence to the staff here, because I really appreciate the work that the bureaucracy does — these things add up over time. These regulations and rules add up over time and create these delays in a process. It gets kind of locked in because of its nature. People get to the place where we can’t do it differently, because this is the way we’ve done it.
Like I say, I support the act in terms of the intent of what we’re trying to do here, because it is needed, but I’m just concerned that there’s still a little…. I guess I could say that, in some cases, I would think it might even need to be a little heavier-handed. Maybe that’s a no-no to say, because it is the jurisdiction of municipalities, but we’ve been talking with municipalities for years about doing this.
Interjections.
J. Rustad: The Premier is encouraging me to get more….
Like I say, it is a shared frustration. It is a shared frustration in terms of it. I’m just wondering if there isn’t some process they could go through to kind of do like a three-month review of that process and be able to come forward with some recommendations, as opposed to setting targets and having this thing kind of stumble along and take years to be able to do, whether or not something like that would be contemplated or whether something like that could be set out as a directive earlier in the process, if it comes to that, to be able to accelerate what we’re trying to achieve here.
Hon. M. Rankin: I truly appreciate the member’s sense of urgency because we share that on this side of the House entirely.
He’s absolutely right. Sometimes a few months here, and then it becomes another few months for the next step, and finally, we’re into years. We’ve seen that all over the province, and it’s that which we’re trying to break down. Why do we need to have three timelines that are taking place one after the other? Maybe they could be made concurrent. “Oh, I never thought of that,” a municipality might say, but the best practices in some other municipality, maybe they’re already doing that, and we can learn from that. That’s just an example.
Some regulations under statutes have specified timelines. You must do certain things by certain times. The member will be familiar with the Environmental Assessment Act and the regulations under that, where there are stringent timelines that must be met.
Our goal is to create balance here. We want to respect the autonomy of local government. We want to make sure that they still have the ability to control what happens, where it happens, the touch and feel and the how, all for the municipalities. We’re reluctant to disagree or intervene in that, given the fact that they’re closer to the people, and they know their communities best. It’s really a question of striking a balance.
I think, over time, we’ll know how this works better. We’re creating a brand-new statute and we’ll be able to review our progress and make changes and adjust and adapt accordingly, all with the goal of speeding things up.
M. Bernier: Also in this clause it talks about, (1)(b) here, “issue or refuse to issue a permit.” I want to talk about that one a little bit with the minister, because the minister can both issue and refuse permits under this act.
We talked about, earlier tonight, that one of the struggles that we’re seeing right now is the backlog. I mentioned an example of an organization that’s been waiting almost eight years to get approval. As they told me, they would far rather have had somebody say no to them eight years ago so they could have moved on if that was what it was going to be and maybe saved a lot of money and put their capital somewhere else and built a housing project that people wanted, rather than sitting there and sitting there.
We talked about, collectively, the frustration in this House about the backlog of permits. We were unable to say how many there are. Maybe through the determination, through the process of data collection, we will determine a little bit better how much of a backlog there is. I think a lot of people would like to know that. As the minister said, not that it necessarily fixes the problem, but it also will help shed light on the fact that there are problems.
In this specific section, when the minister can…. Again, I’m not the lawyer, but if I’m reading it correctly, the minister may force the municipality, I guess, to issue a permit.
Can the minister give an example of when he might do that? That’s not as easy as just saying: “Hey, these guys applied for a permit. Let’s give it to them.” There’s a lot of work that would have to go in before that directive would be issued. I’m just looking at it as an example of when that might happen.
Hon. M. Rankin: A good question from the member. There may be examples that I’ve been given, for example, where a municipality might be consistently refusing to issue permits for high density and only issue very-low-density permits. That’s stopping the kind of projects that we talked about. The member for Nechako Lakes gave a great example of a building that would have been five storeys but had to be only four, for example. That could have been a function of a permit process that got in the way.
These are examples of where the only kind of permits they’re issuing are for low density and there seems to be a recognition that higher density would be needed to achieve our collective goal.
M. Bernier: Once again, it will sound a little repetitive here. I just want to say, on behalf of the minister, I assume, that this is, again, a last resort, because it would be taking the autonomy away from the decision-makers locally, which we hope we never see.
Maybe the minister can help me understand this a little further, because in the same section here that talks about the issuing, it also says the minister can refuse to issue a permit. What would that look like? I’m trying to understand the difference between giving a directive to issue a permit, but can the minister actually issue a directive to tell a municipality now not to issue the permit? And why would he do that?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think the example would be the converse of what I just said: we may ask them to refuse to issue a low-density permit but rather to issue a high-density permit. That would be a refusal of that permit, in order to issue a higher-density permit.
M. Bernier: Just walk me through the process, if the minister could, though. Knowing a little bit about how this works, if a municipality were…. Where my head’s going is on a timeline. If a company has come in and the municipality has done what they think is their due diligence, and now they’re getting ready to issue a permit that has lower densification — to the minister’s example — they’re issuing a permit now for a three-storey, when government feels it should be a four-storey. So they will want to refuse the permits for the three and tell them to upzone it to a four.
If the permit has already been issued, how does that happen? Again, I’m trying to…. I hope the minister can follow my late train of thought here, because really, if the permit is already out the door, is it too late? Can the minister pull back the permit and actually tell them: “No, I’m cancelling that permit you’ve already put out, and I want it to be something different”? If it’s at that point, I’m curious how that would work. If it’s before, that’s a totally different situation, but if it’s before, how would the minister know what’s happening on the permits?
Hon. M. Rankin: The member is right. If it’s already issued, it’s issued. There’d be legal problems with the pulling of a permit that’s already, to use his expression, out the door. What we’re contemplating, however, is a situation where it’s not out the door, and we would suggest, in this circumstance, that you not issue the low-density permit but issue the higher-density permit instead. We would do that because the adviser, for example, would have been able to find out what other things might be in the queue. They’d know the circumstance of particular buildings requested in different parts of the city.
M. Bernier: To be fair, in this section, then…. Going with what the minister just said, the only time that the minister would be able to invoke a directive, as we’re talking about here in clause 11, is if the community themselves have…. After they’ve already done all the data collection of requirements, submitted that….
We’ve already debated or talked about all that. We could be a year or two down the road, we’ll say. Now they’re not meeting the requirements based on the targets that they were asked to hit. Now there’s an adviser in there, which could be whatever time down the road. That’s when we’d be looking at permits that are still sitting there that haven’t been sent out.
The reason why I’m saying that is…. The adviser doesn’t come in until the very, very end, and hopefully, they never will. So really, the odds of us ever issuing a permit or refusing a permit…. It’s way down the road, if I understand this correctly, after an adviser has been in there because of non-compliance for meeting the targets.
The reason why I’m saying that is…. You could actually have a situation where you have numerous permits being issued for lower densification than what the government is wanting to meet local objectives, but by then, it’s too late. It could be up to legal challenges. You can’t do anything about it.
I’m just trying to walk myself through this. These are last resorts, but by the time these last resorts come in, it might be too late. The minister would only be able to look at things that are still on the book, if I understand what he’s saying correctly. Am I understanding that?
[S. Chandra Herbert in the chair.]
Hon. M. Rankin: The first reports, as I said, for the first cohort of the eight to ten specified municipalities will be available in December, we anticipate. If there are things in the queue at that point — permits that have not been issued that are for low density, in the example we’ve been using — then they would not be issued. We would suggest, through a directive, that they not be issued and that a higher density permit in the queue be issued. I’m trying to work with the example that we’ve been using.
Yeah. I don’t think I can say any more than that.
Clause 11 approved.
On clause 12.
J. Rustad: Just remember what this must have been like in the ’80s when people were bringing scotch in and doing this, the good old days.
As I mentioned, I support this, but I do have some concerns. Here’s where I have some of the concerns. I just want to ask the minister a little bit about this.
It’s a process of, from my understanding and reading of this, an order-in-council. If there’s a complete breakdown, upon a recommendation from the minister, the cabinet could make a decision, and an order could come down.
The challenge I see here is the potential for oversight. How is there any checks-and-balances reporting done on this? In particular, advice to cabinet is not FOIable. It’s not information that’s going to necessarily be out in the public in terms of that background and stuff.
I’m just curious. I’m not worried, certainly, about the intent of the bill. This government or a future government could, potentially, utilize a section like this for other purposes. You claim it in the public interest. It’s very easy to be able to make up a spin that says: “This is why it’s in the public interest.”
I’m just curious in terms of how that oversight would be handled and how you can reassure the public that there will be oversight of the decisions that are made when they have to come to a point that they’re in to cabinet.
Hon. M. Rankin: There are two things that I would point out, in terms of oversight, transparency. The first is section 15, which requires all of these orders-in-council, under this section 12, to be published. As soon as practicable, they must be published on a municipal website. The public and the community will know whether they’ve been done. It can’t be done in the still of the night. It would be very transparent.
Then lastly, section 16 requires an annual report, as well, to describe the orders that were made under that section, any orders-in-council. So the public would know. Is the government of the day abusing this in some fashion? Well, no. There were only three orders that were issued that year, for example, in all of the province, or there were many more. That report would let the public know, and political accountability would occur as a result.
J. Rustad: Thanks for that answer.
I realize, in terms of reports…. Reports are often just summaries of actions taken. Really, it’s the advice and the information that lead to those actions — why that’s being done, the rationale behind it — that are the critical pieces for the public to be able to understand why a particular order may be brought in for a municipality.
As soon as an order-in-council is made, it’s posted provincially. It’ll be posted in the municipality, and that’s fine. But really, it’s the why and the rationale that led to it that are important. I realize some of that is advice to cabinet, but because this is a special circumstance in the fact that this is overriding a municipality’s jurisdiction, in terms of these orders, I think there needs to be a higher level of scrutiny, a higher level of accountability in terms of that information coming forward.
I’m wondering if there’s any way to be able to have the kind of provision or assurance that, through the implementation of this act, there will be that level of reporting.
Hon. M. Rankin: I take the member’s point. It being an executive council order, the usual access-to-information provisions would be severely constrained, as would be expected.
I want to say that section 16 requires not just the fact of the order-in-council, but it goes on to say a description of the order-in-council. So the context would be made available. That’s the first point.
Secondly, this is the culmination, as the member knows, of a number of steps along the way. By the time it got to this stage, I dare say, there’d be a certain amount of public notoriety about it. I think that would be, also, something that any cabinet would have to take into account.
Finally, the member will notice it’s not just a minister’s order. We’ve talked about a directive, to this point, but an order-in-council requires the entire cabinet to pass on the merits of such a thing. That’s a very bold step.
J. Rustad: Having been at the cabinet table and done orders-in-council myself, I understand the process associated with doing that and the approval.
Section 16. Like I say, it’s good to have…. That description is part of it. And I agree. There is the process that leads up to it. There is potential, in this section, for a government to utilize it for whatever purposes they may decide to use.
I’m just trying to understand what kinds of safeguards might be able to be put in place so that a current or future government isn’t in a situation where they decide they want to get something done and are going to push it through, regardless of where the process goes. That’s the reason for asking about that.
The second piece, as well, around this is…. Obviously, when there is a permit issued, when there’s an order that’s put in place, if something goes wrong, there’s a potential liability associated with it. Right now if the municipality does something, if they issue a permit and something happens, they could be potentially liable for any damages or issues. So if an order comes from council to force a municipality to go in that direction or to override, does that liability now lie with government if there happens to be something that goes terribly wrong? God forbid, hopefully nothing does, but I’m just curious about how that would happen.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thank you to the member for the question. The normal liability that a government would have for transgressions of responsibility — I’m talking gross negligence, bad faith, those sorts of things — would come into play if an order-in-council were issued for improper purposes or the like. That general remedy from administrative law would be available in the circumstances. But I would agree with the member that it would be in pretty circumscribed cases. You would have to show something for liability to occur. If the Crown was simply governing in the public interest, there would have to be some indication of malfeasance for that to happen.
Again, the constraints that have been built in through the sections I’ve referenced I think are what is intended. If those are not robust enough, perhaps later we can review it if it’s not seen to work. But I reiterate what the member said: this will be in the last resort and, hopefully, used very sparingly.
J. Rustad: Thank you to the minister for that. I thought that would be the case. This is one of those “on the odd chance that something were to go wrong” in terms of where that is. I wouldn’t want to see a municipality on the hook for an order that they would make. That’s the only reason for asking that type of question.
The last question I’ve got associated with this, and then I’ll turn it back over to my colleague from Peace River South…. Obviously, in any kind of development in a municipality, there are services. There are other expenses associated with it, with providing to that site. If an order comes down from the province, where does that responsibility lie, that expense lie, for a municipality to be able to service the building in terms of it? How will that be handled?
You could be in a situation where a municipality can’t move forward or refuses to move forward, or it gets into financial hot water. An order comes down, and they can’t effectively service the building without jeopardizing the services that they’re providing for other members of the community. So I’m just curious how that works, then, in terms of an expense.
Hon. M. Rankin: Thanks very much for the excellent question. In the scheme of section 12, the member will note subsection (3). The basic intent of that is to say that for purposes of liability, the action of the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council in enacting the order-in-council is essentially deemed the action of the municipality. So the government of the day, provincial government, would not assume that liability. It would be deemed to be that of the municipality.
I reiterate what I said earlier. I’m not sure the member was here, but he’ll be well aware of the province’s commitment to work with municipalities on infrastructure, to do some of the things that will be needed. We recognize it’s on us to build the schools, the transit corridors, the roads and the sewage expansion as new development occurs. We accept that responsibility, and that’s part of where our contribution would occur.
J. Rustad: I have no other questions. I just want to thank the minister for those answers on that. I hope it will be able to work better than what the minister has laid out here to help meet some of these challenges that we have in community. So thank you for that.
M. Bernier: I appreciate my colleague’s questions on this. They covered off a little bit of where I want to go. I also want to reiterate…. I apologize if, when I got distracted, I missed an answer to a question that was already asked. But knowing how orders-in-council work….
We’ve heard the minister talk about the disclosure requirements, how orders-in-council work, how they’re reported on; municipalities will report on too. I don’t see it in the bill, but is there any mechanism at all for the Legislature to be involved? By that, I mean right now it appears that if there’s a directive issued or something’s happening where an order-in-council has been established, there’s no reporting mechanism or debate or disclosure to the House. It’ll be…. You may or may not see it if you pay attention on a website at a later date.
Is there anything that the minister is contemplating or thinking about that will actually report back to this House on what is taking place within a municipality?
Hon. M. Rankin: Well, thank you for the question. There’s nothing explicit that is in the bill to that effect. But I would point out that the existence of the order-in-council, the circumstances of the order-in-council would be public record, as the annual report would be in the public domain. And that would, of course, give rise, where warranted, to questions in the House and accountability through the ordinary processes of this place.
M. Bernier: A lot of what we’re talking about, too, is around transparency and ensuring that the public, the municipality, government, the House have that level of transparency. We’ve seen situations where that’s not necessarily taking place.
In this bill here, like many that we’ve seen recently, orders-in-council are one thing, and that makes me think about regulation. The minister has acknowledged that there are quite a few pieces of regulation that may come in afterwards.
This section here, when we’re talking about OICs, might afford me that opportunity to ask that question of what kinds of regulations the government may or may not be considering, considering the fact that they have publicly said that this is going to be three, four, five months down the road before this bill comes into effect, because government wants to consider regulation to add to this legislation. It’s not actually descriptive or prescriptive within the legislation.
Can the minister give an example of some of the things that they need to have the timeline to consider for regulation change that’s not actually listed within the legislation?
Hon. M. Rankin: I may ask the member to clarify his question. But I would urge him to review clause 20 of the bill, which talks about the regulation-making power in quite some detail, including regulations with respect to the orders-in-council that we’ve been discussing. There are a number of criteria there that the member can review. I’m not sure if that answers the question that the member asked. The regulations are as established here. That will put meat on the bones, if you will, as those regulations are brought into force.
M. Bernier: I guess my only commentary on that would be…. We established earlier today that this piece of legislation, I guess, was not rushed, that they’ve been working on it for quite a few months.
Through that, I have to put on the record the commentary I’ve said in many situations through this session and the last that when government is contemplating legislation and putting it forward, the more information that’s in the legislation and subject to scrutiny of this House is obviously far better than the established practice that we seem to have in the government of leaving everything to regulation to be decided by cabinet behind closed doors at a later date which then just doesn’t have the fair opportunity for scrutiny and public disclosure and questions of this House, which is why….
Yes, we referenced section 20. But it’s more, in general, the issue, on something we’re saying is a signature piece of legislation and something that is a crisis situation we want to collectively work on to fix, that there could have been an opportunity here to be a little bit more descriptive on certain aspects and to have this pass through the House in an easier way.
I hope the minister can appreciate and acknowledge that every time a piece of legislation comes to this House that says regulation will be done at a later date, what the minister and government are actually, in essence, saying is: “Trust us. We all know it’s an important issue, but trust us, behind closed doors, to make the right decisions as we formulate the rest of the descriptive measures that are going to come into place in order to achieve the outcomes that we want to achieve through this legislation.”
I think that’s just a point that needs to be made on behalf of the opposition but, then, on the public as well. It’s a practice that we would rather not see being used all the time, as we see happening right now, again for the obvious reasons that I stated. It doesn’t afford us that accountability and scrutiny aspect.
What it really also does is put everybody, not just the official opposition…. It puts the public and everybody in a position where they have to be questioning and looking at things after a decision is already made, rather than being able to ask the questions up front to ensure the piece of legislation we have is the best piece of legislation that we could have.
Hon. M. Rankin: I’m generally in violent agreement, once again, with my colleague on the principle of open-ended legislation, where everything is left to the regulations and very little is in the statute. Where I would disagree is about this bill.
I think the regulations are…. I think the bill contains many constraints on the discretion of the minister. We’ve given several examples, all set out. The regulations here, I think, would be seen as a fair effort to fill in the blanks. But a great number of those blanks are already articulated in the statute.
I can think of many statutes where, essentially, the government may regulate. There’s a regulation-making section, and that’s it. That’s where the member and I agree entirely. That’s not appropriate. The public buys a pig in a poke, to use that expression.
This is not that kind of a bill. I would say the regulations here are completely consistent with good government. There are a certain number of specifications to tailor it that are contemplated in the regulation.
It is a question of degree. I, for one, believe that we have created the right balance between specificity and generality in this enactment. We can agree to disagree on that. It is not the kind of statute, in my judgment, that the member has suggested.
Clause 12 approved
On clause 13.
M. Bernier: Look how quickly we’re moving through this bill. I appreciate everybody’s time here.
We’re now moving into part 6, actually, which is around information requirements. Clause 13 here, in part 6, which we’re at now, is — I’m looking at the legislation here — requiring cities to collect and provide information to the province on population, income, economic sectors, housing units and other info, as required.
I’m curious, though. Is there…? I’m trying to remember my local government days. There’s a lot of information, I think, that’s being asked for here that might not be information that local governments readily have. In fact, some of it might actually be provincial or federal jurisdiction.
I look at household incomes, for instance. I don’t ever remember…. Maybe they do that in municipalities, but I don’t ever remember doing statistical data collection, from the constituents that lived in my riding, of their family income. I thought it was Stats Canada and others that gathered that information.
In this section, if I’m reading it…. The province is asking municipalities to disclose that information. How does that work?
Hon. M. Rankin: A couple of preliminary comments on section 13. It says the municipality “must, on the request of the minister, collect and provide….” So there has to be a request that this be done. It may not be, as the member says, that they always would have this information. This isn’t a requirement that they might, for example, in a particular region of the province, get regional data — statistics on population growth; what’s going on in the nearby region; regional district, if it’s a municipality; and so on.
It could also be about the performance of the municipality itself: how many building permits are being issued per year, for example, things of that sort which the municipality would have or could readily provide by collecting.
M. Bernier: With the answer that the minister just gave, why would they need this information? What situation would we be in then? This is not having to be given all the time. It said that, subject to regulation, the “municipality must, on the request of the minister….” Why would the minister request it? Under what circumstances would he need that information? Then I’ll get back to the challenges with some of that information, maybe, in a minute.
Hon. M. Rankin: I think it’s fair to say that a lot of this information would already be in hand, because they would have collected it for their housing needs report. Most of it, a lot of it would be there.
Obviously, the minister will need to have access to current and timely information for supply and demand of housing. That’s what we’re working on together as we try to develop housing targets and see whether progress has been made to achieve those targets. This is the kind of information that you would expect a local government to have if they’re going to set targets in a credible and coherent way.
M. Bernier: A fair comment. It’s just that I’m trying to figure out the time that this would actually be used. Like, we’re talking about the housing needs assessments. A lot of that stuff is being done. There is, to the minister’s point, some of this information that would be required. Obviously, you want to look at the population. Age categories give you a possible determination of housing needs and outcomes within the municipality, obviously.
Even though, again…. The minister, in his federal time, might know better than I on this. A municipality gets their information from other levels of government on what the incomes and demographics might be regarding the people, ethnicity, age. A lot of that stuff is collected by other levels of government. I guess, when I’m asking it…. The minister has said that this isn’t always needed, but it will be asked for by the minister if needed.
Now I’ll go back to my commentary. Yes, when we’re looking at housing needs assessments, some of this information is used. I’m curious, though, on the purpose of why it needs to be in the legislation then. If the minister is saying that the communities already have this for their housing needs assessment, why do we have this clause in the legislation that says that the minister may require that information to be given to the provincial government upon his request?
Hon. M. Rankin: I think some of this information may well be available elsewhere, but if it’s in the municipal hands, it would obviously be valuable.
I’m looking at sub 13(d): “information about currently available housing units and housing units that are anticipated to be available, including information about types of housing units.” That information would have been used, I suspect, for creating housing needs reports in the past.
If we were to go to the next section, when we get there, there’ll be other requirements where we actually, for the first time, require these housing needs reports, which have been prepared voluntarily by municipalities, to be given to the minister for purposes of this Housing Supply Act.
M. Bernier: Is it fair to say, then, that not only the placement of where it is in the bill…? I know how legislation is written. It’s conveniently placed shortly after the section where advisers and directives may come in. When we talk about data collection, and we talk about putting the targets together, that’s separate, and the information is there. I’m just curious as to when the minister could request it. Is it fair to say that that might be when we’re determining whether it’s an adviser, and that, having to come in, the minister might want that information?
Again, I’m just trying to wrap my head around why it needs…. If it’s already out there, if municipalities already have it, and if they’re already using it for their housing needs, why do we need clause 13 that says that the minister can ask for it?
Hon. M. Rankin: It’s a very valid point about the placement of these provisions. I had the same question: why is it here and not earlier on in the sequencing of this? The answer is that it’s a simple drafting convention. I think our team would have agreed with you.
M. Bernier: I appreciate that. I know it’s, again, smarter minds, and we draft up the legislation after we have…. Politicians have crazy ideas of things we want to see come to fruition. I know there will be some challenges with some of this.
If the minister is asking for this information, for whatever reason, whatever time is required, is that public? We’ve already talked about all these other things that need to be reported on — targets, directives, if there are advisers, all these different reporting mechanisms. Is there an avenue where this will also be public, or is it already public somewhere? If it is, then I’m not sure why it’s in the legislation. If it’s asked for, is there a requirement for reporting it out?
Hon. M. Rankin: In answer, some of the information may well be public. This would be a collating exercise of information that’s already in the public domain. Others might not.
The example I gave under clause 13(d) might be an example of where it’s not readily available to the public. If the question was about the request that the minister makes — would that be public? — the request itself could be available under freedom-of-information legislation, subject to whatever exemptions might apply. There’s an accountability loop, as the member knows, for access to information at the municipal level as well.
M. Bernier: I’ll have to start finding my $10 bills to apply for more FOIs, then, if there’s information I want from the government.
The issue, though, is when we’re looking at just trying to get information, for whatever reason, trying to gather information, from the municipality or the mechanism that the government determines, when they’re trying to put forward determinations on housing needs. The minister referenced “(d) information about currently available housing units and housing units that are anticipated to be available, including information about types of housing units.”
When he read that one out, it sparked a thought from a discussion we had earlier. Does that specific clause give the minister the opportunity to go to a municipality, then, and say: “I want to see all of your permits that are backlogged. I want to see the types of permits you haven’t approved and how many you have on record”? We talked about the backlog that we have right now. Does that clause allow the minister to ask for that information?
Hon. M. Rankin: In general, I think the answer is yes.
Clauses 13 to 15 inclusive approved.
On clause 16.
M. Bernier: Chair, some of those I let go through because they seemed pretty self-explanatory. I don’t want to waste the minister’s or the House’s time on some of those.
When we are on section 16, though…. The minister referenced it earlier in the discussion we had earlier today when we were canvassing in other sections. He referenced the annual reporting. Where did the time delay come from? I guess I looked at that. Where did September come from?
I know we always have to pick something, but I’m just curious. When the minister was talking about his different timelines of data collection and reporting out, why is it only required by September of the following year for reporting out on the annual reports? What’s the reason for that delay?
Hon. M. Rankin: It’s admittedly a fairly arbitrary time. The fiscal year-end is March 31, and the officials will take the time needed to pull it together, but not any time after September 30. It must be done. An arbitrary deadline had to be set.
M. Bernier: Can the minister walk me through, then, how I could see this playing out? It says the minister must do this and publish a report. The report must be published on an authorized Internet site. Not that I want to bog it down, but does that mean that’s the only place that this will be found, or will it actually be presented in the House, like other reports?
I know it’s independent bodies, sometimes, and statutory groups or standing committees, that have reports in the House. Does the minister’s annual report get disclosed in the Legislature or just on a website?
Hon. M. Rankin: This is not a report to the Legislature such as when a minister stands and tables a report on a Crown corporation for which he or she is responsible, or the like. It is a report, all the same, and in the 21st century, the most efficient and speedy way to get the report out is to put it on a website. That’s what we think will be the most efficient way to see the information.
M. Bernier: Can the minister walk me through, then, what I would expect to see in a report like this? Of course, we talked about the eight or ten municipalities. We talked about different data collection that we’ve done. We’ll talk about the targets that everybody is asked to meet.
Obviously, I don’t assume this will be a one-page report. Is it going to be a report on each municipality? Will it be quite extensive? How much substance, I guess, will be in these reports that will be disclosed?
Hon. M. Rankin: Well, as it says, the actions taken by the minister on part 4 must be indicated. That would involve, for example, how many times an adviser was appointed, how many directives were issued and, finally, how many orders-in-council were issued under section 12. In other words, it’s limited to the compliance measures.
The Chair: Just to be clear, Members, we’ve got about ten minutes. Just so you know, so you can plan.
M. Bernier: I’ll let the Chair know that we won’t be finishing tonight, then. The minister can plan accordingly as well, with his answers. We only have ten minutes left, so I’ve got enough time for a few more questions because the minister has….
Again, I want to acknowledge and thank him. He has been not only very receptive to the questions but has been very forthcoming with his answers and has….
Interjection.
M. Bernier: I’ll applaud too, if you want. Well, it’s good if you have a fan, at least. It’s nice to know at least know that somebody has one, once in a while.
I said earlier, to the Minister of Energy and Mines: if only every minister could stand up as quickly as this minister does and respond so eloquently and quicky when questions are asked.
Interjection.
M. Bernier: Well, you can go home very soon, but you know, we’ll still be here. Again, I thank the staff, and I apologize that we didn’t quite get through it today, but I’ll ask a few more questions while we have a few moments.
When we’re talking…. I just want to make sure I understand. I know the minister referenced it a little earlier and just did now — on the annual report. It could be the way I interpreted it and read it, and I just want to make sure, for the record, that others understand as well, because people are going to be flocking to that Internet site to read the annual reports when they’re put out.
Did I hear the minister correctly? The annual report only talks about some of the directors or advisers or when those positions, maybe OICs…? That’s part of the annual report? It’s been a very long day, and maybe I missed it earlier. But when do we find out about the other stuff? I thought that that would also be encompassed into the annual report. By that, I mean the reporting out.
I know the minister has other areas where he reports out. The municipalities have to disclose. Why would that not all be wrapped up and a nice, tidy little bow wrapped around it, with an annual report? Specifically and especially since now that the Premier has said that we’re going to have a new Minister of Housing, whoever he or she may be, you would think it would be a great opportunity to really highlight the work that was done in every calendar year around progress that we’re seeing in the housing sector.
If it’s not there, where will it be? You would think that if we’re all trying to achieve the goal of more housing, and we all want to celebrate the success of more housing, then it needs to be in a place where we can actually pull out an annual report and do that. In a very self-serving way, I can say it saves me time in estimates to also come back and ask the Minister of Housing to disclose all the information, if it will be already publicly disclosed in an annual report.
So maybe the minister can explain to me, if I’m reading it wrong, why those are the only things disclosed in an annual report — I can tell the minister is really eager and wants to answer some questions here — and put it all in one place, rather than maybe in a whole bunch of different areas that people would have to search for that information.
Hon. M. Rankin: The member is right. This section is to deal with the compliance provisions in the annual report, but during our conversation earlier today, we’ve discussed other things that must be put in an annual report. So the objective is to ensure that there is one-stop shopping for the entire bill and all of the actions taken under it. For example, the targets, the orders, the progress reports in each. There are requirements that we’ve canvassed already that talked about the need to put those matters on an annual report. All together, there should be a high level of transparency available.
Clause 16 approved.
On clause 17.
M. Bernier: I can tell people are eager to get out of here. I appreciate that. I could call on the vote, but I’m not the Chair, so I’ll leave that one up to the Chair.
On section 17 though. I think this requires at least a little bit of attention and some explanation. When we’re talking about targets, orders, directives, we’re getting into judicial review commentary now.
This is obviously outside the expertise of many people and, I would argue, even from a local government perspective, because I’ve had commentary come back to me from some local government people who don’t quite understand the conceptual idea of a judicial review proceeding — when that would be needed, the standards and requirements around that, what triggers it, who asks for it. I mean, the minister, I think, knows where I’m going with this.
I would love it if the minister could spend a bit of time and just walk us through the purpose of this section and the reason for and the opportunities for when judicial reviews are required and why they would be called for.
Hon. M. Rankin: Well, it’s a very good question, and it’s one that’s hard to answer in a few minutes at the end of the night. But the member is right. This is about the judicial review, the way in which a government can be held to account.
In recent years, for the process of holding government to account in a court, there’s either ability to appeal if a statute contains an appeal right, or there’s no appeal statute section, but nevertheless, accountability is required. In recent years, the courts have indicated two essential standards of review. You’ve got to get it right, correctness, or we’ll interfere or intervene if it’s patently unreasonable, which means it has to be a very high standard.
The idea is not to have every discretionary decision in this bill held to the same standards. What this does…. It’s very consistent with the Administrative Tribunals Act passed by the former government that sort of entrenched some of these standards. In the rest of Canada, patently unreasonable is not a standard of review anymore, just for curiosity. It is in British Columbia.
It says in section 17(1)…. What is that standard of review? Well, for those matters relating to a housing target order or a directive or an order-in-council, a finding of fact or law or the exercise of the discretion or the cabinet, in the context of the order-in-council, can only be interfered with if it is patently unreasonable, so not very often.
Questions about fairness must be decided having regard to whether the minister or the cabinet acted fairly, and for all other matters, the standard will be correctness. The court can interfere, to use the language of the act, whenever it wishes if it says they got it wrong.
There’s a need to do this in modern statutes because the courts have taken us to this place where standards of review…. The very first thing a lawyer does in a judicial review, the very first thing in every judicial review case, is talk about the standard of review. It’s a very Canadian thing. Again, the standard of patently unreasonable only exists any longer in British Columbia. That’s the best I can do.
M. Bernier: I’m just trying to understand. I appreciate the minister trying to explain that, as best he could, in layman’s terms. Is it fair to say, then, the judicial review already has to be filed, or whatever the terminology would be — that we get through that process before somebody actually determines whether it’s patently reasonable? At what point…? Who makes that determination and when is that determination made?
Hon. M. Rankin: The question is that the court makes the determination but the council will argue what the standard would be. Here it’s very helpful, because the legislation makes clear what the standard is for each of the decisions at issue. But the court will have to decide whether the threshold is met. Is it really patently unreasonable or just doesn’t reach that standard? Is it incorrect, where the courts have a much greater ability to substitute their decision for what had been done below?
Just to complete this story, I should have said that a discretionary decision is patently unreasonable if it’s bad faith, improper purpose, taking into account mainly irrelevant factors or fails to take into account the statutory requirements that we’ve gone through tonight. That’s a discretionary decision of the minister in many cases. But the courts will interfere with that decision if it’s patently unreasonable.
I would ask the House to rise and report progress and ask leave to sit again.
Motion approved.
The committee rose at 9:49 p.m.
The House resumed; Mr. Speaker in the chair.
Committee of the Whole (Section B), having reported progress, was granted leave to sit again.
Committee of the Whole (Section A), having reported progress, was granted leave to sit again.
Committee of the Whole (Section C), having reported progress, was granted leave to sit again.
Hon. L. Beare moved adjournment of the House.
Motion approved.
Mr. Speaker: This House stands adjourned until 10 a.m. tomorrow.
The House adjourned at 9:50 p.m.
PROCEEDINGS IN THE
DOUGLAS FIR ROOM
Committee of the Whole House
BILL 38 — INDIGENOUS SELF-GOVERNMENT
IN CHILD AND FAMILY SERVICES
AMENDMENT ACT
(continued)
The House in Committee of the Whole (Section A) on Bill 38; D. Coulter in the chair.
The committee met at 2:50 p.m.
On clause 1 (continued).
A. Olsen: When the minister uses the word “inherent,” what does she mean?
[The bells were rung.]
The Chair: This was a quorum call, not a division call, so we’ll continue.
Hon. M. Dean: It isn’t a legally defined term. It’s a general understanding of what the term means. You could interchange that with other similar words like intrinsic.
A. Olsen: The picture that was painted yesterday evening from the minister in some of the responses was one of, I think, a familiar and highly paternalistic approach to Indigenous nations actually being able to get access and control of their own child welfare systems. Is it a proper characterization to…? I think I caught how the minister characterized it, which was “nations” definition, “Indigenous peoples” definitions.
The process to achieve the agreements has to go through the federal government. There’s agreement that Indigenous nations are allowed to go into this process of claiming the right to have their own child welfare system. Then there needs to be a negotiation and a consultation agreement with the provincial government. Then eventually they may or may not actually have control over their own child welfare system. Is that a fair characterization?
Hon. M. Dean: The short answer to the question is no.
What we’re doing with…. This legislation is actually enabling us to make sure that legally our director’s duties can be redefined to fit in around Indigenous jurisdiction and that the B.C. government can step away if that’s what nations want as well.
Through the federal act process, the Indigenous governing bodies and the government are able to coordinate at coordination tables. It’s not a negotiation. It’s coordination. That’s so that services can be coordinated in the way that the nation wants to exercise their jurisdiction and how they want services to be brought and delivered to their children, youth and families and their members. They can pass law, and they can exercise law. Nations have inherent jurisdiction.
The coordination is very much about the provincial government being able to have the opportunity of changing authorities and powers and of supporting nations in exercising jurisdiction the way that they want to do that. So that could be that the province steps away entirely. Where nations want us to continue offering some kind of support services and have a closer partnership, whatever the nations want that partnership to look like…. Through passing this legislation, we’ll be able to do that.
A. Olsen: Can a nation just say: “We passed a law. We’re taking control of our child welfare system”? That’s it. It’s over. Once this law is passed, they can just make that statement, and the province and the federal government are completely out of child welfare for that nation. Indigenous governing bodies, I think, is the language that we’ve been using.
Hon. M. Dean: Nations can do that. They can create laws, and they can say that they’re exercising jurisdiction and delivering services to children, youth and families who are members of their community and of their nation.
Without having a coordination agreement and without having our provincial legislation passed, the province isn’t able to then step away or clarify the interface between the provincial jurisdiction and the nation’s jurisdiction. The problem there for children, youth and families is that it isn’t clear which jurisdiction is operating on the ground. Operationally, that could cause issues, which, of course, we wouldn’t want for any children and youth.
A. Olsen: Doesn’t it become a situation where the province, then, just cedes the authority to those nations that have passed those…? I mean, I think what we’re getting into here….
We spent an awful lot of time defining what an Indigenous person is yesterday. Here, again, the colonial Crown government is defining Indigenous people and defining Indigenous governing bodies, defining who we are, what we are, where we are, all of those things. That has been the history of this province and this country.
When we talk about Indigenous self-determination, is it not their ability to just say: “Look, we are who we are. We are who we say we are. We are providing our own definitions to those things. We are taking control of child welfare”? Now it’s up to the province or to the feds, whichever the case may be, to figure out a way to interface with that.
Hon. M. Dean: I just want to start off by confirming that it isn’t the province that is the arbiter of indigeneity. As we discussed yesterday, nations and communities determine and recognize and identify their members, and members will determine and identify the communities that they belong to. Indigenous governing bodies are also determined by communities. So the province will respect…. The province isn’t the arbiter of indigeneity.
The challenge with the existing systems and provincial law is….The directors, under the act, have obligations in law. So we have to pass law for us, the province, to actually create a pathway to be able to step back and for the directors actually to no longer have those obligations under the law.
K. Kirkpatrick: Yesterday we ended off by speaking about the definitions of “Indigenous child” and “Indigenous community.”
We’re having a little trouble kind of moving forward from that. It is fundamental to this legislation. So it’s very, very important that we have clarity. The more clear the answers can be, the more specific they can be, where examples are used, the more quickly we’re going to be able to move through this.
I read through Hansard yesterday. There were a few questions that I found were still a bit fuzzy in terms of the actual answers. I’m hoping staff also, perhaps, reviewed that and will be able to provide me with the information I’m canvassing.
When I asked for very specific information on the process of identifying a child’s Indigenous community, the minister said that the first obligation, when a child comes to the attention of the ministry, is to identify if that child or youth is Indigenous. That was, in part, the minister’s answer to how we determine if a child is Indigenous.
My hope is to understand the source. How is that identification done?
The minister talked about roots workers. I understand roots workers, but they also have about 100 Indigenous children each that they’re responsible for. Is there a process, documentation required? How is a child identified as belonging to which Indigenous community for the purposes of adoption to ensure that they are with their appropriate family and their appropriate community?
Hon. M. Dean: There is an operational policy, and that details the step-by-step process that is to be taken by front-line workers. They are to exhaust all efforts to really determine whether or not a child or youth is Indigenous and, if so, what communities they belong to. They will do things like search records. They will speak to the child or youth. They will speak to people who have known the child or youth throughout the course of their life, and then if that leads to speaking to somebody else, then they would speak to somebody else as well. So they can use a whole range of tools. They are expected to exhaust all efforts to do that.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister for that. If someone self-identifies as belonging to a particular nation, is there a requirement to confirm with their community that they are comfortable that that person is indeed a member of that community for the purposes of adoption?
Hon. M. Dean: We do have a quite detailed operational policy, as you would expect. We will not audit. We will not judge or assess when a child or a youth tells us of their identity and they’re self-identifying. We’re not the arbiter either.
We would connect with the community that the child or youth mentions, if it’s one community that they belong to, because we know that it’s important for that child or youth to have connections and to understand the culture of the community that they have an identity within and belong to as well.
Of course, all situations are dealt with on an individual basis, but there’s supporting operational guidance for workers.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister. I was canvassing as a potential parent confirming identity. I will park that.
If I can ask, then: how is placement determined if that child is biracial? Does Indigenous take precedent?
Hon. M. Dean: Well, the best interests of the child is the paramount directive here. All familial ties would be explored, and the child would be put at the centre. Then there would need to be a plan around that child working with all family ties and communities that that child is connected to and that child has a right to have knowledge of and cultural experiences and wisdom and teachings and connections as well.
It would be expected that there would be collaboration, putting the child at the centre and making sure that their best interests are paramount.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister.
Hypothetically, if an Indigenous child considers a person a relative but the community does not for the purpose of adoption, how is that resolved?
Hon. M. Dean: Relatives for Indigenous children and youth are people that are important in their life. They don’t necessarily have to have a blood tie, but they are people who are important, who the child or youth is connected to and has a strong relationship with. There needs to be respect for who the child identifies as important to them.
Again, the child’s best interests need to be paramount. In putting that into operation, what you would probably see is that a worker would work to make that circle big enough that there’s some good, collaborative work in the best interests of that child to keep that child connected to the people that they identify as important to them.
Clause 1 approved.
On clause 2.
M. Lee: Just in terms of the additional language that’s set out in subclause 2(a), can the minister just connect up that wording with sub (g) in the definition of sub 3(1) on the “best interests of the child” meaning? Can the minister just walk through what is to be taken into account when we’re talking about preferences of the child relating to “including discrimination”?
Does that mean in terms of a different treatment of the child based on the categories of diversity that are set out there in terms of Indigenous identity, race, colour, ancestry? Could the minister just connect up the two concepts that are being amended here?
Hon. M. Dean: What’s new here is adding in the preferences of the child and youth and also adding in the anti-discrimination approach here so that their views and preferences, without discrimination, are actually taken into account.
This is really helping to make sure that we give weight to the views and the preferences of children and youth and making sure that we really listen to their voices and, without judgment, are able to respond to what it is that they’re saying are their wishes.
Clause 2 approved.
On clause 3.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide a practical example, for each relevant factor, of how the director or adoption agency will provide that the Indigenous child’s best interest has indeed been considered?
Hon. M. Dean: Again, the workers are expected to be able to demonstrate how they are attending to each of these important factors. That will be done as part of work with the community as well, because if we’re talking about an Indigenous child or youth, we need to know which communities they belong to, connect them with those communities, and the communities will be involved in the cultural planning around that child or youth.
If an Indigenous child or youth, for example…. If there is a plan for them to be in care — or possibly adopted but say in care — with a non-Indigenous family, then there needs to be a cultural plan, for example, to demonstrate that cultural continuity. That would include really specific agreements about what’s important to that nation so that their teachings and their wisdom and their knowledge are passed on to that child or youth.
That could involve an annual plan around attending which ceremonies would be important, kind of like regular harvesting opportunities there might be, for example, what events that child or youth should be involved in, what kinds of skills they should be learning and practising that are part of their culture and that can be reinforced through connection with the community but also in their home, even if that is non-Indigenous as well.
What’s really important here is that the director has to demonstrate how they’re applying all of these. There’s no discretion for the director. There has to be a response to all of these. Again, that needs to be done with the community, with the child or youth and with the family.
K. Kirkpatrick: I would like to just poke at this a bit more.
There are five factors that are set out in terms of what needs to be considered in order to determine the child’s best interests. Are any of these five factors weighted differently than other factors may be weighted? For example, a child has been, perhaps, with a non-Indigenous family for a period of time — they’re settled; they’re healthy; they’re doing well there — and then….
If it is determined that child would be better or there is an Indigenous foster family that may be, based on some of these other factors, more appropriate, how do you make those determinations in terms of what is in the best interest of that child? These are going to be competing at certain points. Is there one that may be more important than others in this scenario?
Hon. M. Dean: They’re not in competition. They’re complementary.
There is no waiting. They all have to be attended to, and there could be one activity or there could be one ceremony that actually could meet four or five of these factors as well. It needs to be a comprehensive plan and approach, recognizing that cultural knowledge, cultural teachings and cultural belonging are really important dimensions of a child’s well-being and their development. So all of these areas need to be addressed.
M. Lee: Just to continue the line of inquiry here and understanding the minister’s response…. As we look back to the existing section of the Adoption Act, subsection 3(1), the other relevant factors that must be taken into consideration, including sub 3(1)(a), which is the first factor, which is the child’s safety…. Will the minister please confirm that, again, these other factors that are set out…. Are any of these factors taking any precedence in terms of order of priority and evaluation when it comes to these additional factors for Indigenous children?
Hon. M. Dean: Well, safety, of course, always does need to be addressed. But what we’re talking about here is the day-to-day work of social workers. There are lots of factors that need to be taken into consideration. There are the immediate concerns that might have been raised, and then there are the longer developmental needs of children and youth.
We know that a whole range of factors have influence over planning for children and youth to make sure that they’re supported to fulfil their potential and to thrive. And we know for Indigenous children and youth that cultural elements are really, really important as well as, obviously, for all children — all the areas that pertain to the best interests of the child and the best health and safety and well-being of the child. So all of those factors need to be looked at, and that’s what social workers do.
What’s important as we move forward with the amendments is that we’re increasing the circle of support around children and youth. That means that there are more people who are involved in safeguarding children and youth, not just safeguarding their immediate physical needs but also all the other social and cultural and emotional and psychological needs. We’ve learned that there are so many different dimensions of child development that we need to be nurturing and protecting and safeguarding as well.
There isn’t individual discretion for the directors. There’s a collaborative approach to making sure that immediate needs are met and that there’s a circle of support around the child and youth. And then longer-term planning can be made.
M. Lee: Mr. Chair, we’ve been at this for about 45 minutes, and we’ve got about 6½ hours to go, not including any break that you or your successors choose to provide to this committee. I know we’re tight on time. I’ve heard from the member for Saanich North and the Islands — some of the continued dialogue about jurisdiction. I appreciate the minister’s response in terms of provincial legislation and how we’re transitioning this vis-à-vis the federal act and Indigenous self-government and the recognition of Indigenous laws in this province.
Here’s an example, though. I say that as a preface, because the member for West Vancouver–Capilano, myself and my other colleagues, the members from the Third Party, very much…. Well, let me not speak on behalf of the Third Party. I presume they want to get through the core issues affecting this bill — i.e., before any closure is brought.
I would certainly urge the minister, to the extent that she has any influence over the House Leader, to allow us to have the time to go through this bill, because now we’re getting into some core issues here, and we’re about to talk about 3.2 in this clause 3, the self-government principle, which does relate back to some of the higher-level questions that the member for Saanich North and the Islands had mentioned earlier or tried to get to.
In this case, we’re talking about best interests of the child. I appreciate the minister’s response, but to be specific, in terms of the use of the child’s best interests in the Adoption Act, we were just looking for this, and we’d asked the minister and her staff to point us to the use of that term.
Presumably, best interests of the child…. I understand generally what that means and what staff, Indigenous or non-Indigenous, who are trying to take care of children might think about in terms of the best interests of the children. But we’re talking about the use of that term in the statute.
Talking about the use of that term in the statute, for clarity, can the minister please direct us to the sections of the Adoption Act…? I would give them section 17, for example, under the current Adoption Act, and section 62, under Bill 38. I can see two uses of the term “best interests” of the child. Can the minister please direct us to any other instances where this term is utilized in the Adoption Act?
Hon. M. Dean: In the current state in the Adoption Act, “best interests” are listed in section 3, and in its future state, it will be section 3.1. Any decision, any action taken under the Adoption Act actually has to conform to that lens. Everything has to be subject to that test of being in the best interests of the child. The entire act is interpreted in terms of the best interests of the child.
You will also see, in sections 11, 17, 22, 24.1, 33, 35, 38, 40 and 62, that the “best interests” of the child are mentioned specifically. That’s because those sections are tied to court processes.
M. Lee: As I look at the purpose of the act, under section 2 of the Adoption Act, there’s the general provision which gives “paramount consideration in every respect to the child’s best interests,” which brings me back to the first point about child safety.
Given the list of factors that are relevant to be considered in determining the child’s best interests, child safety is No. 1 — at least it’s listed first, and it’s not alphabetical either. Would the minister agree with the statement that paramount to any consideration for children in care, certainly, as is the case here in the Adoption Act, the child’s safety is fundamental?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, child safety is fundamental. No reasonable decision could be supported that puts safety in jeopardy.
M. Lee: To the extent… I will get to the self-government principle in a moment. Certainly, in contrast, there is no paramountcy provision there. Even amongst these factors, though, if there’s any potential conflict between some of these factors, as determined…. One could be around cultural continuity. If there’s something, some other factor, that’s listed here, would there be any precedence that would be afforded here to ensure that a child’s safety is certainly fundamental and preserved?
Hon. M. Dean: Well, what’s really important is to actually address all of the factors. The work that’s being done, the work that needs to be done, is making sure that children are safe so that, for example, services can be put in place. A safety plan can be put in place, and at the same time, those other factors can be considered. You can keep a child and youth safe and, at the same time, preserve cultural continuity, for example.
What’s really important about having all of these factors listed is that this is really supporting our shift away from just leaning towards child protection and actually leaning into delivering services holistically for children and youth. It isn’t just a reaction to safety. It’s working with all of the needs of the child. We can do all of that — and we should be doing all of that — at the same time, to support children and youth, to help them be safe and be safeguarded, and to have their cultural connections. That’s going to help them thrive.
M. Lee: Just turning to section 3.2, the self-government principle. In the provision and the way it’s drafted, is there recognition here of the inherent right of self-government as including jurisdiction in relation to adoption of Indigenous children?
Hon. M. Dean: This is about the continuum of child and youth services for children and youth in care, again recognizing the inherent right of nations to create laws so that their laws can apply to any aspect of that continuum.
M. Lee: I appreciate that some of the elements of my question were discussed yesterday, as well, with the Leader of the Third Party. I reserved my right to further the conversation until we got to the actual section, which we’re in now.
But it also does give us the opportunity to cover something that we will be covering later in this bill, which I do think is instructive to this discussion. When we look at clause 19 of Bill 38…. This does pertain to a statement the minister made yesterday relating to the consultation with nations, that it set out to deal with the Child, Family and Community Service Act.
As a result of the input received, the ministry and the team considered amendments that are being presented in Bill 38 to the Adoption Act. Having said that, when you look at the section, clause 19 of the bill, which deals with self-government principles for that act, the CFCSA, it is somewhat different than the approach taken to this section of clause 3.
There is no sub (b), which states what the Indigenous right of self-government includes — i.e., in this case, jurisdiction in relation to the adoption of Indigenous children, law-making authority in relation to adoption services, the authority to administer and enforce laws made under that law-making authority, such as it is.
Secondly, Indigenous laws have the force of law in British Columbia. There are no similar statements to that effect in relation to Indigenous laws or Indigenous self-government rights in respect of adoption.
Why is there a difference and a distinction being made here?
Hon. M. Dean: The two acts are fundamentally different. In the CFCSA, the principle applies to the whole of the act.
In the Adoption Act, there are non-government adoptions, so we’re applying the principle to the continuum of children and youth in care where there’s government responsibility.
M. Lee: This partly relates to the question that the member for Saanich North and the Islands was getting at in terms of jurisdictional separation. I must say that as we get further into jurisdictions here between the federal government, the provincial government, Indigenous nations, I am very cognizant…. As I spoke at length in my second reading speech about Jordan’s principle, that no child should be left alone within the gaps of jurisdictions between the federal and provincial governments, for example…. In this case, we look at how we expand jurisdiction and recognition of Indigenous nations.
I don’t see, though, in this…. As we’re talking about opening up the Adoption Act and how Indigenous children are to be dealt with under this act, I would have thought that the lead-in language in 3.2, sub (a) and sub (b), referring to which children we’re talking about, where they are in the system, the so-called continuum that the minister described…. Just looking at those words, to me, they mean we’re talking about those Indigenous children who are in continuing custody or in respect of whom a director of child protection is the personal guardian under the Infants Act.
I think we’re clear about the class, so-called — the category of Indigenous children that are being referred to. In that instance, for that category of Indigenous children, we’re now talking about: “Well, what does it mean then?” What does it mean to recognize the inherent right of self-government for nations here? I will say, again, that the clarity that is there…. For the second act that’s covered in this bill, it’s not here. I’m trying to get at: is there a difference in view here by the government as to the area of adoptions of Indigenous children under Indigenous laws?
I think, on a plain reading of the bill, because there is no clarity given like it, there is, under section 4.1(b), as I indicated, in terms of what it spells out, sub (c), which says the Indigenous laws have the force of law in British Columbia, and 4.2, which is paramountcy…. Because there were none of those provisions in respect of the Adoption Act, let me ask this question, then. Keeping that in mind, does the province recognize adoption of Indigenous children as being governed under Indigenous law?
Hon. M. Dean: Nations’ laws will be recognized regarding children and youth in care. The intention of the legislative amendments is to make sure that children and youth are not left behind and services are coordinated. So for children and youth who are in the system, we need to make sure that the director is acting consistently with Indigenous laws.
M. Lee: It may be that the other member here in committee will ask a similar question, but I know that he will probe deeper. But if I could have the follow-up here, just to unpack what the minister said.
I think that that is understandable in terms of the area of children, family and community service and the act, and we will get to that. But in this case, I’m just hearing that there is a different level of recognition, let’s say, from that act in the Adoption Act. We’re just talking about the existing services…. And maybe that’s what comes out of this.
What’s contemplated under section 3.2, recognizing self-governance, is that it’s still within the confines, so to speak, the framework of the ministry. We’re talking about, again, continuing custody of the director and the director of child protection. So it is how that director operates. We’ll need to ensure that adoption is interpreted and administered in accordance with Indigenous people’s right to self-governance.
The way that that is written and the way that the minister described that begs the question: exactly how will that function and operate? We’re talking about the principle of nations having an inherent right of self-government. Of course, as is recognized under Section 35 of the Constitution Act, that inherent right of self-governance includes, specifically, recognition of their self-governance in respect of their children.
So does this not set up for the director, having to work through this Adoption Act as amended by this bill, some sort of conflict? And I don’t mean in terms of a violent conflict. I just mean in terms of a jurisdictional conflict between what is existing under the current Adoption Act and the duties and responsibilities of the director versus what are a nation’s rights under their inherent self-governance.
Hon. M. Dean: If a child or a youth is in care, then the director has already applied all the necessary requirements through the CFCSA. The director has already gone through those steps of determining: is that child or youth Indigenous? What communities do they belong to? How can they be connected? What connections have been made? What communication has happened with that nation? What coordination has already happened with that nation as well? All of that work, all of those requirements, will have already been completed before reaching a stage where adoption is even contemplated.
Then when adoption might even be contemplated, of course, there has to be all that consultation at that point as well. Then when we get to section 13, members will see that there’s a legal requirement that consent of that community has to be acquired.
A. Olsen: Just with respect to clause 3, can the minister explain why the self-government principle, as it relates to adoption, is limited to Indigenous children who are in the continuing custody of the director of child protection or of children for whom the director of child protection is the personal guardian?
Hon. M. Dean: The Adoption Act includes non-statutory adoptions as well as adoptions where the director is involved. Our act that we’re talking about today will apply Indigenous self-government to all adoptions that involve the director.
M. Lee: If we come back to the minister’s previous response and the response that was just provided…. Is there any consideration, then, for any possible conflict between Indigenous laws and the Adoption Act, by virtue of this section 3.2?
Hon. M. Dean: As I answered earlier on, a child or youth in the situation where there is contemplation of adoption, where the director has a responsibility, will have already gone through all of the requirements of the CFCSA. The communication, coordination and respect of Indigenous laws will have already been applied through that process. So there wouldn’t be a conflict, then, when contemplating the Adoption Act.
E. Ross: I’m born and raised on reserve. I have two parents who went to residential school. I was fully involved with my feast system. And I’ve never come across an Indigenous law. Not once. I was treaty chairman for my band for eight years. I’ve gone over all of this extensively, including the legal aspect of it. Not once can I remember ever mentioning any Indigenous laws.
In the context of what we’re talking about here…. We’re talking about the care of children. That’s, basically, what we’re talking about.
Traditionally what I heard, previous to white contact and even during white contact…. It wasn’t necessarily a law. It wasn’t approved by any chief system or clan system. It was actually just necessity. Where one family might not have had a boy in their family because they were too old, a family who had a number of children would bring their own child down to that family and give that boy to the family that needed a boy — or needed a girl.
The same system was used at a higher level — more formally, though — in terms of the clan system. If a clan was dying out, the paternal side or the maternal side could then go and say: “Okay. We’re not going to follow the rules here. We’re going to actually allow our child to enter our clan, because it’s dying out.”
I have never come across an Indigenous law. What we’re talking about here is filled with liabilities and responsibilities in the 21st century. I mean, everybody’s got to admit here that the safety of a child does fall to the legal realm in case that child is in danger of neglect, abuse, suicide, murder.
Can the minister give me an example of one Indigenous law that will relate to what we’re talking about here in terms of Bill 38?
Hon. M. Dean: I do want to recognize that Indigenous nations and communities have cared for their children and youth for time immemorial. What we want to do here, with new legislation, is provide a pathway for the province of B.C. to actually get out of the way. We know that nations will have different ways of wanting to respond to family matters in their community. It would be based on tradition and culture and custom and world view as well.
Through the coordination process, the province will be able to get an understanding of how child and family support will be operated and delivered and what role, if any, the nation wants for the province in their future, in terms of child welfare, and that provides for the provincial government just getting right out of the way as well.
E. Ross: Thank you for that answer. The question was: could the minister give an example of an Indigenous law?
I’m not aware of any First Nation in B.C. that has a written language. Some of the rules back in those days were communicated orally, but I still don’t recall any laws regarding child protection. I think this is a 21st-century construct. If we’re going to talk about…. There are a number of problems I see with that term “Indigenous law” in terms of Bill 38.
Are we expecting the First Nation to codify some type of new law? Maybe it’s loosely based on their age-old practices of looking after their community members within a client system or tribal system or a family system. Are we essentially looking for the First Nation to actually put down on paper what their Indigenous law is? If so, will that be researched to try and understand where that law actually originated? Did it originate since time immemorial, like the minister says? I’m just trying to figure out…. Does Indigenous law exist in the context of what we’re talking about here? And if not, how will that be introduced legally for the safety of the child?
Hon. M. Dean: The province recognizes customs, traditional practices and that approaches might not be codified or written down. The province is not arbitrating laws, just to make those points clear. We do have four Indigenous governing bodies who are close to signing off on coordination agreements, who have been crafting laws. And we have over 20 other nations or IGBs who are working on writing down their laws. This is a requirement under the federal act, whereas we really want to recognize customs and practices. But as we’re moving forward at coordination tables, which are governed by the federal legislation, there is a requirement there for laws to be written down.
The Chair: We will take a 15-minute recess. We shall be back at 4:35 or so. Thanks.
The committee recessed from 4:19 p.m. to 4:38 p.m.
[D. Coulter in the chair.]
Clause 3 approved.
On clause 4.
K. Kirkpatrick: In clause 4 is a section 6 amendment. Can you provide an example of what “reasonable efforts” mean?
Hon. M. Dean: So “all reasonable efforts” sets a higher bar than “reasonable efforts,” and it’s consistent with other provisions in MCFD statutes and across the statute books. The standard is also common in B.C. modern treaties and agreements.
How this test is met is case- and fact-dependent. Operational policy sets guidelines on what constitutes “all reasonable efforts.” For example, to determine a child’s indigeneity, a social worker may be expected to take specific actions such as searching records for the child; at first contact with the child and their family, asking about indigeneity; and doing a due diligence check when providing ongoing services and when new information becomes available that might suggest that the child might be Indigenous.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide an example of what satisfies preservation of information for the child?
Hon. M. Dean: That is about making sure that information that is available about the indigeneity of the child is available to that child.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide an example of what information is required or included about prospective parents?
Shall I clarify the number in here? It’s section 6(1.1)(b).
Hon. M. Dean: The same information. That would include the name and the location of the community.
K. Kirkpatrick: And in 1.1(a) — I should have asked that one first — if the minister could explain what the term “sufficiently mature” means.
Hon. M. Dean: It’s a low threshold — making sure that information is provided in terms that the child can understand.
K. Kirkpatrick: May I just confirm with the minister who makes that determination? Is there some kind of more specific process for making that determination?
Hon. M. Dean: It’s the director or the adoption agency.
A. Olsen: Just requesting further clarity on this clause. If an infant or a baby is adopted away from an Indigenous community, is it correct that that child does not eventually have to be notified of the community that they’re from?
Hon. M. Dean: The answer to that question is included in clause 10. It clarifies that if Indigenous community information was not provided to an Indigenous child or a prospective adoptive parent under section 6 or 8, a director or an adoption agency must, after the adoption of the child, make all reasonable efforts to disclose, if in the child’s best interests, the applicable Indigenous community information to the following: the child, if sufficiently mature, and the adoptive parent.
A. Olsen: Thank you. I appreciate the pointing towards clause 10. That’s exactly right.
I’m not sure if this question has been answered. If it has, that’s great, and we’ll just move on. What is considered community information in this?
Hon. M. Dean: In clause 1, in definitions, “‘Indigenous community information’, in relation to an Indigenous community to which an Indigenous child belongs, means the following information.” Then that is listed as (a), (b), (c) and (d).
Clause 4 approved.
On clause 5.
M. Lee: On clause 5. When we look at the structure of the clauses…. Again, to shortcut the question here, if we look at clause (d), we get into the reference to a designated representative of an Indigenous community that has been identified by the child or a parent of the child if the child is under 12 years of age.
Presumably, when we’re looking to cover who the director or an adoption agency must consult with before placing an Indigenous child for adoption where the child is a Métis child or an Inuit child…. This gets back to our questions around section 1 and definitions. This is why, as I indicated to the minister, it would be helpful to have a definition of a Métis child and an Inuit child. But we are where we are on this bill.
It means that the designated representative of an Indigenous community has been identified by the child or a parent of the child. To further the minister’s response from yesterday, it would mean, presumably…. As she suggested, an Indigenous community would be a Métis — i.e., the Métis Nation, for example.
Given that that’s the mechanism that is structured in this bill, I ask: does the minister have the view that with the joint commitment document that I referred to yesterday, in a number of occasions, between Métis Nation B.C. and the province of British Columbia, dated June 7, 2018…. Is this provision in compliance with the obligations and the agreement that is set out in that commitment in respect of…? That includes the governance and the authority over child welfare for Métis children in this province.
Hon. M. Dean: In section 7(d), it mentions a designated representative, and Métis Nation B.C. are included there.
M. Lee: Based on the minister’s responses from yesterday, as I indicated earlier, I expected that that might be the minister’s response. But my question is…. That is structurally what we are left with, given the structure of the bill, given the fact that there is no specific definition of Métis child. Therefore, it has to be the case, as the minister suggested.
Still, again, when I look back at this joint agreement, it talks about the parties agreeing that they must develop the legislation to support Métis Nation B.C. authority over Métis children. So that is part of what has been agreed to between Métis Nation, which is an Indigenous nation in our country, in our province, and the government of B.C. This provision puts the identification in the hands of the child or the parent of the child, not the nation themselves. That seems inconsistent and counter to what was agreed upon in the joint commitment.
Again, does the minister not agree that this does not comply with the joint commitment with Métis Nation? If that’s the case, has there been a further discussion with Métis Nation about that commitment in respect of authority over their children?
Hon. M. Dean: The ministry has been doing work with Métis Nation with regard to their direction and their intentions with regard to children and families. We did, as the member knows, have discussions with Métis on this legislation, and we will continue to work with Métis Nation B.C.
K. Kirkpatrick: The next question is going to be a bit more just administrative, following on to what my colleague was asking here. Can the minister provide an example of what “consult and cooperate” looks like for a director and an adoption agency, as stated in 7(1)?
Hon. M. Dean: For example, the director would reach out to the community and would talk about the placement of the child and consider the community’s views related to making sure that cultural continuity is maintained so that cultural learnings and teachings and customs are all part of that conversation.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you. Can the minister provide an example of how a director or an adoption agency determines who that designated representative is?
Hon. M. Dean: We have a list in the regulations.
K. Kirkpatrick: Just for clarification purposes, how is that list determined?
Hon. M. Dean: The Indigenous communities identify their designated representative, and then those representatives are put on the list.
A. Olsen: Again, I don’t think this question has been asked, but if it has, I will take my seat. Why does this clause not apply to Indigenous children that are already under the care of the director?
Hon. M. Dean: Clause 34, a bit later on, clarifies, under the CFCSA, that all of this work has already been done before reaching this point.
A. Olsen: I appreciate the answer. Thanks.
Is there a scenario where an Indigenous governing body does not consent yet the child is still placed for adoption?
Hon. M. Dean: We added clause 13 in this legislation to require that consent is given by the Indigenous governing body. In clause 7, we added Indigenous governing bodies, which means that if an IGB does not consent, then under section 17 of the existing Adoption Act, the place where that would be resolved would be in court. So anybody could take the matter to court, and that’s where a resolution would be reached if the IGB did not consent.
A. Olsen: Okay, thank you for that. For those children who belong to a community that has not yet signed a coordination agreement, must the director or adoption agency seek the consent of that child’s community or First Nation or Indigenous governing body?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
Clauses 5 to 9 inclusive approved.
On clause 10.
K. Kirkpatrick: Clause 10, 62(1). Can the minister provide an example of when this situation may arise for a First Nation, Métis or Inuit child? And the situation being: “information was not provided to an Indigenous child or a prospective adoptive parent under section 6 or 8.”
Hon. M. Dean: This is here to ensure that that information is always provided. And if for any reason it had not been provided, then this can apply. It would be expected to be exceptional. It might be historical.
K. Kirkpatrick: Could the minister give an example of when that might happen and for what reason it may happen that that information is not provided? And how often does a situation like this arise?
Hon. M. Dean: I can’t give a reason for that because good practice would be that the information would have been sought and would have been provided.
A. Olsen: I’m just wanting to know…. Maybe this is a reiteration of the answer that was already given, but in this it’s in the best interests of the child. In what circumstance would community information not be in that child’s best interests?
Hon. M. Dean: I can’t think of one.
A. Olsen: Is this clause there just in case someone can think of one?
Hon. M. Dean: It is there to absolutely make sure that the information is provided.
A. Olsen: So the director then determines what’s in the best interests of that child. Is that right?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, the best interests are listed in clause 3 and include those cultural connections and that cultural continuity.
A. Olsen: It’s a comment more than anything. I guess just in the case of where, over decades, we have an extreme amount of cynicism or skepticism about the “best interests” and whose interests the MCFD, over the decades, have been looking out for…. I accept that this is the way it is.
I guess I just want to maybe make a point here that my hope is that this always is into the interests of that child. I take the minister’s comments and the minister’s words in the drafting of the language of this bill. My hope is that in the future, this always does fall towards the best interests of that child, their family and their community.
Clauses 10 and 11 approved.
On clause 12.
M. Lee: In terms of this provision, this is being added to the Adoption Act. Can the minister provide examples of where this provision will be utilized — i.e., by way of a statutory power agreement or a decision-making agreement?
Hon. M. Dean: In our consultations with Indigenous groups, they asked for a broad range of opportunities for decision-making. So in both of the acts, we have these amendments to be able to provide that range of opportunities that was requested and that applies in both of the acts.
M. Lee: I appreciate that. Given the nature of the Adoption Act…. I appreciate that we’ll have another opportunity to talk about it in the CFCSA act, as well, to come. Can I get a specific example where we are looking at, with an Indigenous governing body, the negotiation and entry into a decision-making agreement as contemplated under section 7 of DRIPA or under section 6? I need an illustration as to how this would function before I can ask further questions about that.
Hon. M. Dean: We don’t have any specific examples. We have been approached by some nations to enter into a section 6 or section 7 agreement, and what the nations have said to us is that they actually want a broad range of powers because they want to be able to offer a broad range of services and responses to support children and families in their communities.
M. Lee: If we go back to a possible illustration of this, which is section 3.2, clause 3 of this bill, and we look at adoption…. Again, we talked about the jurisdiction on the continuum of when an Indigenous child would be under continuing custody or for whom a director of child protection is the personal guardian under Section 51 of the Infants Act.
Is that an example where an Indigenous governing body would come to government and say: “We want to take over the statutory power that’s given to the director in respect of a continuing custody of an Indigenous child”?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, that could be done under a coordination agreement or under a section 6 or section 7 agreement.
M. Lee: Under Bill 39, we were having…. Recognizing time is short this week and that there is only limited opportunity to see the exchange, I spoke to that yesterday in my Bill 39 speech. So now I have the opportunity to speak to it in Bill 38 committee, hoping that there is a Bill 39 committee tomorrow.
I will ask, then: what is the nature of the record of proceeding that will be expected from an Indigenous governing body relating to a decision that might be set out in a decision-making agreement or a section 6 or section 7 agreement under the JRPA?
Hon. M. Dean: Assuming that Bill 39 passes, then yes, that would apply to joint and consent-based agreements such as these.
M. Lee: I appreciate that we are dealing with multiple bills here today and tomorrow, based on the closure decisions of the Premier and this government. The position it puts us in is understanding, then, with the minister’s confirmation, the nature of the consent to be provided.
In Bill 39, there’s reference to…. Where there is consent contemplated, an Indigenous governing body is to set out the decision and any reasons given by it.
Again, going through the example we are constructing here, where an Indigenous governing body takes over responsibility for the adoption of an Indigenous child pursuant to their inherent right of self-government, we would expect…. If there’s an agreement that is entered into with government and they make a decision in respect of the adoption of that Indigenous child, there will be reasons that will need to be spelled out. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: These are joint and consent-based decisions related to the statutory authority of the ministry here. So we would all be documenting those.
M. Lee: The workings of DRIPA suggest that if you look at section 7 of a decision-making agreement that’s contemplated, which is brought into Bill 38 under this clause, the definition under 74.1 refers to an agreement negotiated and entered into under section 7 of DRIPA relating to “statutory powers of decision under this Act,” this act being the Adoption Act.
The exercise of the statutory power of decision is joint, as the minister indicated. The decision itself is jointly by the Indigenous governing body and the government or another decision-maker. Okay, so that is the joint nature of the decision. In a separate clause for section 7 of DRIPA, sub (b) is “the consent of the Indigenous governing body before the exercise of a statutory power of decision.”
I am actually referring to not the joint decision part of section 7 of DRIPA. I’m referring to the consent requirement of the Indigenous governing body. That, I believe, is what is picked up by Bill 39. If the minister and her team do contemplate what’s set out in Bill 39, still to be debated at committee stage, it’s that “the decision of the Indigenous governing body and any reasons given by it” need to be set out.
This is my question. It’s unclear. It’s unclear what the requirement is of an Indigenous governing body when it comes to consent under a section 7 decision-making agreement. This is the complexity that we are working through.
Does the decision of the Indigenous governing body and the reasons given by it for a consent requirement contemplated under section 7 of the DRIPA act, as brought into Bill 38, need to be spelled out? Is there a written record of that by that Indigenous governing body? Is that the expectation under this bill?
Hon. M. Dean: The ministry and the Indigenous governing body entering into a section 6 or section 7 agreement would agree on how these matters would be demonstrated.
The answer to the question is that it would be subject to the agreement and the terms and the conditions of the agreement. The agreement would contemplate the demonstration of these aspects of the agreement. Particularly in the area of working with children and youth and families, this has to be very clear. It has to be worked through very carefully. There has to be certainty and clarity, because we’re talking about children and youth and families.
M. Lee: The legislative framework that is being presented to the House in parallel this week, in a very compressed fashion, is complex.
I referred to, in my second reading speech yesterday, which was compressed, on Bill 39, the administrative tribunals legislation of this province, which, by way of example, does set out, in the statute itself, the basic expectations and standard review of decision-making by tribunals, which is the subject matter, potentially, under judicial review.
We are now subjecting Indigenous governing bodies, who agree…. As much as we are hearing that government is making available these opportunities to enter into joint decision-making agreements and statutory power decision-making documents, agreements with government, there is some expectation here. That’s what I’m trying to get at, Mr. Chair.
The minister did respond by saying that the standards and the terms and conditions for the exercise of those powers would be set out in the agreement, so if there was any…. Again, what’s set out here under division 1 is the opportunity for judicial review, that it is going to be subject to judicial review by virtue of Bill 39.
To date, the way that this government has exercised section 7 under DRIPA, to my knowledge, has been once. I know that there are other agreements with Indigenous governing bodies that are coming forward, under discussion, particularly in the resource sector. With the Tahltan Nation, there is a decision-making agreement that has been entered into. Based on my review and based on what I can see, there are no standards there or expectations set out, not in the same way the minister just described.
To be clear, again, when we’re looking at setting up the possibility of judicial review of the decision by the Indigenous governing body, the consent that’s required…. First of all, that Indigenous governing body is going to be required to provide written reasons for the decision or the consent to be provided. Secondly, there will be additional requirements for the exercise of that statutory power or decision-making ability. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: There is an expectation that statutory authorities will, as good practice, write down the reasons for their decisions, and especially under sections 6 and 7, when you’re making decisions about children, youth and families, those decisions and the reasons for them need to be written down. So the section 6 and 7 agreements will contain agreement about how decisions are recorded, because at the end of the day, it’s the children and youth and the families that need to be able to rely on that.
M. Lee: Just with the time that we have, I’ll pursue a few more lines before turning it back over. Under subsection 74.2(3), the inclusion of reference to subsection 7(2) to sub 7(5) of the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act “applies to a statutory power agreement…” That is actually a new requirement that is actually not in DRIPA under section 6. Why is that here?
[M. Dykeman in the chair.]
Hon. M. Dean: Well, this was after significant consultation through our process of consulting with Indigenous communities and leadership. The decision was to apply the same process to both, because it’s really important to have a very clear understanding because of the nature of the work that’s being undertaken under these agreements and the impact that is potentially there for children, youth and families.
M. Lee: Coming back to the nature of the consent, the minister did answer, to be clear, that there is going to be a requirement for recording the reasons, given the nature of the decisions that are being exercised. But getting back to the standards to be applied, though. Is this consent or decision-making ability for the Indigenous governing body…? In terms of the standard, is that in their absolute discretion, or is it subject to any reasonableness test?
Hon. M. Dean: It would actually be subject to the act — the Adoption Act and the CFCSA. So the requirements under those acts would be applied like the best-interests test.
M. Lee: So there would be standards that would test whether the decision was made in bad faith or for an improper purpose, whether the decision was based on factors which were not relevant. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: The decisions would be subject to the standards in the act — the Adoption Act, the CFCSA and also the federal act. The judicial review would be subject to the standards in Bill 39, which would then, in turn, actually have a look at the standards that were set in the acts under which the decisions were made.
M. Lee: I appreciate the reference back to Bill 39. That’s the reason why I’m asking the question: because there are no standards set out in Bill 39. So I think, based on the answer from the minister, that would mean that there’s a reliance on the act itself, or also reliance on what’s set out in the agreement. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes. It’s what’s set out in our provincial legislation, what’s set out in the federal legislation and what’s in the section 6 or 7 agreement.
M. Lee: I think my only comment, then, based on the discussion, is that there’s going to be a lot of weight that’s going to have to be spelled out in the section 6 and section 7 agreement as it goes forward. And I think it’s important for Indigenous governing bodies to understand that, as they enter into those discussions.
Just one other question from myself on this clause. Section 74.3 makes reference to conditions in the decision-making agreement, or statutory power agreement that we’ve been talking about, being included relating to “the use, disclosure and security of information.” Can the minister describe or further elaborate as to the nature of this requirement in these agreements?
Hon. M. Dean: The conditions would need to make sure that the ministry is meeting our obligations with regard to information-sharing. There are laws and regulations that determine our obligations with regard to information. That’s what those conditions would apply to — for example, protections for privacy of information.
K. Kirkpatrick: Having not seen these agreements, I’m just wondering if I can get a sense for something that has come to me a few times since the bill was introduced. Do these agreements allow for the Representative for Children and Youth to retain their role if that Indigenous governing body agrees or wishes for them to do so? In those agreements — if that’s not able — could that be contemplated?
Hon. M. Dean: In the circumstances of section 6 and section 7 agreements, the role of the Representative for Children and Youth continues to apply.
A. Olsen: For clarification, basically, we’ve got three ways that are outlined for Indigenous nations to take control of jurisdiction for child welfare. There are the coordination agreements that we’ve been talking about up until this section. There are section 6 and section 7 agreements that are outlined — more comprehensive agreements that negotiate more than just child welfare. Do I have this right? The coordination agreements would be very much just focused on child welfare. Section 6 and section 7 agreements could be in a more expansive agreement with the provincial government that includes child welfare within them. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: I’ll try to make it clear. There’s one route to jurisdiction: that’s through coordination agreements. Section 6 and section 7 are shared decision-making, which can apply to child welfare, child and youth family services. We already, currently, have section 92.1 under the CFCSA, which is cooperation.
Those are three different options that can be chosen by a nation or an Indigenous governing body that relate to different ways of exercising authority and making decisions.
A. Olsen: The coordination agreements that we’re talking about here are not shared decision-making agreements. They’re different from the shared decision-making model. The coordination agreement is the Indigenous governing body entirely taking jurisdiction of child welfare and not in a shared decision-making relationship with other Crown governments?
Hon. M. Dean: Nations can exercise jurisdiction. Nations have the inherent right to jurisdiction over child, youth and family services. The coordination agreement is the mechanism for making sure that there is coordination between jurisdictions so that there’s clarity for children, youth and families about where the jurisdiction applies.
It’s the opportunity for coming together. It’s not a negotiation; it’s a partnership. It’s an opportunity for coordinating, led by the Indigenous nation, the Indigenous governing body, as to how they want to exercise their jurisdiction. There’s a continuum of the amount of where they want to exercise jurisdiction in service delivery. Choices can be made about what’s left with the province, with the provincial government, and choices need to be made about where jurisdiction is being exercised, what services are going to be delivered and by whom.
A. Olsen: Finally, on this section, just for clarity — I appreciate this; I think this is helpful — the reference in this new division that’s being added, division 1, referencing and defining the agreements here, is this simply because it was not in the agreement previously? This is the first amendment since DRIPA has come in, so do we want to just make sure that this act is now referencing the different shared decision-making agreements that are now created through DRIPA?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes. Through our consultation, Indigenous communities and leadership said they wanted this opportunity for section 6 and section 7, as well as coordination, agreements.
A. Olsen: Finally, really finally, for my colleagues in the official opposition, on this section: the language around 74.2, for example, outlines (1) through (4). This is language that’s in the Declaration Act, that is being brought from the Declaration Act into this legislation?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, and it extends to statutory powers.
M. Lee: For clarity here, based on the earlier responses, sub (3), though, of 74.2 is new, as it applies to statutory power agreements. This is a new requirement for statutory power agreements that’s not set out under DRIPA.
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
K. Kirkpatrick: I may have misunderstood the last question with respect to the role of the RCY moving forward. I understood, and this may have just been my misinterpretation, that the RCY would not have a role once jurisdiction has gone to a nation. The role would end at that point. But in the minister’s last answer, it seemed that there is a continuing role. I was just a bit foggy about how that is going to work.
Hon. M. Dean: Under section 6 and section 7 agreements, the province is still exercising statutory authority. That’s how come the Representative for Children and Youth would still have a role. Under coordination agreements, nations are exercising jurisdiction. It will be their own determination as to how, when, whether they want to invite the Representative for Children and Youth to have a role.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister. That’s very helpful. I’m understanding, then — and this is just a confirmation — that through a coordination agreement, it would be then up to the nation or the Indigenous governing body to come to an agreement directly with the RCY, should the RCY’s legislation allow them to do so.
Hon. M. Dean: Wherever the ministry continues to exercise statutory authority, the RCY will continue to have a role. Where nations are exercising jurisdiction, it won’t be in our coordination agreements.
Clauses 12 to 14 inclusive approved.
On clause 15.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister outline why there’s been a shift in language away from protection from liability to immunity from legal proceedings?
Hon. M. Dean: It’s updated drafting language.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide an example of when this section 79 may be used?
Hon. M. Dean: In any legal proceeding.
M. Lee: It may be another way to come at this, because the minister’s previous response was it’s updated drafting. Can the minister walk through with us what specific adjustments were made to this immunity protection under this act?
Hon. M. Dean: It’s ensuring that someone representing an Indigenous governing body and making a decision under section 6 or 7 has protection. That protection would be equivalent to a public servant.
Clauses 15 and 16 approved.
On clause 17.
K. Kirkpatrick: I’d just like to celebrate at this time that we’re now at the children and family community services act.
Clause 17. With the definition of “director,” can the minister confirm whether director, when used here in this act, means both the provincial director of child welfare and the Indigenous child welfare director?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister. Can the minister explain to the House why the director for Indigenous child welfare is determined by regulation rather than within the act, like the provincial director of child welfare?
Hon. M. Dean: We have a lot more consultation to do.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide, although I understand that consultation still needs to take place, an example of what those expected duties, obligations, responsibilities and powers of the director of Indigenous child welfare will be?
Hon. M. Dean: The Indigenous child welfare role will oversee child welfare services and critical decisions that are related to Indigenous children and families in B.C.
The oversight will include child welfare services delivered by both the ministry and Indigenous child and family service agencies, and it might include oversight of service delivery principles in alignment with the United Nations declaration on the rights of Indigenous peoples and the federal act and ensuring that all directors uphold the individual and collective rights of Indigenous peoples.
K. Kirkpatrick: If I understand from the act, there is a difference in terms of level of authority between the director for Indigenous child welfare and the provincial director.
Do they have the same level of authority, and if not, why so?
Hon. M. Dean: They have the same level of authority.
K. Kirkpatrick: What meaningful role will the Indigenous director provide? For example, their decision-making authority — what would that look like? What kinds of things would their decision-making authority cover?
Hon. M. Dean: The Indigenous child welfare director will be delegated under section 91 of the CFCSA. They will have a broad suite of powers. In practice, and we will have these conversations in consultation with Indigenous partners, they will have responsibility for immediate changes to child welfare and support the harmonization of Indigenous and provincial laws. They’ll ensure that all layers of the child safety system are positioned to effectively support the new multi-jurisdictional child support system whilst also working to change the current system.
A key function will be to support the transformation of our system and advance the Indigenous exercise of child welfare jurisdiction and promote the harmonization of provincial Indigenous laws.
M. Lee: I think just in view of the response, as we talk about and refer forward to section 91…. I think just because of the rapid nature, as we get through the next number of hours here, it’s worth just asking the question based on the response from the minister and the way that she outlined the duties of the Indigenous child welfare director.
The minister, in a previous response, said that this Indigenous child welfare director would have the same level of authority as a director. Putting those two responses together, can the minister confirm, then, that in addition to the roles and responsibilities, powers, duties and functions that are set out under section 91 in clause 52 of this bill, an Indigenous child welfare director has the same responsibilities somewhere else that’s set out as a director?
Again, this Indigenous child welfare director doesn’t just have the responsibilities and duties and functions that are set out in section 91 and 91.2 but will have the same duties as the provincial director as well.
Hon. M. Dean: The powers are the same. If the member has a look at clause 52, that’s where you’ll see that that’s confirmed.
M. Lee: We’ll reconfirm that as we get to clause 52, as the minister suggests.
Just back on the definition of an Indigenous authority, if we could just walk through that, what other kinds of bodies or entities are contemplated here to be an Indigenous authority, other than an Indigenous governing body?
Hon. M. Dean: This is essentially a recognition that the administrative body might be different to the governing body. It might be the service agency.
M. Lee: I know that the member for West Vancouver–Capilano will find opportunities to talk about that existing service relationship and sharing of responsibility and funding resource for the delegated agencies and many of the agencies that are currently acting in the province.
When we look at…. If the minister can provide where the provincial director of child welfare will have authority over an Indigenous governing body.
Hon. M. Dean: There’s no authority of the director over the Indigenous governing body, or the Indigenous governing body over the director.
M. Lee: I believe that as we look through these definitions and go into the balance of the act, we’ll want to understand some of the jurisdictional overlaps. For example, with Indigenous law, is there any…? Just to confirm where the jurisdiction of the provincial director of child welfare and Indigenous law intersect, is there an example of where that might occur? If so, how will disputes be resolved, if there are any?
Hon. M. Dean: I’ll give an example to the member. If MCFD receives a concern about a child, for example, and then MCFD identifies that the child of concern is an Indigenous child, what needs to happen next is to determine exactly which community that child is a member of and then identify if there is an Indigenous governing body that then has responsibility for that child. Then immediately, the social worker would be able to refer to the coordination agreement, and that would actually identify which law would be in operation, what the next steps would be.
M. Lee: I appreciate that we’re in the definition, so we’re asking conceptual questions as to how this will all fit together. I know that there may well be, as we talk about specific sections that are subsequent to this section, some structural items that relate to this.
Just to ask the question at the outset, keeping in mind the minister’s response when we talk about coordination agreements as well. In the operation of the agreement itself, the coordination agreement, will there be constraints or restrictions, qualifications set around the operation and how the Indigenous law might be applied vis-à-vis what the ongoing service delivery duties under this Adoption Act are for the director?
Hon. M. Dean: The coordination agreements are exactly that. They’re about coordinating the response to children and youth so the authorities don’t overlap of the IGB and the ministry, and there are no gaps. At the end of the day, what we’re doing is putting children and youth at the centre and making sure, where there’s a concern, that they’re responded to. Through the coordination agreement, we know where that response should be coming from.
K. Kirkpatrick: Could the minister outline why the guiding principles were not amended in this bill?
Hon. M. Dean: Based on our consultation, we focused on the service delivery principles. I would direct the member to clause 18 to be able to locate those.
K. Kirkpatrick: Will First Nations, Métis and Inuit children and youth receive services that are substantively equal, regardless of ancestry or residency?
Hon. M. Dean: They’ll receive services either from the Indigenous governing body or from us. If they receive services from us, then the principles are here in the act.
K. Kirkpatrick: Will any funding differences occur for those services between treaty and non-treaty nations?
Hon. M. Dean: If the treaty nations are delivering services and receiving funding through the treaty, then that’s how they will receive their funding. And if nations and Indigenous governing bodies are at coordination agreements, then financial agreements will be made at those tables, bearing in mind that we’re developing a fiscal framework with the federal government as well as with Indigenous partners.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister. That is helpful. Can the minister explain whether the DAAs will still be funded and how that will work with their role?
The Chair: Just a reminder to all members just to keep the conversations at a very low minimum, because multiple conversations get very loud. Thank you.
Hon. M. Dean: There are no changes planned to the funding of the now-called Indigenous child and family service agencies. Where Indigenous governing bodies are exercising jurisdiction, they will determine who they want to be providing services and what their relationships will be with the Indigenous child and family service agencies.
M. Lee: Just on that point. I know that we had the opportunity to talk earlier in this committee proceeding about the fiscal framework and what’s being looked at, tripartite or otherwise.
As the minister responded in that manner, does the minister expect, as we go forward with the transition under a coordinated agreement, for example, where an Indigenous governing body makes a decision to continue to utilize the services of an Indigenous child and family services agency, that the funding that might have gone directly to that agency is now going to go directly to the nation, in order to make the decision as to where the funding goes from there?
Hon. M. Dean: We’re still in our consultations with regard to the fiscal framework.
K. Kirkpatrick: Just to leave this clause and just confirmation here…. Will all youth be able to access products, services and supports that they need according to Jordan’s principle?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes. Jordan’s principle continues to apply.
Clause 17 approved.
On clause 18.
K. Kirkpatrick: In this clause, it states that there should be consultation and cooperation with Indigenous peoples and governing bodies. Why is it “should be” and not “must be” in the planning and delivery of services?
Hon. M. Dean: This clause that we’re talking about here needs to be read in concert with the best interests, section 4 of the CFCSA, which directs what must be taken into account, and the federal section regarding best interests as well, which again says what must be taken into account. Having the “should” and leaving the “should” in this clause here really reflects, as we were talking about before, the kind of day-to-day assessment of social workers. They’ve got some really clear guidance about what they absolutely must be looking at, and here there’s a good, comprehensive list of all the other areas that need to be looked at as well.
M. Lee: I appreciate the response.
When we look at what is coming up in terms of self-government principles, let me say, though…. I meant to say this earlier in terms of this bill. Because the bill is in two parts, part 1 and part 2 — Bill 38, that is — we have at various junctures on part 1, dealing with the Adoption Act, had a series of exchanges dealing with some areas of both acts, which are overlapping or similar, like the long discussion we had relating to consultation.
Consultation, of course, applies to both of these acts and the entirety of Bill 38. Also, in terms of the discussion we had about the definition of Indigenous child, where there wasn’t a separate definition of Métis child or Inuit child…. That definition, of course, is in clause 17 of Bill 38, as it relates to the Child, Family and Community Service Act amendments.
Just to acknowledge to the committee that the points that we were making to date on part 1 of this bill do apply to part 2 of this bill, so that we’re not having to go through it again. Otherwise we would be taking more of the time that we have not available to ourselves to do this clause by clause.
With that acknowledgment in place, I just want to say, back on this particular provision, that the response from the minister, again, is guidance particularly to social workers and other staff members having to work with this new bill, this new act. But, of course, we do have the self-government principles and recognition of the inherent right of self-government by Indigenous peoples and nations. We have stronger language, in fact, to do with what that means in the area of children and family services and also Indigenous laws having the force of law. We will get into that in a moment.
I would have expected, though, in the language here that it is not a suggestion from a service delivery point of view, which is what this section is, but that it should be contemplated…. Given the recognition of Indigenous laws under Bill 38, is this not…? The phrasing of this — should this not be cognizant of that recognition and also the commitments that the minister has spoken to at length relating to the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act, all of the articles under that act in section 35, and recognition of jurisprudence as well?
Hon. M. Dean: Through this process, we have strengthened the service delivery principles, and we are able to ensure that decisions and services are consistent with those principles. Here, where it reads “should,” that is a clear duty. It’s a direction of duty to front-line workers to apply all of these service delivery principles in a unique way to each of the unique children and youth that are being served.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister for that answer. I’m a bit uncomfortable with that answer. If we look at something…. For example, (b)(b.1), when we’re talking about services planned and provided in ways that prevent discrimination under the human rights code and promote substantive equality…. I can’t envision a way in which that would not be a “would,” as opposed to a “should.” I don’t feel that that is in line with the commitments that we’re making.
Hon. M. Dean: In legislative drafting, “should” is a duty that the director must be held accountable to.
Clause 18 approved.
On clause 19.
M. Lee: We’re back on a continuation of the discussion we had earlier. I gave the acknowledgment of part 1 of this bill and how it applies some of the discussion points. This is another example. It’s an example, but it’s different, because we do have language now that is arguably stronger in terms of, certainly, what the inherent right of self-government includes — jurisdiction in relation to Indigenous child and family services, as well as Indigenous laws having the force of law in British Columbia.
Maybe I can just stop there in terms of sub (c), because this picks up the line of inquiry by the member for Skeena, our colleague, as they had the discussion around Indigenous laws.
As I heard the minister respond to the member for Skeena’s questions, which were full in nature…. A couple of questions might arise from that. One is: in terms of the codification by nations that is occurring, as the minister referred to, I believe I heard the minister say that it is in the hands of the nations themselves, that there is no further review that government will be doing about those laws. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
M. Lee: In terms of where that takes us, we have set out here that with the potential conflict between this act itself and an Indigenous law, the Indigenous law would prevail, to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency. So as we look at that, we know that this provision under the Quebec Court of Appeal in the current proceeding that is occurring, which I do understand is going to the Supreme Court of Canada in December…. This is one of the provisions that relates to, I think, section 22 of C-92, in terms of the equivalent provision around paramountcy.
I know, and looking at the factum that was submitted by the Attorney General’s ministry in relation to the Quebec Court of Appeal…. I would ask the minister to confirm the province’s position on this type of provision — vis-à-vis the jurisdiction of the federal, provincial and Indigenous laws — as to how the order of precedence occurs, recognizing that it is something that the Quebec Court of Appeal has stated in their findings, in their ruling, that is not constitutional. That is the reason why it’s going to the Supreme Court of Canada.
Just to reiterate, for the purpose of this bill coming through the House at this juncture, what the position of the government is vis-à-vis this conflict-of-laws provision.
Hon. M. Dean: Section 4.2 provides that in the event of conflict or inconsistency, Indigenous laws prevail over the CFCSA in most but not all instances. So for example and as set out in section 4.4(1), an Indigenous law does not have the effect of imposing specific duties or restrictions on a director or requiring that specific services be provided or not provided by a director absent an agreement.
These provisions were very carefully calibrated and developed in consultation and cooperation with Indigenous peoples in B.C. and take a different approach to the relationship of Indigenous and provincial laws than the federal act.
M. Lee: I think, hearing the minister, that the construction of section 4.2 is in a manner that is different from Bill C-92. And as a result, that’s the reason why there are the specific carve-outs in terms of where jurisdiction prevails by Indigenous law.
The minister just made reference to consultation. In my discussions with some nations, I get the impression that there were significant changes in some of the consultation drafts around, for example…. We’re still on clause 19, so just to jump to that part, as the minister referred us to, 4.4(1).
Can the minister walk through with us in detail that provision and what that means to the ability of an Indigenous nation to have their own inherent right of self-governance for their children and recognizing that the jurisdiction of the director still may or may not apply in the context of that self-governance arrangement?
Hon. M. Dean: As set out in section 4.4(1), “an Indigenous law does not have the effect of imposing specific duties or restrictions on a director, or requiring that specific services be provided or not provided by a director” absent an agreement.
M. Lee: I certainly understand the minister’s recitation of the words that are set out in 4.4(1). The language does state what the minister just stated.
Let me ask the question this way, then. When did this change to this provision come in vis-à-vis the consultation draft? Did it come in after the Quebec Court of Appeal decision came out? Was it in the third consultation draft?
Hon. M. Dean: This was all after the Quebec Court of Appeal.
M. Lee: If we stand back and look at that, the federal framework, Bill C-92, has the ability to set out clearly that in the area of conflict, Indigenous laws prevail to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency. That is actually where, in Bill C-92, 22(3) sets that out. This provision here, again, the equivalent in this Bill 38, qualifies that.
The minister confirms that that change, this new language, came in — which I do understand, then, does…. For some of those nations that have been involved in the consultation process and the development of this bill, I can appreciate their reaction to this qualification. It appears that some nations see this as an undue restriction on Indigenous law.
But just to walk back through this, one way to read this provision is that unless the director agrees to a requirement by way of agreement, then there can’t be duties or restrictions imposed on the director.
I will say that when reading this provision, I tend to focus more on the duties. But I suppose that the restrictions are just as problematic or questioned as it pertains to how Indigenous nations can be recognized, and also in terms of their laws recognized, that this is where, again, we get into the jurisdictional conflict. If there is recognition and Indigenous laws have the force of law in the province, there is no review by government as to the codification of that Indigenous law. Basically, as an Indigenous nation comes forward and presents to government, “Here is our law relating to Indigenous children and family services,” from what we’re hearing from the minister, the government will accept that law.
But to the extent that that puts restrictions on the director and the director’s jurisdiction, then if there’s a conflict, unless the director has agreed to that, that Indigenous law will not take precedence over this act.
I think we need to be very clear with nations as to what is occurring here and what this bill structure looks like. If the minister…. Of course, because….
Well, maybe I can ask it this way. With the drafting of Bill 38 — again, mindful of the question that the member for Skeena asked — is there a current reference document in terms of an Indigenous law? Has a nation presented their set of Indigenous laws for children and family services so that the minister and their team has been able to evaluate or assess where the areas of potential conflict might lie? Has there been a case of that at this time?
Hon. M. Dean: So 4.2 directs that Indigenous law prevails in a conflict, and that’s the same as the federal law as well. What 4.4(1) is doing is basically saying a government cannot unilaterally bind another government. That applies from the province to the Indigenous-governing body and the other way around.
The Chair: Okay. Members, we are going to take a ten-minute recess and come back. Right now it is a quarter to seven, so at five to seven. We will recess and see you back there then.
The committee recessed from 6:43 p.m. to 6:56 p.m.
[M. Dykeman in the chair.]
The Chair: We are currently on clause 19.
M. Lee: With the response the minister provided…. Just to see how that would come about, we look at section 4.5. That leads in, of course: “In the event of a dispute under this Act about the application of an Indigenous law or whether a director’s provision of service is consistent with an Indigenous law….” This seems to be a pretty live example of where the conflict might arise because of the fact that the Indigenous law cannot impose restrictions on the director.
Sub (a) and sub (b) talk about what should happen in the event of a dispute. Sub (b) talks about: “the director must consult and cooperate with Indigenous authorities to resolve the dispute in a timely manner and must give due consideration….”
In the case of a dispute like this…. It seems to be set up, possibly, under 4.4(1), given the nature of the provision…. What is contemplated, under this bill, as to who would actually go through that dispute? What type of Indigenous authority are we contemplating here who would consult with the director to try and resolve the dispute?
Hon. M. Dean: Section 4.5(a) is the concept of Jordan’s principle. So it’s making sure that that is very clear. And the Indigenous authority is that that we talked about under clause 17. That may or may not be an Indigenous governing body.
At the end of the day, the child is put at the centre. The duty is to make sure that the child is receiving the services that they need while…. If there is a conflict, that is resolved as quickly as possible without disrupting or interrupting the services for the child.
M. Lee: I certainly appreciate the reference to Jordan’s principle, which the member for West Vancouver–Capilano raised as well earlier.
If we track the language in clause 17, which I believe the minister just referred to…. “‘Indigenous authority’ means a body or entity, including an Indigenous governing body, that is authorized by an Indigenous governing body to provide Indigenous child and family services under Indigenous law.”
As we talked about earlier, if it’s not an Indigenous governing body itself, it’s likely an Indigenous child and family services agency or some other entity, but it is an entity that is providing the services.
Again, where there’s a dispute and there’s supposed to be a resolution of that dispute under sub 4.5(b), what Indigenous authority will be turned to by the director to resolve that dispute?
Hon. M. Dean: That will be clarified through the coordination agreement or under the Indigenous governing body’s law.
M. Lee: I think the minister is suggesting, if that’s what I’m hearing at the committee stage here, that a coordination agreement can effectively amend this bill. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: No.
M. Lee: Then I see a contradiction here as to how this is going to be defined.
This Indigenous authority definition is defined quite specifically. I’m asking the minister, then, apart from the technical way of how this might proceed…. Can she give us an example of an Indigenous authority, as contemplated under this bill, that could resolve a dispute under subsection 4.5(b)?
Hon. M. Dean: We’re at coordination tables at the moment. We’re having conversations with the federal government and with Indigenous governing bodies that include areas of discussion such as this.
The situation for each Indigenous governing body and at each coordination table is different. It will be different because the nation’s laws will be different. How they want to work with the provincial government will be different, and how they want services to be delivered will be different. Dealing with a dispute will be written into the coordination agreements in accordance with each unique situation at those tables.
M. Lee: Well, I think we’ve canvassed this for the time that we have.
To two points, one relating to the clarity of language and the limitation on the definition of “Indigenous authority.” That is something that, I would suggest to this government and to this ministry, will need to be clarified, perhaps, in future amendments to this legislation or by regulation or some effect.
The coordination agreement may well be a source for governing how disputes should be resolved and could be fit within the framework, potentially. As the member for West Vancouver–Capilano just suggested to me, that would suggest that there should be some linkage and reference to those coordination agreements that may well be directly situated in this part of the bill.
We will just leave that there for now. I do need to move on, with the time that we have.
This carve-out to section 4.2, in the lead-in, makes reference to, as well as…. Apart from sub 4.4(1), which we were just talking about, is sub 4.3(4). Sub 4.3(4) says that if a director provides services, under the act, to whom an Indigenous law applies, which are in relation to an Indigenous child, the director must provide the services as follows — this, again, is subject to sub 4.4(2) and (3) — and in a manner consistent with the Indigenous law, if the Indigenous law is provided in writing to the director.
In this section of the bill, it actually gives two options as to what will happen with the director and as to what services the director must ensure are being provided under the act. It needs to be in a manner that is consistent with the Indigenous law, if the law is provided in writing. If it’s not provided in writing, it needs to be provided in accordance with an agreement referred to in paragraph sub (b).
First of all, can the minister walk us through what is contemplated under sub 4.3(4)(b)? “In accordance with an agreement (i) entered into under this Act, or” — I think I know what the answer from the minister is going to be about that — “(ii) referred to in Division 1 of Part 7.” Can the minister describe these forms of agreements?
Hon. M. Dean: The agreement that is being referred to here is a coordination agreement under the federal act.
M. Lee: That may well be…. Is that sub (b)(i), in terms of “referred to in Division 1 of Part 7”? Is that the same?
Hon. M. Dean: That second point there, division 1, is relating to section 6 and section 7 agreements under the Declaration Act.
M. Lee: I wanted to ask just because…. We’re in this section, and we could ask the section question later, as we pick this up.
Just with the interaction between this provision for dispute resolution in clause 19, the one that we were talking about earlier, versus what’s set out in clause 24 of this bill…. I appreciate that clause 24 of the bill is amending the existing section 22 of the CFCSA act.
Are we not talking about the same form of dispute here, and why is it referred to in two separate places in two slightly different ways?
Hon. M. Dean: Clause 24 allows for alternative dispute processes. For example, that could be through Indigenous law.
M. Lee: We can talk more about that provision when we get there.
Just coming back to this provision 4.2 and how it came into the bill. Let me ask to the minister. The minister did confirm that this provision did get finalized, let’s say, in light of the Quebec Court of Appeal decision. Were there other timing pressures here, in terms of the way the bill came forward, that were relevant as a result of that Quebec Court of Appeal decision and the fact that this is going to the Supreme Court of Canada?
Hon. M. Dean: There was no pressure because of the processes around the Court of Appeal. What was becoming urgent is that Indigenous governing bodies are reaching the finalization of coordination agreements. So we needed to make sure we have provincial legislation that supports the operationalization of coordination agreements.
A. Olsen: Just for some clarification. All the way through this process, the minister has been stating that, basically, Indigenous governing bodies can have jurisdiction if they want it. They just have to say it, basically, is really the feeling that I’ve got from the response. In fact, when I think it was pressed from our colleagues in the B.C. Liberals about this, in the official opposition, there’s not really any additional scrutiny that’s going to happen with that. But in this section, is it correct, now, outlining that all of that is actually not the case because this requires an agreement?
Hon. M. Dean: Nations have inherent jurisdiction, and jurisdiction is exercised through the federal act. Nations do not need to have a coordination agreement. What our provisions clarify is what happens if there’s a conflict, and that a government, be it an Indigenous government or provincial government, cannot bind another government without an agreement. So where there is an agreement, then it can be clear, which is in the interests of children and youth and families, who’s doing what and make sure that the jurisdiction landscape is seamless for all children and youth. That’s determined by the nation.
It allows that the province can step away, and it also allows that if the nation wants to ask the province to take on certain areas of service delivery and responsibilities, an agreement can be reached that can clarify that. When nations are exercising jurisdiction, the provisions in our provincial legislation will apply.
A. Olsen: I really think that this…. I’m glad that the minister is making a distinction here, because it’s been raised to me that that’s not the impression that’s been left out there, at least for some. In section 4.4(1), the impression that’s been left for some is that basically there’s a claim that the provincial government is going to recognize Indigenous laws, as the minister has framed it here, in any way they come forward, really — in writing, not in writing.
There’s really been an impression left here today and yesterday — mostly today, actually, as I’ve been following along — that there is really no form or character that’s unacceptable to how those laws can be expressed by an Indigenous nation. Yet in 4.4(1), there is also this clause that the laws cannot impose any duty or restrictions on provincial directors.
There is, I think, a feeling out there that, in fact, this is an appearance of doing this — the effect of embracing and agreeing that Indigenous communities can create these child welfare laws and that there’s really a wide amount of freedom to do that, yet then there’s this clause that is lingering there that has the provincial director superseding those.
Hon. M. Dean: No, there’s no superseding here. All of these sections in this clause need to be read together, because it really does reinforce and provide the provision that it must be identified when an Indigenous law applies and how the director needs to work under Indigenous law as well.
All that clause 4.4(1) says is that a government cannot require another government to do something without an agreement. So an Indigenous governing body can’t tell the Ministry of Children and Family Development to deliver a service or to provide expenses without that being agreed.
A. Olsen: What it says is that they can’t impose duties or restrictions on a director. That’s what it says. Basically, what it does and what it says and what it has said to the nations that we’ve talked to is that it puts the director above. It says: “An Indigenous law does not have the effect of imposing specific duties or restrictions on a director….” The director is and remains above unless there’s an agreement.
Yet all the way through this debate, whenever the question has been asked, the minister has stood up and given very, very short answers — yes, no, no, yes — to questions that have been asked by members of the opposition as to whether or not an Indigenous law has any form or character that needs to be delivered in any certain kind of way at any certain time or place.
There have been no parameters around what an Indigenous law has. Now, unless there’s an agreement with the government, this Indigenous law cannot impose duty or restrictions on the director. That’s what section 4.4(1) says.
Hon. M. Dean: If Indigenous jurisdiction applies in the situation for a child or youth or family, then the director doesn’t have a role. The director doesn’t have a role unless the Indigenous governing body has asked, through an agreement, for the director to take on certain authority or duty.
M. Lee: I appreciate the discussion further with the House Leader for the Third Party.
This was a point that I was trying to get at earlier as well, and in hearing the minister respond, she is presenting this in the same manner that I originally read this section a couple of weeks ago, when this bill was presented. I thought it also said that Indigenous law does not have the effect of imposing, one could say — and these aren’t the words — new duties or any duties on the director unless by agreement. I think I heard the minister say this, meaning one nation or one government cannot impose on another government or nation that.
My concern, though, is actually the word “restrictions,” because when you read “restrictions,” it’s more than just about doing things. It’s about the current jurisdiction of the director for care for children under care, under these legislative frameworks, that system that we’re talking about transitioning. Presumably, there will be, with an Indigenous law that comes into place for care for children…. That will mean that the director’s jurisdiction will be restricted.
That’s what I’m driving at here, and I think that’s what the House Leader for the Third Party is as well. This is the concern that we’ve been hearing from nations. So I think this is actually the critical section of the bill because, arguably, it changes the entire character of what the bill is trying to accomplish here.
I do have another question relating to this situation, but perhaps I’ll just give the minister an opportunity to respond to the specific question around restrictions, and if the minister can follow my line of approach here and concern around that term.
Hon. M. Dean: There may, in some circumstances, be a time when the director is involved and has to be involved. For example, if we think about if there’s a report to the ministry of concern about an Indigenous child or youth, then the director has positive obligations to be making sure that where a concern has been reported, that is addressed and that the child’s safety is paramount.
They have to find out whether that child or youth is Indigenous. They have to find out which community that child or youth is a member of. And they have to connect with that community. Once they’ve connected with that community, they will be able to work with that community and reach an agreement about the exact next steps for that child or youth in accordance and in relation with the laws of that Indigenous community.
The director will have a role up until when the nation’s laws are in full force, and the director then is able to step away. The director has positive obligations on them that Indigenous laws apply. So once they’ve reached an agreement with the community, the director will be able to step away. But the director still has obligations under the act.
If they receive a concern, then they have obligations to respond to that. There are many, many obligations throughout the whole of this legislation, even in section 4. Under section 4.3, as I say, the director has to take all reasonable steps to confirm whether a child is Indigenous. If they are, they “must promptly take all reasonable steps to obtain information about and confirm whether there is (a) an Indigenous authority with jurisdiction…and (b) an applicable Indigenous law in relation to the child.” If there is, they’ve got to “promptly take steps when an Indigenous authority is to provide Indigenous child and family services in relation to the child….”
There are a lot of positive obligations on the director to make sure that they’re respecting in Indigenous laws. What 4.4(1) outlines is that working together in partnership to serve Indigenous children, youth and families, it isn’t possible for a government to tell another government what services to be delivering. So an Indigenous governing body is not able to direct the director and say a particular type of service must be delivered for an Indigenous child or youth in a particular circumstance, but the positive obligations on the director are very much to recognize and work in accordance with Indigenous laws.
A. Olsen: Has it not been the case forever that one government, the provincial government, has been imposing itself entirely upon another government, an Indigenous government?
Hon. M. Dean: Up to now, the CFCSA has applied in the province of British Columbia. We know that it has resulted in overrepresentation of Indigenous children and youth in the child welfare system. We know that it has caused harms, and we know that the whole colonial system has caused intergenerational trauma and harm.
Our government is committed to addressing the epidemic of Indigenous children and youth in care. By bringing forward this legislation, we have been working with Indigenous partners and Indigenous leaders to find solutions and to create a new pathway forward so that nations can exercise jurisdiction.
We all know that that will lead to better outcomes for Indigenous children and youth. That’s what we want to do: to work with Indigenous partners so that we end the epidemic of Indigenous children and youth in care and that Indigenous children and youth are cared for and kept connected to their families, their cultures and their communities. We know that that will support them in thriving.
We know that we are moving towards a multi-jurisdictional model under the federal act. It’s important that we have a seamless landscape of jurisdiction, to make sure that children and youth get the services where and when they need them and that we’re very clear on who has jurisdiction and how services are going to be delivered.
We know, as well, that that’s going to be different for all communities and all nations. So we have processes for reaching those agreements, for respecting Indigenous laws and Indigenous jurisdiction. By introducing this legislation, debating this legislation, the vision and the intention are to create those improved outcomes for Indigenous children and youth, who will stay connected to their family, their community and their culture.
A. Olsen: I think, to be clear, I embrace everything that the minister just said, with the vision, with the goals, with the outcomes. Concerns have been raised to us, and one of the challenges that I’m experiencing through this, in the responses, is that one government can’t impose duties or restrictions — I can’t remember exactly the language — on another government, but that has been entirely the experience. That’s the point that I was making in this.
What it sounds like is that Indigenous governments can’t impose those duties and restrictions on Crown governments, when the experience of Indigenous people in this, the reason why we’re doing this, is that Crown governments, in both the federal government’s laws and the provincial governments,’ have put themselves entirely upon Indigenous people, fully controlling child welfare.
I understand that, and I celebrate the fact that we are unwinding that. The point that has been brought to our attention — it sounds like the attention of both of us — is that this clause here is seen as the ripcord in a parachute, say, the escape clause, by Indigenous nations. When lawyers read this, they’re equally as confused as, probably, the public are on this. Ensuring that this clause is not the escape out of all of this and that the government of British Columbia, and perhaps the federal government of Canada, don’t continue to have the ability….
As was pointed out just a few minutes ago, after pressing and after having a few responses back from the minister that, no, that is not what it was, the minister came back with one example of how the director might need to be unfettered. If you can come up with one, then I think the concern is that you can come up with many.
With people that I’ve talked to, the concerns that have been raised are that this is creating the pathway that we’ve celebrated in this House, to a great extent, and that we are not coming back here for several months from now, after hearing the fact that actually the provincial government continues to have more control than has been celebrated.
Hon. M. Dean: Thank you for that. I don’t have much to add to that. The intention of this clause is not to create an escape route for the provincial government. The absolute commitment here is to be working in partnership. Indeed, we’ve seen many nations requesting coordination tables with the federal government. We’re expecting to be doing the work in partnership so that there’s absolute clarity of jurisdiction and in how it’s being exercised and for the province to either back away or to work in partnership alongside, depending on what the nations want.
We need that clarity because we are entering a multi-jurisdictional landscape. For the children and youth who are at the centre of all of our discussions here today, we need to have that clarification.
M. Lee: To walk back through this, I do think the House Leader for the Third Party has stated it in a good manner, in terms of the concern, certainly, from nations that I’ve heard from as well.
Working back through, though, the response previous from the minister, just trying to work with it, one thing I wanted to just clarify in an earlier exchange between the House Leader and the minister, in response…. Indigenous laws can be not provided in writing if there is a coordination agreement or a section 6 or section 7 agreement in place.
I don’t hear, from the minister at least, that there was any other mechanism for an Indigenous law to be provided to the director in non-written form other than it can only be done in that manner if there is a coordination agreement in place or as long as there is a section 7 or section 6 agreement in place.
Again, the minister can correct the record, but I just want to correct what the exchange was that I heard between the House Leader and minister before that.
What the minister was describing, though, in terms of the transfer of responsibility and where the effect of subsection 4.4(1) may be problematic, or not so problematic…. It sounded like it’s not so problematic when the transition of jurisdiction has occurred to the Indigenous nation or community, in which case Indigenous laws would govern and there wouldn’t be much restriction on the director because, presumably, there are not many duties for the director to continue to perform.
So there’s been a transfer of jurisdiction to the Indigenous nation. Is that what I’m hearing from the minister?
Hon. M. Dean: Thank you to the member. Where there’s any kind of agreement, then the laws don’t have to be provided in writing, because the understanding of how the laws will apply will be in the agreement. And it isn’t a transfer of jurisdiction. It’s about the jurisdiction that nations choose to exercise.
Nations will take up however much space of the jurisdiction that they choose, and then the provincial director will back out of that space. The jurisdictions will be right next to each other so that there’s seamless jurisdiction, so that there’s absolute clarity between the nation and the province who’s delivering what services under what jurisdiction.
M. Lee: I appreciate that this is a very complex situation that’s been built up over generations, of course. And the seamless nature of nations taking over jurisdiction may seem to be, in theory, something that can be accomplished. But I guess the challenge is that we’re dealing with conflicts and we’re dealing with disputes, by necessity.
I think the reason for that is that under the bill, Indigenous laws have the force of law in British Columbia, except where, in effect, there’s a conflict or inconsistency between the act and the Indigenous law. So I know that when we take into account the federal jurisdiction — and just for a moment here, just so we recognize this….
Through the coordination agreement, when we’re dealing with an Indigenous nation and self-governance in respect of children, as we talked about earlier, the funding formula will include the federal government at the table. Is there a similar…? When the minister looks at the framework that we’re establishing here between Bill C-92 and this bill, is there a similar…?
The minister has said that it’s not a transfer of authority. It’s more words that I…. Maybe the minister can restate what the words…. She describes this as a seamless filling of responsibility that is side by side. Where does the federal government fit in that equation as well? Is that a situation where the federal government is downloading that responsibility to the province vis-à-vis the nature of this act, subject matter of this act?
Hon. M. Dean: Indigenous laws always have the force of law. That’s what it says in our bill here, and it also says that in the federal act. Provinces have primary responsibility for child welfare, so there’s no downloading from the federal government. That is provincial jurisdiction, and that’s what the province has been exercising.
M. Lee: Back to the Court of Appeal decision and what’s been under dispute in terms of the actual section of the federal legislation, which was ruled unconstitutional by the Quebec Court of Appeal. That provision, of course, was restating that in the area of provincial jurisdiction, the laws of an Indigenous group would prevail, to the extent that there was a conflict.
What amendments to this bill…? We referred to it earlier, that this provision was coming in, in view of that decision. But I’d ask the minister to walk us back through what specifically…. Is it section 4.4(1) specifically that came in as a result of that Quebec Court of Appeal decision? What specific areas of that clause were revised, and why?
Hon. M. Dean: None of this bill is in response to the Court of Appeal.
The federal government passed the act that said that Indigenous laws prevail. So we had to amend provincial legislation because we still have barriers in provincial legislation to being able to fulfil the federal act, because under our CFCSA, the director has obligations. In order for the province to be able to step aside and step away and for Indigenous laws to prevail, we have to make these changes in legislation to remove those barriers.
M. Lee: I appreciate the minister’s response, which seems a bit different from the response I received earlier, about 40 minutes ago or so. Just in terms of 4.2, the way the wording is, with the minister’s response, I would have thought, then, there wouldn’t be those subjects. It would have just said, “In the event there is an inconsistency or conflict, the Indigenous laws would govern,” and we wouldn’t have this issue in this debate for the last 40 minutes.
Having said that, I thought I heard earlier that the provisos — the reference to sections 4.3(4), 4.4(1) and (2) — were as a result of and considerations of the decision of the Quebec Court of Appeal. Let me ask the question anyways. I was under the impression, based on the discussion 40 minutes ago, that these provisos came in as a result of that.
I mentioned earlier, of course, that I understand that this is going to the Supreme Court of Canada in December. If the decision of the Supreme Court of Canada overturns the decision of the Quebec Court of Appeal in respect of these provisions — section 22(3), for example, of Bill C-92 — will this government amend section 4.2 to take away those restrictions?
Hon. M. Dean: Once the decision is released by the Supreme Court of Canada, then the province will carefully review that and then would determine at that time whether any legislative or policy response is required.
Clauses 19 and 20 approved.
On clause 21.
K. Kirkpatrick: Section 13 of the act is unfortunately necessary. Every child matters, and we care about their health, safety and well-being. Looking for some clarification on this, 13(1)(d) and (h). They’re important, and it’s understandable to include this additional certainty about when a child does not need protection, in these two specific instances, for socioeconomic reasons.
Can the minister provide examples of when and how she expects this certainty will be applied in clear practical examples?
Hon. M. Dean: What we’re putting here in the bill is actually a reflection of what happens in current practice. Our operational policies and procedures already direct staff to take this approach. Through the course of consultation, Indigenous partners told us that it was very important to have this single.
K. Kirkpatrick: Well, understanding that this is a continuation of a practice, just looking for some clarification. Are there any socioeconomic conditions beyond poverty, housing and health of a parent that the provincial director of child welfare will consider applicable in this amendment, or are the circumstances limited to just those examples?
Hon. M. Dean: So 13(3) says “including the following,” so it’s not exclusive, but it is being clear that those three are to be included, but other factors could apply.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister.
Would the minister provide an example in each of these instances of when the provincial director of child welfare would step in because of neglect by the parent?
Hon. M. Dean: Section 13 of the CFCSA actually talks in a lot of detail about neglect and what to look for. Really, I mean, it can be physical. It can be mental, emotional and needs to be harmful, causing harm to the child or youth, for there to be actions needed to be taken.
But if you think about a straightforward example of a family. For example, if a worker visits a family at the house and there’s no food in the house, then the children are not to be separated from their family because of that. The worker is to help the family fill the cupboards and the fridge with food and be able to feed the children.
M. Lee: I appreciate now we’re talking about section 13, child protection, in the CFCSA. For example, as the minister just referred to, there are many circumstances where a child may need protection, including if a child is in circumstances that endanger the child’s safety or well-being.
Here’s an example of when a director may step in, as my colleague just referred to and the minister just confirmed. When you go back to the discussion we were having, I think this is an example, generally, where the minister was talking about responding to reports. In responding to reports, a director must act, and an Indigenous law cannot have the effect of restricting the requirements under the act for the director to act, where he or she is responding to a report.
Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: If the province does not have jurisdiction, then provincial law does not apply, and the director does not have those obligations. For example, being required to act under section 13 — the jurisdiction determines who’s going to be taking action.
M. Lee: This gets back to the description of jurisdiction and how that jurisdiction is transitioned. The minister said earlier that “transfer” is not the word to utilize. I think “transition” probably is a more neutral word, because transition suggests that side by side, at some point in time, as the minister described this scenario, there will be Indigenous law, and there will be the responsibilities, the duties and the obligations under this act for child protection.
Let’s say, to use a live example, that that will coexist side by side until a point in time where Indigenous law will effectively displace the laws of this province as it pertains to that particular child. At that point in time, this responding report requirement and protection for that child will no longer be applicable. Is that what the minister is indicating?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
M. Lee: In the meantime, in the transitional time where the two laws are coexisting side by side in the scenario that the minister described earlier…. She did a better job than I am right now, because it’s her scenario. But in any event, if they’re existing side by side, then we don’t have a situation…. Well, we do have a situation where effectively, because they’re side by side, the director’s jurisdiction still is existing side by side in that Indigenous community as it applies to that child. Therefore, the director can step in and respond to the report to protect the safety of the child if the director has that concern.
That means, again, that the Indigenous law cannot restrict the ability of the director to step in under this provision of the act, which means, again, the Indigenous law does not apply to that child as it pertains to protection under this act.
Again, I’ll ask the minister if what I just stated is correct.
Hon. M. Dean: It’s only in circumstances where clarification is needed.
Let’s walk through a couple of scenarios here. If it’s obvious, then all the ministry, the director, needs to do, if they receive a concern, is just pass it on to the Indigenous authority.
Say, for example, MCFD receives a call, concerns about a family. The family lives in an Indigenous community, and the ministry knows that in that Indigenous community, the IGB is exercising jurisdiction. So the family is there. The ministry knows that the community is exercising jurisdiction, but the ministry has received the call.
They will have a contact that they call in situations like that. The social worker will pick the phone up and will speak to the Indigenous authority and say, “Look, we just received this. Clearly, it needs to go to you. I’ve done my duty. The information is now with you, and we’ll step away,” because we don’t have jurisdiction in a situation like that.
Take another situation, though. The ministry receives a call, a concern about a family, and it’s unknown to the social worker whether the family is Indigenous. They’re actually not living in their traditional territory, a community of their traditional territory. The first thing they need to do is check it out. So they’ll, for example, visit the family, immediately find out and ask if the family is Indigenous and if the child or youth is Indigenous, and then find out what community the child or youth belongs to — which community it is. They would need to then call that community.
You can imagine that a social worker would actually call up that community, speak to whoever is the Indigenous authority, find out what jurisdiction is being exercised, what services are being delivered by that Indigenous governing body and agree a plan of action of what next steps are going to be taken to safeguard the children and youth and make sure that the cultural connections and the cultural continuity is preserved as well.
Not all IGBs are going to want to take on the responsibility of child protection, for example. Until we’ve had some years of knowing and understanding what jurisdiction is being exercised in all the different nations and have those really familiar relationships, there are going to be those moments where it’s the responsibility of the director to actually reach out, ask these questions, go through these steps, clarify and agree exactly what next steps are going to be taken.
As we move forward, some nations are telling us that they want to actually exercise jurisdiction in an incremental way. That’s something else that will need to be confirmed as we move forward in our work with children and families and make sure that we’re absolutely up to date with our knowledge about the jurisdiction that’s being exercised by each of the nations.
M. Lee: I appreciate the minister walking through that response. I think that was a very helpful response, and she made a number of other additional points that we have not actually had the time to get to, in terms of next steps as we go forward. She certainly referenced, I’m sure, topics that many members in our caucus have had, with nations in our constituencies, in the same manner. Part of it is the ability to work through this new system.
I will say that that does underlie the point that I was going to make earlier. I’ll just make this last point, and the minister can acknowledge it, as I move on and pass this back over to my colleague here.
With the construction of this, in view of what the minister said, it does put significant weight, in the meantime — in this transitional period, however long this takes for any particular nation — on going to agreements.
If there are some areas vis-à-vis…. The minister named a number of different scenarios. If there is a scenario that presents itself where there is some conflict, in that the Indigenous law does actually impose a specific duty or restriction on the director, then the only way to do that is by agreement. That is actually something that I believe is contemplated here in the approach the ministry is using — which is that every nation will have their own journey through this with the ministry and that it does put significant weight on that agreement-making process.
This means it does have a tendency to really ensure that there is some complexity that needs to be worked through, including the funding mechanisms, both federally and provincially and with that nation. With that, I’ll just turn it back over to my colleague.
[D. Coulter in the chair.]
K. Kirkpatrick: I still want to ask a few more questions about child welfare and just how this is going to apply. With the amendment of section 13(3), it is referencing back to the original act, 13(1)(d) and (h). It’s giving those two examples there, which I have a hard time understanding how being physically harmed because of neglect, where we’re talking about physical harm or we’re talking about unwilling to care for a child and what the impact of…. If it’s caused by poverty, lack of adequate housing, the state of health of a parent or child, how would that impact your decision whether to remove that child or for the director to intervene?
Hon. M. Dean: There has been a long-standing concern expressed by Indigenous communities and Indigenous partners that, in practice, poverty has been interpreted as neglect and has led to separation of children from their families. What this is clearly saying is that…. As is happening in practice, it’s putting in law that that is not to happen. What that leads us to do in practice is deal with the circumstances, deal with the housing or deal with the poverty, deal with the situation so that the children can thrive and the family can stay together, because we know that’s the best thing for children and families. Where there is harm caused by neglect, that might need a protective response.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister for that explanation. I completely understand that, very often, poverty is misconstrued to be bad parenting, to be something that it’s not. And the ability to provide resources to a person, to a family to help them be sufficient and learn to help them and support them in parenting — I understand that. Where I was concerned are words such as in 13(d), where we’re talking about a child likely to be physically harmed.
Can you give an example of when a child could potentially be physically harmed but you would not intervene because of one of these other…?
Hon. M. Dean: Socioeconomic factors can inadvertently lead to harm and will have an impact on children and youth and their development. It’s still vital to deal with the condition. It’s always better for children to stay at home and with their family and for the conditions to be improved. We know that that will lead to better outcomes for children and youth and not create that traumatizing separation.
It’s always best to understand what the causes are and to respond to the causes of the situation rather than simply assess the symptoms and then take intervention on the basis of those. The approach in practice is to offer voluntary support services to alleviate those conditions whilst also recognizing that there might need to be a safety plan or some kind of risk assessment.
Clause 21 approved.
On clause 22.
M. Lee: Looking at sub (b) under clause 22, this relates back to part of what we were talking about earlier, about section 13, in terms of protection. I appreciate that this is talking about a person who makes a report, that that person does not need to report to the director if the person reports the matter to an Indigenous authority and the Indigenous authority confirms to the person who is making that report that the Indigenous authority will assess the information in the report.
I’m just sort of stitching this back to where we’ve been talking about these examples of jurisdiction and how they’re to coexist. So, again, it seems that, by virtue of section 4.4(1), Indigenous laws don’t have the effect of restricting the director, but here we have an acknowledgment that Indigenous authorities have jurisdiction.
Is that correct? Is that the way I should be interpreting this provision, that this provision, the way it’s worded, acknowledges that the Indigenous authority has jurisdiction? That’s the reason why the person does not need to report to the director.
Hon. M. Dean: So what’s happening here with section 14(1) and (1.1) is making sure that we have the duty to report in the legislation, but not creating a double duty.
So where a nation is exercising jurisdiction, a report can be made directly to the Indigenous authority. Because that exercising of jurisdiction and the service provision is already established, then that doesn’t need to be reported to the ministry as well.
K. Kirkpatrick: I would like to ask the minister just for clarification so that I understand. Section 14(b)1.1 is referring only to First Nations and Indigenous governing bodies that already have jurisdiction.
So the not needing to report to the director is only for those who have already entered into agreements and have jurisdiction.
Hon. M. Dean: Yes. This would be a situation, and we went through the definition of an Indigenous authority just yesterday, where they’re providing services under Indigenous law.
M. Lee: I appreciate that we’re back to a recognition of the authorization by an Indigenous governing body to provide Indigenous child and family services under Indigenous law. Therefore, the person who has reason to believe that an Indigenous child needs protection can report to that Indigenous authority.
All I was trying to point out, though, is that clearly, here is another example where Indigenous law is applying — that’s one part of this scenario — alongside of this act.
There’s reference here to the director. There’s no double reporting, as the minister pointed out. The director…. Well, in this case, then, it’s clear that because the reporting does not go to the director, the director, therefore, has no jurisdiction. So there is no restriction on the director and their ability to respond to the report. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes. If the ministry does not have jurisdiction, then the ministry won’t be responding to the report.
M. Lee: I’m, at this point, concerned as to how this bill hangs together. Indigenous authority…. I don’t see where the ministry acknowledgment or any agreement is set there. It seems to me that an Indigenous governing body, as defined under the DRIPA act, is there.
Let me ask that question, then. Can the minister remind me what ability or obligation there is from the ministry to qualify the Indigenous governing body? I think the minister, in reference to questions I asked yesterday, like the Métis Nation, referred to the federal government jurisdiction.
To clarify here, then, if the Indigenous governing body is approved by the federal jurisdiction, that means they have jurisdiction. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: The community or the nation identifies who they want to be their Indigenous governing body. The Indigenous governing body approaches the federal government and says: “I’m an Indigenous governing body,” representing whoever in the community they’re representing, “and want to enter into a coordination agreement to exercise jurisdiction.” The federal government will provide some kind of a response, and then we, the provincial government, will be invited to the coordination table.
M. Lee: Once that occurs, meaning there is some definition at a coordination table with the provincial government…. There’s an acknowledgment, presumably at that table, that that is the Indigenous governing body for that Indigenous community or nation. Therefore, we’re back into this bill.
A person who is reporting a matter of concern, meaning about…. An Indigenous child needing protection under section 13 of this act will, then, presumably, be referred on by the ministry to that Indigenous authority. As a result, the report is provided to the Indigenous authority and not to the director. Therefore, the director is not required to step in and respond to the report. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: If we don’t have jurisdiction, then we only take action if it’s under some kind of agreement with the Indigenous governing body.
What this section sets out is that everybody has a duty to report. There are two routes of reporting. It is possible to report to an Indigenous authority so that you can be reporting to a community where jurisdiction is being exercised. And then the ministry…. The director does not have a role. It could be reported to the ministry director, in which case, if the IGB is exercising jurisdiction, the ministry will pass that referral on to the Indigenous authority.
Jurisdiction will actually determine whose law applies, and where there’s a coordination agreement, that will actually explain what services are going to be delivered, in what circumstances and who’s got responsibility for that.
M. Lee: I think the last point the minister made goes back to a statement I made earlier, which is that this whole bill and section, the workings of 4.4(1) in clause 19, which we went over at length, does put the weight on an agreement. Without that agreement — the coordination agreement in the example the minister provided — there won’t be a spelling out of duties and restrictions and responsibilities between the Indigenous authority and the director. That’s the first point I would make.
The second point I would make is this. Just back to the coordination table, the minister did indicate, of course, in earlier discussions in response to the House Leader of the Third Party, that there are three types of agreements under the bill in effect. We’ve talked a lot about coordination agreements. There’s the section 92.1 opportunity for the director to make agreements respecting Indigenous children. That’s in the existing act. And of course, the section 6 and section 7 agreements.
In the second and third types of agreements here, the 92.1 and the sections 6 and 7 agreements of DRIPA that are being brought into this bill, this act, in those cases, how does the Indigenous governing body get confirmed if there’s no coordination table with a coordination agreement?
Hon. M. Dean: The provincial bill and the federal law recognize that Indigenous nations have inherent jurisdiction and can exercise their own laws. Even if there’s no agreement and a concern comes to the attention of the director, the director still has a positive obligation to call the community, having identified it’s an Indigenous child or youth and which community they belong to. They still have an obligation to call that community and make sure that the child or youth then is going to get services.
What’s really important is that the child or youth at the centre of all of this gets the services that they need based on whatever the concerns are. So we keep the child or youth at the centre.
Section 92 is a coordination agreement under existing…. No, sorry. I am tired. It’s a cooperation agreement. My notes are just hard to read as well. I’m going to start again, Chair.
Section 92 is a cooperation agreement under existing legislation, of the CFCSA. Sections 6 and 7 are a shared decision-making agreement. This is not a situation where nations are exercising jurisdiction or exercising their laws.
M. Lee: I appreciate that it is getting late, and I appreciate the minister’s patience here to get through what is a very complex bill. Obviously, it’s a complex system that has been established over generations here in this country, in this province. Also, in terms of trying to make the transition, it’s not easy. I appreciate that, and I appreciate that there is a lot of complexity here. We’re just trying to get clarity here as to how we move forward. I hope that it provides some assistance to those nations which are trying to work through this.
But it’s been pointed out by one of our other colleagues, who’s been watching the proceedings here, that it’s also about everybody who’s involved in this sector, of course — the overlapping jurisdictions, the authorities, whom to report to and whose laws are applying. It’s going to be important, of course, because we want to make sure that, ultimately, children’s safety and welfare are being best supported.
I understand, from the minister’s response, that we’re back to the coordination agreement. That seems to be the most applicable agreement here that does sort out jurisdictions. If that’s the case, then we see a scenario where we know who the Indigenous authority is. That person is not required to report to the director and can report to just the Indigenous authority.
If that occurs, then, because of the coordination agreement — which I think is what the minister is really saying, if I put all the thoughts together here — there won’t be undue restrictions or duties placed by Indigenous law on that director, because there’s been an agreement about that.
I think we’re back to how these two sections fit together. By virtue of a coordination agreement, therefore, we know when the jurisdiction is there for the Indigenous authority. That’s the reason why a person can report to the Indigenous authority and not to the director, under clause 22. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: There doesn’t need to be an agreement. The IGB just needs to be exercising jurisdiction through their laws for this 14(1.1) to apply and come into effect. So far, the nations and communities are coming forward as Indigenous governing bodies and asking for coordination tables. That is seen to be the way forward by many communities here in British Columbia.
With that, Chair, I wonder if we could take a five-minute break.
The Chair: Absolutely. The committee stands in recess for five minutes, which would bring us back here around 9:05.
The committee recessed from 8:57 p.m. to 9:03 p.m.
[D. Coulter in the chair.]
M. Lee: In view of the minister’s last response, just, again, to clarify one more time here….
The minister said, at the front end of her response, that there doesn’t need to be an agreement in place. Putting that together with her previous response prior to that, it means that when an Indigenous governing body, as designated by an Indigenous nation or community, comes to the table, their presence at the table, organized with the federal government, is a signal or an indication to the provincial government that that is the Indigenous governing body that’s now recognized.
In that context, then, there is jurisdiction, at least in terms of where this requirement, a person can be…. The ministry will know who to refer the person to, knowing there is jurisdiction that Indigenous authority has over that particular child, because that child belongs to that Indigenous community.
In which case, in the absence of an agreement, the Indigenous law that that Indigenous authority is adhering to may have the effect of imposing a specific restriction or duty on the director; it cannot have that effect. That brings me back to my question, then. Again, this is an example where even if the ministry refers the person to report to the Indigenous governing body or the Indigenous authority, doesn’t that still restrict the ability of the director to determine or respond to that report?
Hon. M. Dean: An Indigenous law can’t bind the director without an agreement, but even without an agreement, under the act, the director still has positive obligations, and we’ve talked about these before. That’s to find out whether a child or youth is Indigenous, to find out which communities they belong to, and to complete the next steps, based on that.
Those positive obligations are still there, and the director will still provide services until jurisdiction is clarified, and until the Indigenous authority, where there is jurisdiction, is taking that responsibility.
Clause 22 approved.
On clause 23.
K. Kirkpatrick: This is a fairly simple question, although there could be consequences to it: what are the timelines for confirmation from the Indigenous authority under 23?
Hon. M. Dean: Could I just ask the member which particular section? Is it under section 16? Which particular subsection is the member asking the question about?
K. Kirkpatrick: Yes. I should have drawn that to your attention. It’s section 16(b)(1.1). The question is if we are waiting to get the Indigenous authority to confirm, for a child, that that community applies to them.
Hon. M. Dean: Operational policy will cover that level of detail with regard to timelines and good practice. What we would expect is that in practice it could be done verbally — probably it would be a phone call — in real time, in pretty good time.
M. Lee: I know we’ve been around this, but I think it’s important to note here. We went through this on a different provision, after going through this at length about Métis and Inuit children.
On (D) in clause 23 at the end, b(ii)(D), “if the child is not a First Nation child, a Nisg̱a’a child nor a Treaty First Nation child, the child’s Indigenous community,” presumably that description of the child’s Indigenous community is intended by the ministry and this government to include Métis Nation and Inuit. Is that correct?
If I can have the minister confirm that that is the interpretation of that clause and that’s how Métis communities are brought into this, and Inuit. If that is the case, if the minister can just describe how that is.
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, under subsection (D).
Clause 23 approved.
On clause 24.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide examples of an acceptable mediator or alternative dispute resolution process?
Hon. M. Dean: The ministry already uses alternative dispute resolution. This is intended to be very broad, and, in fact, can include cultural traditional practices as well, and practices that are operating through Indigenous law, for example.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you for the answer. Just for clarification, we know that with dispute resolution, the worst time to have the conversation about what kind of mechanism we are going to use is when we need it. Will each of the different coordinating agreements…? Would that be somewhere where that would actually be recognized and set out? As the minister says, it can be cultural, so each different, unique nation may have a preferred method of that mediation and dispute resolution.
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, this provision creates the space for that.
K. Kirkpatrick: If a director or Indigenous authority doesn’t agree to a particular process to resolve the dispute, what happens next?
Hon. M. Dean: The intention of this is actually to be so broad that it would capture what an IGB would put forward as a proposal so that that could be accepted and could fit under this. Of course, the intention here is to make sure that any disputes don’t get escalated, because at the end of the day, then, that would end up on a route to court. The intention would definitely not be escalating that.
Clauses 24 to 27 inclusive approved.
On clause 28.
M. Lee: If we look at 33.04 in this clause, 28, it makes reference to the director as being a person who may apply to court for an order that the Indigenous law referred to in the notification provided above, and the withdrawal notification of 33.03 does not apply to the child. In what circumstances under this act with this bill, 38, will the director make this application?
Hon. M. Dean: It would have to be very, very significant. It would be a very rare situation as well. It could only be on the basis that there is a genuine belief that the law doesn’t apply. It would be a very serious situation and couldn’t be a front-line decision. It would be something that would have to be referred to the provincial director.
M. Lee: I appreciate that it is something that would be very material and significant and would need to be elevated to the director, which is the reason why, of course, at least in terms of the use of the term “director” in the act, it does say “director.” So presumably it’s on that director level.
This does go back to the point that we discussed earlier about Indigenous law itself. I’m just looking back for that reference in the bill.
We’ve talked about how the requirement around Indigenous law can be provided in writing or provided by virtue of agreement if it’s not in writing. Presumably, if it’s by agreement, there is some understanding that the Indigenous law that’s been provided is acknowledged by the ministry and the government. So it probably wouldn’t be in a situation like that, because at least there’s an understanding and agreement by government that that Indigenous law would apply.
We’re left with the written version of the law. I just found the reference here: “the Indigenous law is provided in writing to the director.” When the Indigenous law is provided in writing to the director, that presumably puts the director in a position to assess whether the law referred to in the notification actually applies to the child. What will go into the assessment by the director as to whether an Indigenous law applies to the child?
Hon. M. Dean: It is the Indigenous identity of the child and youth. You’ll recall the positive duty and obligations of the director to identify the indigeneity of the child and youth and all the other processes of identifying the communities that that child and youth belongs to and if an Indigenous law does apply.
M. Lee: Okay. I appreciate that response. Thank you for that clarification. That’s helpful.
I don’t have to get up and sit down again and disrupt your flow. This is the wording.
I’m still in sub 33.04(2)(c)(iv): “if the child is not a First Nation child, a Nisg̱a’aa child nor a Treaty First Nation child but is an Indigenous child, a designated representative of another Indigenous community that has been identified by….”
This is yet again another example where Métis and Inuit peoples are not clearly identified here. I know, based on the last response from the minister, she’ll confirm that this wording here, “another Indigenous community,” will include Métis and Inuit just by function of the bill. I would point out to the minister, and we went through this wording last…. It did say “the child’s Indigenous community.” The term “Indigenous community,” though, is not a defined term in this bill.
So how do we get to that construction that “Indigenous community” includes Métis and Inuit?
Hon. M. Dean: Under regulation, under the CFCSA, there are designated communities, and Métis community and Inuit are mentioned in there.
Clauses 28 and 29 approved.
On clause 30.
K. Kirkpatrick: Under 48.1, in reference to the director, can the director in this section be the Indigenous child welfare director?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes, it could be.
K. Kirkpatrick: Thank you to the minister.
Then may I confirm, since we’re on this topic, that would be the same application throughout the legislation — that the term “director,” when it’s on his own, would apply to either of those director roles?
Hon. M. Dean: Yes.
K. Kirkpatrick: Can the minister provide an example of what circumstance would make it necessary for a director to make application to the court to determine if Indigenous law applies?
Hon. M. Dean: Can I confirm that the member is asking about 48.3?
K. Kirkpatrick: So 48.1 refers to 48.3.
Hon. M. Dean: This whole section here that we’re discussing is really the mechanism for the director to step away. So if the Indigenous law applies, then these are the mechanisms whereby the director can step away. As we talked about before, Indigenous laws apply, and jurisdiction is being exercised.
M. Lee: We talked earlier about identity of the child, as to whether the child is Indigenous and belongs to an Indigenous community.
Here we’re talking about withdrawal, in terms of providing Indigenous child and family services in accordance with the Indigenous law. So there are circumstances here where a director may apply to court for an order that sets out that that transition to Indigenous law should not occur. Is that correct?
Hon. M. Dean: This is, again, a very, very rare situation, as we’ve talked about before. It would only be in a situation where it was genuinely believed that the Indigenous law did not apply to the child.
M. Lee: I appreciate the response and, again, the rareness of the situation and the elevation and the severity of where these types of provisions might be utilized.
In the former case, which we were looking at earlier, a few minutes ago…. That was, again, in the context of identity of the child. In this case, though….
If I can ask the minister to elaborate a little more as to what’s contemplated. We’re talking about, presumably, elements of the Indigenous law — that that would not apply to the child. On what grounds…? What assessment does the director need to make in order to make this application to court?
Hon. M. Dean: It can only be on the basis…. There is an assessment that that law does not apply. So it would be extremely rare.
M. Lee: To clarify, we are not talking about…. The child is Indigenous in this case, although the drafting is not entirely clear about that. I mean the drafting of the bill here. It doesn’t use the term “Indigenous child.” I can go back and look at that.
I think, given the answer that the minister provided…. It sounds like it’s something other than that, because we covered that already. If that’s the case, then…. Now we’re talking about an assessment that needs to be made of the Indigenous law and an assessment that isn’t made prior to this, meaning….
We talked earlier about how this governs and Indigenous laws having the force of law in British Columbia. We talked about some of the conflict provisions. We get to a point, though, where the director is now making some sort of assessment that the Indigenous law doesn’t apply to the child.
I’m just trying to understand…. I appreciate, again, that this is a rare situation, but there are provisions that have been provided in this bill, which we’re reviewing in committee stage here, that must mean something. I’d like to understand, for clarity purposes, an example of where that might occur.
Hon. M. Dean: It’s not an assessment of the law. It’s an assessment of whether the law applies to a particular child in a particular circumstance.
We can only think that there must be a situation of compelling evidence that’s been provided to the director for them to have any reason to believe that the law does not apply.
Clauses 30 and 31 approved.
On clause 32.
K. Kirkpatrick: Clause 32. One moment, as I thought you might be calling time on this.
The Chair: Possibly, Member, could you hold your question off until tomorrow, and we’ll just…? It’s sort of a clean way, a clean point to break it here.
K. Kirkpatrick: I will articulate my question much better tomorrow. I would be happy to.
The Chair: Yes, okay, perfect. Thank you so much, Member.
I think the minister has a motion.
Hon. M. Dean: I move that the committee rise, report progress and ask leave to sit again.
Motion approved.
The committee rose at 9:46 p.m.
PROCEEDINGS IN THE
BIRCH ROOM
Committee of the Whole House
BILL 41 — WORKERS COMPENSATION
AMENDMENT ACT (No. 2), 2022
(continued)
The House in Committee of the Whole (Section C) on Bill 41; R. Leonard in the chair.
The committee met at 2:53 p.m.
On clause 11 (continued).
G. Kyllo: On a number of different occasions yesterday, the minister indicated he’d be reaching out to WCB to try and provide some additional financial information on the costs associated with many of the clauses that are set out in Bill 41. I’ll just provide an opportunity for the minister to provide the information.
Hon. H. Bains: We have asked for and received some information. I have sent it back for further clarification, and hopefully, we’ll get that sometime later today.
G. Kyllo: Would the minister be so kind as to maybe share with this House what the clarifications are specifically that he’s looking for?
Hon. H. Bains: One of the questions that was asked by the member the other day was what impact it will have on the accident fund. I need to have a little more in-depth information about that and what that means immediately or long term. There is a bit of a piece of information that went missing, so that’s the one I asked them to give us some more information on.
G. Kyllo: Is there any of the financial information that was provided by WorkSafeBC that the minister could provide now? There were also questions around what some of the immediate, in the first 12 months, impacts will be on some of these proposed changes.
Hon. H. Bains: I think the member needs to know, and I explained that to him the other day, that the one-time change in total liabilities, for example, represents increased lifetime value of all existing claims in the system. So I think that’s the kind of information…. There was no way that that reflects exactly what they are saying.
What does that mean, as the member said, tomorrow or the day after, or next week or next year? That type of information isn’t reflective of the true nature of how this system works. So that’s why I’m asking: is there a way that they can give us that information? They’re saying that whatever the numbers are, they represent an increase in the liability side of the system, and it is calculated on the lifetime value of all existing claims that will be impacted by these changes.
The information isn’t complete, so as soon as we get it, we will get back to you.
G. Kyllo: I’ve got to admit it’s a bit concerning, in that this information is information that WorkSafeBC would have at their immediate disposal. In order for them to calculate and to be able to provide the 7 cents per $100 of payroll, WorkSafeBC would have had to compile a series of numbers, including the cost, both immediate over the next 12 months, as well as those costs that will be ongoing liabilities over the cost of those that have long-term disability claims within the existing system.
So I certainly appreciate that the minister may have some inquiry with respect to some of the numbers that might have been provided to him. Is the minister not able or unwilling to provide the information as it was provided to him by WorkSafeBC?
If there’s any ambiguity with respect to those numbers, I’m certainly happy to receive further commentary or clarification from WorkSafeBC, but the minister has indicated he’s in receipt of those numbers. Just hoping that the minister might be willing to release those numbers to us now.
Hon. H. Bains: I would like to, but I think it would not reflect the true story of what the actual picture is. If you use some numbers and then later on they reflect something different, it’d probably be a lot more confusing than actually help us. I think I will wait until I get the fulsome report from them — the questions that were asked.
It is important, as the member asked: how will that impact the accident fund tomorrow, next year, the first year? I think that those are the kinds of premises of his questions. I think I asked those questions, and we should have a fulsome answer on those questions before I give those numbers.
The Chair: Given that this was canvassed yesterday and the question was asked and a promise given, I think we’ll move on to clause 11 now.
G. Kyllo: Thank you, hon. Chair, and I appreciate your suggestions with respect to moving on to clause 11. But I do just have a couple more lines of inquiry, actually, with respect to this particular topic.
This is information that the minister did commit to providing today. Here we are today, and I’m not receiving that information, so I certainly would hope that you’d give me at least the opportunity to just canvass a few more questions with respect to the information that I’ve been seeking.
The Chair: Just a moment, please. I’ve said let’s move on to clause 11. The clause in question was passed, and the promise has been made and answered a few times more. So let’s just move on to clause 11 now.
G. Kyllo: Thank you, hon. Chair. It’s certainly unfortunate. The minister referenced in his last comment the concern about the release of information that might create some confusion. Well, I’ll tell you what. There’s a lot of confusion right now. The confusion largely lies around the fact that the minister is unable and, up to this point, has been unwilling to actually provide and furnish detailed information with respect to the cost, the financial cost, associated with the changes set out in Bill 41.
Now, with respect to the fair practices commissioner, can the minister share with this House how frequently the fair practices commissioner is actually engaged on an annualized basis? What is the workload within that office? What is the amount of time that typically is undertaken on any of these reviews? And if he might also share this: what is the potential or estimated budget or cost for their fair practices commissioner?
Hon. H. Bains: The number of inquiries or complaints in 2021 that went to the fair practices office…. It’s not a commissioner. They addressed about 2,500 — 2,474 — in 2021. But, again, the mandate is different than what we are proposing here. They report to the chief review officer, and they’re part of WCB’s overall administrative budget, but they report to the review division.
The accountability and the transparency are lacking. I think that with the commissioner now, it would be a much more effective use of that commissioner’s office when an employer or worker complains about unfairness — not the merits of the claims, but unfairness — and how they were dealt with. They will be doing the investigation and offering solutions.
But also, I think the key part is that if there is a systemic unfairness, they will be required to make an annual report to the board. They report directly to the board, not to any other administrator.
G. Kyllo: I certainly appreciate and recognize the value in establishing the independence and the necessity for fairness. I believe that both employees and employers will be very happy to see this move being made.
Now, with respect to the work of the new office, I’m noting on section 5(a)…. I’ll just read this onto the record: “Despite subsection (4), the fair practices commissioner may not comment on or make recommendations respecting the following….” There’s a whole series of items here, (a) through (e).
The area that I’m making further inquiries about is with (a). It goes on to state: “the merits of a Board decision under the OHS provisions or the compensation provisions, or the merits of a decision of a review officer or the appeal tribunal.”
Now, I appreciate that the office will now be independent. If an employee or an employer feels that they’ve been aggrieved or that there’s been a level of unfairness with respect to the review, it would certainly be my understanding that that would be the opportunity to reach out to the office of the fairness commissioner to investigate — to make their own independent determination whether there have been any issues with respect to fairness.
However, if the commissioner’s hands are tied and is not provided any opportunity…. I appreciate that they’re not necessarily going to have a ruling, but not to even provide any comment or make recommendations respecting any concerns around compensation provisions, or the merits of the decision of a review officer of the appeal tribunal….
I wonder if the minister could share with this House: in what instance would the fairness officer actually undertake any work if their hands are tied and they’re handcuffed and unable to make any comment with respect to decisions that are actually made by the very tribunal which might be in question?
Hon. H. Bains: I think it’s important to read subsection (4), which lays out what the fair practices commissioner may do: “(a) investigate complaints by employers, workers and dependants of workers regarding alleged unfairness in their dealings with the Board; and (b) make recommendations to the Board to (i) resolve complaints….”
I think that (5) talks about how we’re not trying to have another layer of decision-making on claims and the claims’ merits. For example, if the decision by the review board is that the claimant is entitled to X number of dollars, it’s not the role of the fairness commissioner as to whether that was sufficient or not. There’s a process in the system already, and we’re not trying to duplicate that.
But they will be able to comment on how they were treated while they were exercising that process in the system and whether there was an over-delay, they weren’t responded to when they were asking questions, or somebody was dismissive of the concerns that they brought in. Those are some of the unfairness questions. That’s why they will go to the commissioner’s office — not to deal with the process that already exists in order to process the claims.
There’s a manual, there’s an act, there are policies, and they are followed by the case managers, the review board and then the WCAT. But if they believe there’s unfairness…. I can tell you that I came across one example. I can give you an example where one of the workers, when they received the disclosure, there was an email: “Well, don’t give them this information. We’ll provide it. Take that out and apply later.” You know, a clear case of unfairness, right?
I think if that were to happen and then the worker complained to the fairness commissioner, they would be able to comment on instances like that.
G. Kyllo: The example the minister has shared is certainly concerning, but if that matter had already gone through the appeal tribunal process and the fairness commissioner were to have a look and identify that information after the fact and raise concern, the fairness commissioner would be unable to make any comment with respect to that, because the decision would have already been made.
It’s concerning that the level of restriction, I guess, is placed on the fairness commissioner, if the fairness commissioner is not able to make any comment or any recommendations regarding “…the merits of a decision of a review officer or the appeal tribunal.” The section goes on to also indicate that the commissioner is unable to comment on “a matter that is the subject of a proceeding or a decision of a court or tribunal” and also can’t make any comment or recommendation with respect to “the setting or revision of a policy of the board….”
I could certainly imagine an occasion where a worker or employer may feel that there has been a level of unfairness in the establishment of a policy, but don’t bother talking to the fairness commissioner, because he or she is unable to even make comment. I appreciate that the fairness commissioner does not have the binding ability to actually demand or instruct a review, but if the commissioner can’t even make comment with respect to any of these issues, I’m failing to understand what the commissioner might be able to actually speak about.
This section goes on to further indicate that again, the fair practices commissioner may not comment or make recommendations respecting “the carrying out of a matter for which the board of directors is responsible under Section 320, general responsibilities of the board of directors.” It goes on to state further that again, the fairness commissioner is unable to make comment or recommendations respecting “any other matter prescribed by regulation of the Lieutenant Governor in Council.”
I certainly appreciate the independence. It’s necessary. We have an Ombudsperson’s office that does not have the ability to make binding decisions, but certainly has the ability to make comment and to provide comment, on the record, with respect to many different matters that might be brought before the Ombudsperson’s office. By this language, from just a general reading, from my interpretation, it certainly appears that the ability of the fairness commissioner to speak over the majority of issues that might be brought before his or her office is suddenly not only diminished but not even permitted.
I’m wondering. Can the minister share…? Has he had any direct conversations, either with the existing office to give consideration…? Has there been any comment by the existing fairness commissioner’s office with respect to this particular language — which, from my reading, appears to drastically limit the opportunity for them to make any comment on matters that are brought before them?
Hon. H. Bains: I think the issue here is we must be very, very careful that we’re not creating another level of the appeal system. That’s not the intent here. There is a system in place already. If a client feels that there was unfairness that was part of the decision, then they could file a complaint, and the complaint will be investigated with the new commissioner. If they don’t like the decision….
If there was unfairness, and they’re filing a complaint to the commissioner, obviously, there’s a problem. So the decision doesn’t go the client’s way, that investigation and the result of that investigation…. Now they go to the next level of appeal, and it can be used — that that decision was mired in unfairness. Here is the report from the unfair commissioner.
I think the idea here is if there’s an unfairness in the system and how the client was treated unfairly while they were going through the process of navigating through the claims, I think that’s the issue. And not only the individual investigation. They also will be looking at if there is a pattern out there that they see over time — that there’s an issue with a system that is felt to be unfair. They will be making the annual report, listing their concerns and reporting it to the board. I think it will be an expectation that the board will act on those and to how to fix it.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate the information from the minister. Could the minister just confirm. It’s my understanding that, initially, there would be a ruling if there was concern by either the employer or the employee. They could make an appeal, and there would be an appeal process. But at the conclusion of that appeal process, it’s my understanding that it is final and that there is no opportunity to reopen that appeal process. Now, if that’s different, I certainly would appreciate hearing that.
Can minister just clarify what opportunities for further appeals might be available and at what point in time the fairness commissioner would actually have the opportunity to review? My understanding and interpretation is that the fairness commissioner would not actually undertake their work until after both parties had availed themselves of the appeal process. If I’ve got that wrong, I’d certainly appreciate the clarification from the minister.
Hon. H. Bains: I want to make it clear so that the member understands. The complaint with the commissioner can be filed anytime. Someone filed a claim, and they’re not getting phone calls returned, or they went to the employer and took their side and didn’t bother talking to the worker who actually filed a claim.
They could file a complaint at that time. “Hey, this is unfair. They didn’t even check with me.” Or vice versa: an employer could have an issue, and the case manager only talked to the worker and didn’t inquire further into what the employer may have — some information — or the phone calls aren’t returned. So they can file a complaint.
Then again, if a decision is made by the case manager that the complaint will be filed, will be investigated, then it could go to a review board, and all of that would be considered by the review board. Then go to the next step. If a member will say, “What happens after the review board decision is made?” and if they feel that there is an unfairness in the system, they can file a complaint, and then they could appeal to the WCAT, that system
All the information will be considered, could be put forward to the WCAT. WCAT will be the final, which is independent, which is another part of the system.
I think there are plenty of chances for both sides to file a complaint and get investigated and then move to the next level of the decision-making so that they know there was some unfairness at the lower level.
G. Kyllo: The minister has shared with us a series of, I guess, escalating levels of potential reviews by the review board and then WCAT, which is final.
Should a matter go before WCAT and have a final ruling actually undertaken by the WCAT — I’m not sure if it’s a board, but we’ll say WCAT — is there any opportunity for a further appeal or a reopening of those files?
The minister shared with us an example where, I believe, an employee became aware of some information that was actually suppressed in the adjudication of a claim. Let’s just assume that a worker feels that they’ve been aggrieved. It’s gone right to the final WCAT decision. The WCAT decision is final and binding. A worker or an employer finds out that there’s been information that’s been suppressed or maybe not shared or fully disclosed, which they feel has put the decision around their particular claim at a level of disadvantage or unfairness.
If, at that point in time, the individual brings it forward to the fair practices commissioner…? Can the minister just provide a bit of clarity? Does the commissioner have any opportunity even to value that and make any comments with respect to the decision that was made, when there’s further information that identifies that unfairness has been undertaken throughout the process?
Hon. H. Bains: I think the highest level of the appeal system is the WCAT. They have the authority to review their own decisions under certain circumstances, or you have the ability to go for a judicial review.
It’s nothing to do with the fairness commissioner. I was just looking at different scenarios on how this fairness commissioner could come into play, although the WCAT is totally independent. They are not part of the WCB. The fairness commissioner is part of the WCB. So I’m just using an example. You file a claim. Your claim is going through. Rejected. You don’t like it. You’re going through the appeal system.
Now you’re before the WCAT, the last appeal system. But while your claim is being heard, you realize that some information that the WCB should have shared with you, which they are required, in order for you to prepare for the WCAT…. They kept some. But you realized and later somehow found out that that information was not shared with me, which it should have.
You could take that information directly and go to WCAT. WCAT can make a decision whether that is sufficient to review that claim, or you could file a complaint with the commissioner. The commissioner can confirm that yes, that information wasn’t made available to you. It should have. That’s unfairness. Again, you could take that decision to the WCAT. But WCAT is totally independent. You need to understand that.
It will assist in unfairness cases, and then I think that’s what the commissioner will do in their annual report as well. But if there is a systemic issue where the information that should be shared, that belongs to the employer or worker, isn’t being shared, and parts of it are kept, they can investigate and report, in their annual report, to suggest that this systemic unfairness should end, and they could make recommendations.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate the additional information from the minister. One of the questions I asked earlier, and I don’t believe the minister has responded yet, is: was the fair practices office consulted with respect to the legislation? I appreciate they may not have seen it beforehand, but have they reviewed it since the legislation was tabled?
The reason I’m asking is that I think it’s really important to have a bit of an opinion or determine what the fair practices office thinks about the legislation that’s before us and if they have any concerns that what I see as a significant limitation on what the fair practices office can comment on, that that limitation could quite potentially hamper the effectiveness of the office.
I’m wondering if the office has commented or if the minister has actually spoken to anybody within the office, or maybe his staff. Just to get a sense, from their perspective, if they feel that the legislation that’s before us is sufficient enough or if it may, potentially, be limiting to the point that it actually negates much of their ability to be effective.
Hon. H. Bains: No, we didn’t speak to the office itself, but the ministry spoke to the office that they report to for the review, the chief review officer, and they didn’t show any concerns about this.
I think the mandate almost mirrors what they have today. The difference is that now they will be more transparent and accountable, because they are independent now. They’re not reporting to a director or a boss. They have independence, doing their work independent of any influence by anybody, because they’re reporting directly to the board. So they have the range of freedom to investigate and comment on — especially the systemic issues, if there are.
Again, it is about fairness in the system, not about the merits of the claim or the merits of policies. I mean, we can sit here and disagree with the policies all day, as we do here in the House. The same thing will happen there. The board decision may be agreed on by some, may not be agreed on by some. So it’s not really up to the fairness commissioner to get involved in how the board conducts their business. But again, if there’s a fairness issue about an individual employer or worker or if it’s a systemic issue, then they will be investigating and making recommendations.
G. Kyllo: Well, it’s encouraging to know that at least there was a reach-out to the bosses of the office.
But when we talk about fairness, it’s really important, I think, that also the workers who are actually doing the work within the office have an opportunity to provide their views. We appreciate that the office is now going to be independent. Right now it is not independent. Right now the office is overseen directly by the internal senior management within WorkSafeBC. I don’t necessarily believe that reaching out to the senior management necessarily would reflect what those that are actually doing the work within the office might otherwise believe.
The one section that also provides significant limitation to the items that the fair practices commissioner can comment on or make recommendations respecting includes section (e). It indicates “any other matter prescribed by regulation of the Lieutenant Governor in Council.”
Could the minister give an example of exactly what process would have to be undertaken for the LG in order to be able to prescribe further restrictions on what the fair practices commissioner has the ability to comment on?
Hon. H. Bains: I think if you look at sections 4 and 5 together, they both have the same language — what they can do and what they cannot do. I think this is to cover in case something got missed, to give them additional authority, for example. If it’s brought to our attention, we can, through OIC, add those duties. And also, if there’s an issue, as the member said, restricting their powers, if that becomes an issue, the fairness commissioner could, in their report, say, look, I’m limited, but that’s the issue that should be part of my mandate. We will take a look at it. We could expand the limitations or reduce the limitations or expand the powers. I think that’s what these two are, in case we miss something.
But as we move forward, we learn, and the fairness commissioner could come back and say, look, here’s an issue, or the board could say, here’s an issue we need to deal with that got missed. That just gives you enabling language. Through OIC we can do that.
G. Kyllo: So there are significant restrictions that are placed upon the fair practices commissioner with respect to what they can comment on, any recommendations they may be able to provide. The legislation also sets out that through an order-in-council there could be either further expansion or further limitations, yet again, on what the office can actually speak to.
We have other offices that do very important work in the province. I think of the Representative for Children and Youth. I think of the seniors advocate. To my knowledge, they do not have this level of restriction with respect to what they can comment on.
The Ombudsperson’s office, for example. It doesn’t matter what decision might be undertaken by a municipality, but if somebody feels that they’ve been aggrieved by that decision, the Ombudsperson’s office has the ability to open it up and to comment. Some comments could be negative if they feel that there’s been unfairness in the process. If a municipality has acted maybe heavy-handedly towards an individual, there’s nothing that prohibits or restricts the opportunity for the Ombudsperson’s office to comment on that behaviour or that unfairness.
Now, even with respect to the Ombudsperson’s office, none of this is binding. It doesn’t necessarily mean that the municipality has to overturn their decision, but there’s pretty broad, sweeping ability for those offices to make comment, which sometimes may be not well received by local government or, in this case, WorkSafeBC.
It just seems really surprising, if this office really is going to operate independently and if we really want to believe that the fairness commissioner, he or she, will have the opportunity to provide honest feedback with respect to what they see are areas of unfairness….
If they’re restricted in their ability to make any comment or even a recommendation with respect to the merits of the decision of a review officer or the appeal tribunal; a matter that might be the subject of a proceeding or a decision of a court or a tribunal; restricting the ability or setting or revision of a policy of the board of directors under section 319; restricts the ability of that fairness commissioner to even comment on the carrying out of a matter for which the board of directors is responsible; and further restricted, again, potentially, by anything that government may deem at any particular time to further restrict the opportunity of the fairness commissioner to comment on….
I appreciate the independence, and that is important, but in creating this independence, what we are seeing before us is a significant restriction on what that fairness commissioner will be able to comment on. That, I feel, will not be of great service. It won’t allow the opportunity for that office to provide commentary on issues that it may see that need to be changed, should those areas fall within something that the board or tribunal has actually made a decision on. That, I think, really negates the whole effectiveness of that office.
I don’t anticipate that the minister is interested in repealing this section and giving abilities of the fairness commissioner to have opportunity to comment, similar to other independent offices. The Human Rights Commissioner. The Representative for Children and Youth. The seniors advocate. That ability to provide comment which may be sometimes unwelcome from government appears to be drastically limited by this legislation.
Maybe I’ll just kind of ask…. One last question would be, in the case of the fairness commissioner’s office being actioned in the midst of a process…. So there’s an appeal that may be underway. It may be that WCAT may not quite be there yet, but if an employee or an employer reaches out to the office of the fairness commissioner and provides information that they feel has put the review of their application in a level of unfairness, can the minister explain how that interaction is between the fairness commissioner and WorkSafeBC?
I appreciate they’re going to be independent. They might be able to pick up the phone and make an inquiry. They might be able to send an email. I’m assuming the fairness commissioner can’t insert themselves into the middle of that, so I want to make sure that I fully understand how the interaction of the fairness commissioner’s office would actually undertake in those instances. Will they be able to be there to advocate on behalf of the employee or the employer? What does that look like, or will they only be able to receive information but not necessarily provide comment or direction back to WorkSafeBC?
Just trying to get a bit of understanding on how that office will actually interact in the case or the example where the minister gave the example that the fairness commissioner’s office is engaged in a dispute or a concern by an employee or employer in the middle of that process.
Hon. H. Bains: I think we need to be, again, clear. There are going to be parallel systems.
The claim adjudication, the appeal process will continue. But if any party to that process feels that there’s some unfairness here, they’ll go to the commissioner. The commissioner will investigate, independent of what’s going on here, and then they will make a report and recommendations to the board.
The board may take a look at that information and say: “There’s some issue of unfairness going on here.” They may take action to fix it. Again, also, the client can take that information, when it goes to the appeal board, and say: “Here is the issue of unfairness. This is how unfairly I was treated.” The review board could take that into consideration.
It’s not that the commissioner is going to be watching the claim go through and that they will be saying: “Well, you’re not treating him fairly or her fairly.” I don’t think it’s going to be meddling in each other’s affairs. It’s a system that will go parallel. They will do the investigation on the question of fairness. Then that investigation report can be utilized by the board or by the client wherever they feel that it will fit for their issue.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate the additional clarification from the minister.
With respect to the investigation…. We’ve established that the fair commissioner will have the opportunity to investigate. I’m just wondering. Can the minister identify what level of authority the fair practices commissioner will have to compel the provision of information?
I think we can give the example of the exchange and debate that I might be having with the minister today. I can certainly ask lots of questions, but I’m always subject to whatever the minister chooses to feel convenient and comfortable in releasing. I cannot compel the minister to answer a specific question. Nor can I compel the minister to provide the financial information that I’ve been looking for, for the last few days.
Although I have the opportunity to make an inquiry — you might call this a form of investigation — I’m always at the purview of the minister to determine what the minister is willing to share or not share. It’s not unlike the process that might unfold with the fair practices commissioner.
I’m just wondering. Will the commissioner have the ability to compel the provision of information where they feel there’s been a complaint around unfairness? Or will the commissioner be in a similar situation to myself, where I’m standing here looking for information and hoping to receive the information that I’ve requested?
Hon. H. Bains: I think this section (4) is very clear. They “may do the following: investigate complaints.”
The act will be there as the act. It’s not just somebody saying to somebody: “Go ahead and do something.” And someone saying: “No, I’ll not go….” The act says that. And he or she will be reporting directly to the board. So it means it becomes part of the board. They will have powers to collect the information that they need in order to investigate.
I mean, even the current office has those powers. I have not heard that they were not being cooperative. The only issue was that they were not independent enough. They were not making systemic investigations and annual reports.
I think the powers are about the same. We haven’t heard any issues on that area. Now they actually have more authority, because they are directly reporting to the board. The board is there in case this person doesn’t get the cooperation of a certain person who has the information and has failed to divulge.
G. Kyllo: Okay. The minister has indicated that the fair practices commissioner will have an elevated, I guess, level of authority. I believe that’s what the minister indicated. I appreciate it would be different, but I’m not hearing or seeing where that level of authority would be increased.
Maybe if the minister could provide a comment this way. If the fair practices commissioner was to show up at the office and ask for a copy of the file, the active file that’s ongoing on a particular matter…. Do they have the opportunity to ask for that file, or will they be subject to the individual that has responsibility for that file determining what they may release or what they may not release?
There’s a big distinguishment, I think, between the ability of the investigation to be undertaken by the fair practices commissioner, without really having a clear understanding of what level of authority they have or don’t have. If the level of authority is similar to the authority that I have, I think that is very muted and very different from what might be in the case where an actual investigator may be able to compel an individual to provide or furnish that information.
I don’t have strong views, necessarily, either way. I’m just trying to, hopefully, get some clarification from the minister on what level of authority the fair practices commissioner will have.
Then, maybe, one additional question to that is…. Who, ultimately, hires or fires the fair practices commissioner? Who has that ability? If the fair practices commissioner may be deemed to be meddling, is there an ability to have that individual removed? I appreciate that it will be independent, but everybody has a boss and somebody that they have to report to. I’m just trying to establish a better understanding of the level of authority that WorkSafeBC will still have over that office.
Hon. H. Bains: I think section (1) clearly defines who hires or fires: “(1) The board of directors must appoint an officer as the fair practices commissioner to advise the Board on matters of fairness. (2) The fair practices commissioner is to be appointed for a term of 3 years and may be reappointed for additional 3-year terms. (3) The Labour Relations Code does not apply to the fair practices commissioner.” That’s that answer.
I think the questions that the member raises are legit. If you look at the example that the member used….
You go to a case manager to investigate a complaint of unfairness, and the case manager says: “I will decide what information I want to give.” That case management works for the system. There’s a CEO who reports to the board. This commissioner reports to the board. There is a level of expectation of those who are in charge of delivering some of those duties, and I think there’s a system that will make sure that the commissioner who is appointed by the board is cooperated with and is given the information he or she needs in order to deal with complaints.
Clearly, it’s in the act. The board has the responsibility to make sure that office and that commissioner are able to deliver the duties and the task that they are given.
G. Kyllo: Just one final question on this section. That is: will individuals that have gone through this entire process, whether it’s an individual or corporation, if they still feel that they’ve been treated unfairly, still retain the opportunity to seek further inquiry with the Ombudsperson office, or would this process take away or in some way inhibit their ability to go through other avenues where they feel that they’ve been aggrieved?
Hon. H. Bains: Yes, they can.
Clause 11 approved.
On clause 12.
G. Kyllo: If the minister could just share, how does this repealed and replaced schedule 2 change the original language?
Hon. H. Bains: The schedule to include information on the percentage of total disability and a table containing decibel measurements and percentage of total disability…. I think we talked about it yesterday, a bit, on that.
The amendment makes housekeeping changes recommended by the Legislative Council to improve clarity and update language in regard to non-traumatic hearing loss. The amended schedule includes a new explanatory section for interpreting the table for measuring hearing loss and determining the percentage of total disability. The format and heading used in the table are also revised.
The amendment is related to amendments made by clauses 3 and 5 of this bill, which enable WorkSafeBC to amend, by regulation, the maximum percentage of total disability in this schedule. The amended schedule retains the current percentage of total disability, including the maximum percentage of 15 percent of the total disability for complete hearing loss where there is no loss of compensation. These amounts may be amended by WorkSafeBC by regulation and, once the bill receives royal assent, can exceed 15 percent. I think that’s what that is.
Clause 12 approved.
On clause 13.
G. Kyllo: Given that the timelines in this particular clause are subject to when clause 4 comes into force and effect, it is also subject to an OIC, certainly, is my understanding. When does the minister anticipate the clauses highlighted in these sections coming into force?
Hon. H. Bains: We will give an opportunity to the WCB to develop a policy. Once they develop a policy, they’ll come back to us, and then we will approve that through OIC.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate the response from the minister. There are a couple of things. Most important, I think, is that because there’s a time limit that has been established…. Actually, maybe we’ll go there now.
How did the minister determine that going back for a two-year period…? Again, that two-year period is not from the day that this bill receives royal assent. This two-year retroactive review of claims comes into force and effect when the order-in-council is actually undertaken.
There could be individuals that have had evaluations established with respect to the amount of hearing loss compensation they’re provided, say, within the last 18 months. Subject to this bill receiving royal assent, which we assume will happen tomorrow, it will take a number of months, I’m assuming, for WorkSafeBC to report back to the minister and then for the minister to carry forward and present an order-in-council.
There could be many individuals that could potentially lose out on the opportunity if the current base rate is at 15 percent max. The minister shared that the average rate across the province…. Actually, not the average. The majority of other provinces are between 30 and 35 percent. One province is as high as 54. We could see a significant lift. For workers that have suffered hearing loss, those individuals, within this two-year time frame, could see a significant lift, so I think it’s important to have a better understanding of how the minister or the ministry came up with two years as the date.
I think the minister indicated that the cost associated with this change is not significant. But there certainly could be individuals that may have had a compensable claim determined three or four years ago that also would likely be, potentially, looking at what additional compensation may be provided under this particular piece of legislation.
If we could start just with a bit of clarification or maybe a rationale on why two years was the date that was arrived upon.
Hon. H. Bains: I think the member is mixing. There is no two-year clause in the non-traumatic hearing loss section. I think he may be confused with duty to cooperate, which is return to work. If the member has any further clarification on another question, then I’m prepared to answer.
G. Kyllo: Well, perfect. Thank you very much. I might have got ahead of myself. Thank you for that clarification.
In any event, the question still remains with respect to: what is the anticipated timeline for WorkSafeBC to report back to the minister and then for the OIC on clause 13? Would this be anticipated within the next two months, six months? What was the actual estimated timeline?
Hon. H. Bains: We’re working with WorkSafe right now. They know that this is coming. I think my expectation would be that they will develop the policy as soon as they can, because they need to look at it and have some consultation, and they have their own system in place. It won’t be years, but hopefully it is soon, I would say.
I don’t know how soon I can say that. But what is the reasonable expectation? We’re sitting here in November, so spring maybe or early…? I mean, I’m just guessing, because they need time to develop policies. So as soon they have developed the policy, then we will act on it.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate that the minister does not have control, necessarily, over the development of the policy. However, I would have thought that there would be some form of expectation. The minister said possibly in the spring, likely not years, but that’s a pretty big chasm between those two dates.
Were there any conversations with respect to how long that policy may take? Is that two months? Is it three months? I appreciate that whatever information the minister provides today is not going to be necessarily binding, but I just want to get a bit of a sense. Is this something that’s urgent that we’d see in the next three months? Or is it something that is: “Well, we might get around to it a year from now”? So if the minister might be able to provide a bit of information with respect to that timeline.
Hon. H. Bains: My expectations are quite different than what, practically, they can do. I think it is going to be a very robust policy. It is going to impact the employer, the workers — to understand how this policy will work. A return to work is a very, very complex situation, so they need to consult with the employer, with the workers, their representatives, and I want them to do it right. As soon as they are ready, like I said, they already know that this is…. They were hoping that this will…. They expect that this will come, and they already started to work on it. My expectation is soon, and hopefully they will comply with how soon they can do it. But I want to make sure that they do it right.
G. Kyllo: I would agree with the minister. We certainly want to make sure that it is done right and that it’s given some thoughtful consideration. The minister, in his response, indicated there’d be further consultation with employees and employers. Could the minister share what level of consultation and what that might look like and how much time or, I guess, the level of rigour that might be placed upon those that are actually undertaking that policy work? So just to get a bit of a sense of how broad of consultation will be undertaken as they undertake that work to develop the policy.
Hon. H. Bains: Yeah. Like I said, there is quite a robust policy process that they would undertake on different types — their own policies and other policies or directed through legislation.
I think there are certain requirements that they have. They need to consult. They need to understand the stakeholders’ issues and try to incorporate in their policy in order to implement it. They will be doing all of that. It’s nothing that they are going to reinvent something, but it is something that they already do.
I’m expecting that they will follow the policy process that they already have and get back to us as soon as they are ready. My expectation is that they’ll do it in a very timely fashion.
G. Kyllo: The minister references what appears to be a standard policy within WorkSafeBC when they’re developing their policies — I guess a process that they go through. Is that something that the minister has access to and something that may be available publicly so that we can have a better understanding of what that actual process might look like?
Hon. H. Bains: Yes, it’s all listed on their website. I’m not allowed to read from the screen, but it is there, if you have somebody who wants to read it.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate that, and I’ll look forward to having a look at it online.
Clause 13 approved.
On clause 14.
G. Kyllo: Even though this section does not apply to compensation determined payable before this date, will it apply to anything that is currently being appealed where there may be a retroactive determination?
Hon. H. Bains: Clause 14 clarifies that the new interest provisions do not apply in relation to compensation determined to be payable before the coming into force of the amendments.
Should the review division or Workers Compensation Appeal Tribunal determine that the compensation is payable after the provisions came into force, interest will apply, assuming the 180-day threshold is met, even for injuries that occurred before the provisions came into force.
G. Kyllo: Thank you very much. That clarifies things perfectly, so I appreciate that.
Clause 14 approved.
On clause 15.
G. Kyllo: What is the rationale for the inclusion of appeals that were filed before this clause comes into force but are not finally decided?
Hon. H. Bains: This transitional provision gives an employer, a worker or a dependent of a deceased worker the ability to request the assistance of an independent health professional on or after April 3, 2023, in any appeal that has yet to be decided by the Workers Compensation Appeal Tribunal, even if filed before the new section, 302, comes into force on April 3, 2023.
I think that the reason behind it is that they ensure that any appeal by the employer, worker or dependent of the deceased worker that have been filed but not yet decided on or after April 3 will have the ability to request the assistance of an independent health professional.
Clause 15 approved.
On clause 16.
G. Kyllo: We’re getting close to the end here. There are various sections on this table that will not come into force and effect at the date of royal assent, as we’ve chatted about over the last couple of days. But I just wanted to see if the minister could provide, again, some rationale with respect to items 3, 5, 6 and 8, all of which will come into effect either on April 3 or May 1 of next year. What was the rationale for the extended timeline before those specific sections would come into force and effect?
Hon. H. Bains: It is to allow the policy to be developed and give them opportunity to be in place, have everything in place, so that when they come into effect on April 3, they are ready to move on and implement those. So just to give them some time.
G. Kyllo: Item 6 actually has a May 1 date, which is a month’s delay. I’m just wondering why there’s a difference between the two. I don’t think it’s a huge issue, but just inquiring why there’s additional time for that particular clause.
Hon. H. Bains: It is about the appointment of a fairness commissioner, so it will take some time for them to advertise and recruit the person. Also, it kind of corresponds with the annual report that will be made on April 30. So it’ll give them…. The timing was to just line up that and give them time to recruit. Also, the annual report — they will have a whole year to report.
G. Kyllo: Then also, with respect to section 7 — item 4, section 7 — that also will not come into force and effect until the order-in-council is actually issued, which is potentially subjective. Could the minister provide any comment on when he anticipates section 7 actually comes into force and effect?
Hon. H. Bains: Duty to accommodate, duty to cooperate — I think I have already canvassed that.
It is to give the board the ability to come up with a policy, consult with the stakeholders and make sure that they have covered all angles in order to move forward. It is going to be quite a robust process.
G. Kyllo: I appreciate that. Would the estimation or the expectation be very similar to clause 13, which we talked about at quite a great amount of length just recently, that those two policies likely would be coming together at the same time and may even receive order-in-council authorization around the same date? Was there any urgency? Is one more important than the other? I’m wondering if the minister can maybe just provide a bit of clarification on the urgency and when these might actually be put into play.
Hon. H. Bains: So we’re talking about duty to maintain employment or cooperation. It is to return to work and duty to cooperate. Again, it is something that…. I understand that there will be a policy developed. The expectation is that they’ll do the consultation and come back to me once they’re ready. But the expectation is that they will do it in a timely fashion.
G. Kyllo: With respect to that specific section, we did have a fair bit of conversation about the opportunity to properly educate both workers and employers. Would there be an expectation of the minister that WorkSafeBC would be going out in advance of the full development of that policy to provide a bit of additional information to employees and employers, to let them know that this is coming and that they should be ready? If there are bad actors out there that are not necessarily treating employees properly or appropriately, to really encourage them, in advance of the hammer coming down — to provide an additional opportunity for the education of those.
Hon. H. Bains: Yes, that’s part of their normal approach to these things. There is some preconsultation. I heard the words “preconsultation process,” which is to advise them and collect information, provide information and then make sure that they covered everything that they heard from the stakeholders in developing that policy.
G. Kyllo: It looks like we are getting close to the end, so I did want to just inquire one more time to see if maybe the financial information I’ve been seeking may have come in, if the minister might be able to provide any update on whether that material or that information is before him now or, if not, when I may receive it and in what form.
Hon. H. Bains: It’ll be as soon as I receive it, and I think it will provide you information in a fashion that is useful for you. It will be in writing. You will have whatever information they give us, to ensure that it is something that is useful.
G. Kyllo: I may have missed the introductions at the outset, but to the minister: of staff that are with him today, are there any staff that are directly employed by WorkSafeBC, or are these just other ministry staff within the office?
I may offer that if there’s nobody currently here from WorkSafeBC, when we’re debating bills that largely have an impact directly related to a Crown corporation, it would certainly, I think, be beneficial, likely both to the minister and to myself, and drastically improve timing if senior staff were actually here to be able to provide those answers directly to the minister and open up their financial binders and just take a page out and share that information and not be in this position of waiting days for information that I feel is really critically important with respect to the tabling of legislation.
British Columbians should have the ability to fully understand the costs associated with the proposed changes that are before this House.
Hon. H. Bains: I just double-checked. Each one of them I asked individually whether they are employed by the workers compensation, and they confirmed they are not. I introduced them right in the beginning. My deputy minister is here, and then we have Trevor Hughes. We have Michael Tanner, who is a director of policy. Jake Ayers is also policy. They are with the ministry, not with the WCB. I just want make sure.
G. Kyllo: I assume so much. I want to thank the minister very much for his time over the last few days and the staff for their endurance of this scrutiny of Bill 41. With that, I’ll take my seat. Thanks again.
Clause 16 approved.
Title approved.
Hon. H. Bains: Hon. Chair, I also want to take this opportunity to thank the member for asking all those questions in order to get the clarity behind each of those sections and clauses. I just want to say thank you.
I also want to thank the House Leader of the Third Party, who came here and also asked some questions.
I want to thank my staff for their patience, for their knowledge, for their skills They helped me answer all those questions that I was asked.
With that, I move that the committee rise and report the bill complete without amendment.
Motion approved.
The committee rose at 4:37 p.m.
Committee of the Whole House
BILL 36 — HEALTH PROFESSIONS AND
OCCUPATIONS ACT
(continued)
The House in Committee of the Whole (Section C) on Bill 36; R. Leonard in the chair.
The committee met at 4:52 p.m.
On clause 110.
S. Bond: Good afternoon to the minister and his staff. I appreciate the opportunity to ask questions. We’ll start with clause 110. We’re in part 3, division 9.
I’m wondering if the minister can tell me if there are requirements set for who may constitute an investigative committee, or is that dependent on the bylaws that are set for each college?
Hon. A. Dix: The colleges select the committees now, and they will select them after the passage of this legislation.
S. Bond: As we’ve developed a pattern over the last many days that we’ve been together, I think it’s really important to indicate where there is something new, in particular, because there is obviously concern about what’s being added here. So I appreciate that. It’ll be dependent on the bylaws that are set for each college. That happens currently.
Can the minister then tell me what the role of the investigative committee is when it is a matter of administrative discipline?
Hon. A. Dix: Their job, with respect to administrative matters, which is where we are now, would be to review the decisions made by the registrar and, potentially, if they didn’t like the decisions, which has been my pattern, recommend a change to the registrar, conceivably, although I don’t think that typically is what would happen. They review the decisions made by the registrar.
The idea is to have a place to review those decisions. Since these are administrative decisions, which are really just…. Did he file? Did he not file? Did she file or not file? Did they file, not file? That’s why the process is simpler than it would be in other matters.
S. Bond: Just as the minister describes, once again, for us “administrative….” Would the minister characterize them as more routine in terms of the action?
Hon. A. Dix: They’re the sections we discussed under section 107. They are intended to be administrative and tend not to be matters, in any way, of judgment or opinion but simply of determination of fact — and, therefore, the relatively simpler approach.
Clause 110 approved.
On clause 111.
S. Bond: This clause speaks to information that is provided to the investigation committee. I’m wondering if a health professional can provide additional information to the committee.
Hon. A. Dix: In this section, the registrar must provide all relevant information to the investigation committee. There is another place, I think it’s section 121, where the person who’s the subject of the concern would be able to provide or be providing or, indeed, ask for other information that might be relevant.
Again, this allows both oversight of the registrar’s range of decisions, to give all the decisions, but, potentially, of individual decisions as well.
S. Bond: In this clause…. Sorry. I just turned back to the definitions for a moment, because I was moving on to the next one here.
In this clause, there are requirements to provide written notice. I’m wondering if there is a requirement for these notices to be made public at any point in time.
Hon. A. Dix: We passed 110, but if we go back to 110…. The member sees it.
Part of the key aspects of that is that the registrar has to be transparent about the reasons for the decision, including, obviously, the person who’s the subject of the mistake or whatever — that they made the administrative penalty. There is a series of things that they have to go through, the registrar has to do, and then, of course, provide fully about the decision. What gets made public — and we were discussing this previously — is the decision but not all of the details and the process.
If a determination is made and a decision is made, that’s made public. Beyond that, other things aren’t made public.
Clauses 111 to 113 inclusive approved.
On clause 114.
S. Bond: Thanks, Madam Chair, for your patience with that as we try to work through this.
This clause speaks to the issue of a health profession corporation. Maybe if we could …. It was many days ago that we talked about the definition of a “health profession.” When we look at the definition of a “health profession corporation,” it means “a corporation that holds a health profession corporation permit.” So that makes sense.
Perhaps the minister, for the record, could tell us or give us an example of a health corporation.
Hon. A. Dix: A couple of examples. If you know Vancouver Island health care and delivery…. There is Rebalance, which has been a major factor in terms of surgical care and other care on Vancouver Island. Famously, I guess, the Cambie Surgery Centre might be an example of a health professional corporation, etc.
S. Bond: Well, thank you to the minister for that. I appreciate it. I’ve heard some fantastic things about Rebalance, actually, and their partnership with the health authority. So thank you for mentioning that one in particular.
Interjection.
S. Bond: Perfect.
This again is…. If reason for disciplinary action is suspected, this…. Can the minister describe: are health professionals given the same opportunity for a hearing as a health profession corporation?
Hon. A. Dix: The answer is yes. They all get treated the same.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister.
I’m wondering if the minister could then confirm, once again, that the explanation provided, in terms of what is made public, is the decision, when we looked at clause 110…. Would that be the same situation here? When the registrar must give the health profession corporation written notice of the decision, is that what becomes public?
Hon. A. Dix: After the health profession corporation has been given an opportunity to be heard, the permitting committee must make a decision on the matter and forward it to the registrar, who will provide the decision in writing and the reasons for the decision to the health profession corporation, right? Then the decision is made public in the same way.
Clause 114 approved.
On clause 115.
S. Bond: Clause 115 is about disposition. I’m wondering if the minister could provide an example. Here there are…. How or when it would…. Let’s talk about when.
Could the minister provide us an example of when it would be appropriate to single out and reprimand the directors or shareholders of the health corporation who are licensees but not necessarily all of them?
Hon. A. Dix: In a sense, this is about fairness and precision. It allows you to focus on those accountable, in some ways — both pierce the corporate veil of it, but then hold accountable those who are accountable.
That may not be everyone involved in a particular matter, especially since some corporations would have a fairly wide range of those responsible — in general, directors more than shareholders, because directors are more responsible for the direction of a corporation. So it allows you to go in and be precise about who should be held accountable and how they would be held accountable.
Clause 115 approved.
On clause 116.
S. Bond: We’ve discussed this a number of times throughout the clauses we’ve discussed. Again, why was there a decision not to specify a particular timeline as to when the registrar must publish a copy of the order and the reasons for that order?
Hon. A. Dix: We have used this term a number of times, and it means…. Because not all cases are alike and some are inevitably more complex in terms of who might be involved — sharing the information, and so on — we don’t put 48 hours or seven days or 12 days.
What we are saying here is “as soon as reasonably practicable,” which might, in the case of a decision that’s a relatively minor matter, with precise facts, that would be distributed to one person and then out and posted — that might be a very short period of time. But in every case, it has to be as soon as reasonably practicable. So it puts an imposition here to publish the material, but it gives some flexibility because not all decisions are of the same detail and, of course, weight.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that response. I’m interested in sub 116 (2), where we look at the issue of public interest. As soon as reasonably practicable — and the minister is very consistent in his response on that, every time we ask it — the registrar must publish a copy of the order. But sub (2) speaks to the fact that if it’s in the public interest to do, the committee may direct the registrar to give public notice by any means of any information that must be published under subsection 1(a).
Could the minister describe what would count as public notice under this clause?
Hon. A. Dix: Typically, it would be on the registry, but there may be issues of broader public interest. Let’s not use any example of any existing company, because that would be absolutely unfair, but a health professional corporation that would be operating in a number of centres. So if it’s in the public interest to do…. That might be publishing on social media. It might be, conceivably, doing some sort of notice to media. It might be, conceivably, publishing an advertisement. It might be, conceivably, all those things.
Now, cost is a limitation on that one. The one that…. But in other words, not just because everyone doesn’t look at the registry all the time. If you want the broader public to know and it is in the public interest to do so, the public interest requires that — that you would expand it out. You’re giving yourself the option to publish it elsewhere and, in fact, the direction, if that’s seen as being in the interest.
In some cases, it may not be. It may be a relatively minor matter. But if it’s not involving a health professional corporation and it requires a broader understanding of what’s happened, then that’s where the permit committee may make such a decision.
Clause 116 approved.
On clause 117.
S. Bond: I’m interested in the essence of 117. It’s the enforcement act. I’m wondering: does this exist today?
Hon. A. Dix: The answer is yes.
S. Bond: And has there been any expansion of, basically, what are our powers — their disciplinary powers? The regulatory colleges actually have the ability to use investigative and disciplinary power. Is there any expansion? Or do these investigative powers, for example…? Are they the same today, and this is simply the status quo?
Hon. A. Dix: The one significant difference — we’ll get into this as we go forward into the bill — is the multiprofessional corporations. There are some corporations that might act in the jurisdiction of a number of the colleges in question — the time of team-based care. This allows for colleges to come to agreements of how they regulate so you don’t have the same corporation dealing with three or four colleges.
That ability to deal with multiprofessional corporations is new. It’s significant and, I think, actually a useful step in the efficiency of regulation. As we go down to six professional colleges, that’ll be useful. So that’s the most significant difference with respect to health professional corporations that you would see from the present to this one.
S. Bond: But the power to compel, basically giving evidence or producing records — none of that is new?
Hon. A. Dix: The answer to the question is no. The additional difference is that this is the permit committee that does it now and not the board, which is being asked to operate at the strategic level. So right now it would be the board that does this. Now it’s the permit committee, but the authorities are the same.
S. Bond: Again, is that part of the…? The minister has described this bill as streamlining or being more efficient or looking at how the colleges operate from a different perspective. Would the minister characterize that change to the permit committee, moving away from the board, in that context?
Hon. A. Dix: The intention is for the board to have…. It would be in most operations that you have a strategic function. What happens under the present act, frequently, is the board gets involved in operations, and it ends up spending an inordinate amount of time on operations and not doing its function of the board. Of course, these boards are not full-time, so this creates an administrative burden.
This changes that approach, and it sees the board giving broad strategic directions and oversight, of course, to the functioning of a college, but it effectively delegates or provides these authorities to take these actions to, in this case, the permanent committee.
Clause 117 approved.
On clause 118.
S. Bond: We’re moving into part 3, practice of designated health professions, and we’re looking at division 11, which is complaints and initiative investigations.
Clause 118 speaks to the issue of bylaws. As I understand it, there are a number of new expectations in terms of the creation of bylaws that do not currently exist under the current act. For example, there was not a requirement to pre-emptively monitor, basically, violations. Could the minister just walk me through the changes from the current act?
Hon. A. Dix: The key elements of proposed sections 118 and 119 are to…. The present function often has the board sitting back and waiting for a complaint to come in. As the member has identified, this requires them to pre-emptively go out and address things in advance of complaints, which can be a cumbersome and difficult process for people.
That information…. When you see in the next section…. Forgive me for going to the next section. It includes information from the media or another public source. It says that the board can’t just sit back and wait for a complaint, or its response to a problem can’t be, “Oh, well we haven’t received a complaint,” when there is a public concern raised.
This, in some ways, changes and empowers colleges to deal with situations before they become complaints and to better work with everyone involved. Often what would happen previously — and we talked about it — is that a lot of this would come through quality assurance committees, but if it comes through the quality assurance committee, which you want everyone to participate in fully to improve the quality of the system, it makes everyone feel like: “Well, that’s a potential investigative process.”
That’s not what we want. We want the colleges to deal with issues proactively and in support of both the public interest but really also, quite frequently, the profession itself. As all members know, particular professionals or practices of a small number of professionals can do quite a bit to undermine public confidence in the broader profession.
Proactive action is what these two sections are…. The main difference, I should say, between this and the existing act is that these sections empower and really direct the colleges and boards to be proactive.
S. Bond: If we could just take a look for a moment at sub 118(f). It’s very interesting that — I believe this is new — in fact what could happen in the event that a licensee is suspended…. The board may now assign another licensee to take over the practice of the suspended licensee. First of all, is that new? Then could the minister describe how that would work? How does the board find another licensee to take over someone’s practice? Perhaps just how that would actually work and whether or not it’s a new expectation.
Hon. A. Dix: Again, when we deal with or lay out scenarios, it’s not to imply this is happening or this happens to some. First of all, some colleges, particularly the College of Physicians and Surgeons, utilize such powers now.
You can imagine a circumstance where any health professional has a practice, and their health condition that doesn’t allow them to continue that practice is deemed and can be temporary. They’ve, for whatever reason, had their licence suspended for that or for another reason. They don’t want to lose that practice, and it may be that the patients themselves, if they still want to be part of that practice, wouldn’t want to see that happen.
What the board has the power to do is make bylaws respecting what happens under those circumstances so that we can deal with those circumstances should they arise. So the board’s job isn’t to do it. The board’s job is to set out the bylaws and the process by which that could be done.
You can see the advantage of it, because the board is suspending the practitioner. You don’t necessarily want the practitioner to decide how it continues because they’d be effectively managing the practice. But the practitioner doesn’t necessarily want to lose the practice either. So it could be in the interest of the practitioner or the patients and the public interest.
What we’re asking the board to do is to make bylaws dealing with that circumstance. While I don’t think that would happen often, one can conceive of situations where that would happen. In these previous sections, we’ve talked about what might happen under certain conditions. If it’s the case that it’s, for example, a temporary condition, you might want to do that and maintain the practice. The punishment for having your licence suspended for whatever reason should not necessarily be the end of the practice that you’re engaged in.
S. Bond: Well, ultimately, I guess I would consider it in the public interest to actually try to find a way for them to be cared for, looked after or whatever the particular focus of the practice is.
I understand that the board is now going to have to make bylaws related to that. Where does the other licensee come from? I can understand that we certainly don’t have a lot of them to spare. I’m just wondering how that works in practice.
The other thing I would just like the minister to provide for me — it’s a massive bill, hundreds of clauses; I’m doing my best to understand them all and do justice to this bill — is the motivation to change the board’s requirements for bylaws related to these issues. Is that something that the minister heard in consultation? Is it something that we’ve learned about in best practice? Where did the motivation to add these pieces come from?
Secondly, where does the board find the practitioner? What is the scope of how they do that to replace? Do they tap someone on the shoulder and say: “We’d like you to take care of this practice as well as your own?” Just perhaps a little bit about how that might work.
Hon. A. Dix: Under the current section 19 of the current Health Professions Act, there are the provisions to deal with what happens when someone is suspended and the responsibilities with respect to patients, and so on. This simply adds the possibility that someone could be assigned to take over their practice. It might be as limited as ensuring that health records are maintained. Health professionals, I might say, are extremely responsible about their profession. They do help one another on these questions. It’s setting out the process by which that would happen.
We have all these measures now about what everyone is supposed to do under those circumstances. This simply adds another process, and you have to lay out, by bylaw, how it would happen that someone would be appointed to those circumstances. Of course, that doesn’t create the person who would take it over. That person would always have to be found, but this lays out, and requires the laying out, of the pathway. How does that happen? What was happening? What can the bylaw say, should it be able to address this issue?
I think having that available could prove to be a very positive thing. You can imagine a circumstance where someone is actually trying to do exactly what the member suggested, which is to support the person who’s having the difficulty. Should it be a fitness-to-practise issue? There might be a lot of people who would want to support them in those circumstances and support the patients involved through what’s a difficult time — in addition, of course, to ensuring that that person would be able to recover from what was ailing them.
Having this in place builds on something that was already in the Health Professions Act. It simply is something that comes out of best practices and, I think, is an additional means of dealing, in the interests of patients and everyone else, with those circumstances.
S. Bond: Just my last question on this clause. Is there a template for the process? Is it consistent? Do regulatory colleges have latitude in how they create the process?
Hon. A. Dix: I think they have latitude, but part of the role of the superintendent is also to ensure consistency and good sense.
Inevitably, when you have fewer colleges — as we will, once the legislation is passed — there’ll be more consistency, by definition, I suppose. Also, the role of the superintendent here is one of the key recommendations that comes out of the tripartite committee process: to have that role in place, to ensure consistency across the board.
[F. Donnelly in the chair.]
Of course, in these provisions, they are required now to make bylaws around the obligations in the case of the suspended practitioners. Many of those bylaws would exist. This would be an additional one that says: “Well, what happens? Who takes over? How does that work?” To have bylaws about that, I would expect the colleges, with the assistance of the superintendent, to have a pretty consistent approach, across the board, with that.
Clause 118 approved.
On clause 119.
S. Bond: Good afternoon, hon. Chair.
I’m just interested in sub 119(a). If the minister could describe who the registrar can collect information from as it’s defined in sub (a).
Hon. A. Dix: This is extremely broad, because it says, in the first part of the proposed section 119, “…from any source.” Then it lists, clearly, what are viewed as the main sources.
Under (a), that means that would typically be the investigator in that case, or potentially, in that relatively rare case, under quality assurance, where something comes through the quality assurance process — we discussed that in a previous section — it might be that in that case. Then you’ll see other potential sources, including extrajurisdictional regulators.
There are some examples of when and how that might occur, and as well, “information from the media or another public source.” As described earlier, if an issue about a practitioner or groups of practitioners is a media story, you’re not waiting for someone to make a complaint. You’re acting in the public interest and in the interests of the profession — which, in that case, very much wants the college to be on it, because sometimes there’s a reputational impact on the entire profession when these things occur and, in many cases, a very unfair reputational impact on the profession.
S. Bond: Could the minister tell me whether or not, when the clause suggests “another public source,” that includes social media?
Hon. A. Dix: Well, there’s a saying: “Consider the source.” It’s not inconceivable that it would be social media. As you know, there are a number of people who do work, and their media work is on platforms that are social media platforms.
One could imagine a circumstance…. Again, these are adjudicated processes. This is not a case of somebody doing a tweet — which feels like so last week — or making any kind of posting on any social media platform that could lead to that. They wouldn’t be limited from doing that, but obviously, like everything else, they would be considering the source. It would certainly allow them to do that if it were relevant information — yes.
Clauses 119 and 120 approved.
On clause 121.
S. Bond: Sub 121(2)(c) speaks to whether or not a respondent was given a notice of the complaint. The word used is “if.” My question is: under what circumstances would a respondent not be given notice of a complaint?
Hon. A. Dix: There are circumstances where there might be — these would be, I think, the more unusual circumstances, but they still exist — a risk of losing evidence or if the investigation required, to use a colloquial expression, catching someone red-handed. The investigation requires that.
So if you’re doing that kind of investigation…. I don’t want to talk about any particular profession or a regulated profession where that might be the case, but you can imagine circumstances where the investigation would require confidentiality in order to ensure the success of the investigation.
Clause 121 approved.
On clause 122.
S. Bond: I’m interested in this from…. I just want some clarity around one particular issue, but let me just summarize.
I understand that one of the steps here allows the registrar to resolve less serious complaints. I appreciate the briefing that was provided via a consent agreement, which walks through the steps that are involved in creating that consent agreement.
I just would like the minister, though, to…. We’ve had, which I appreciated…. We did some work together on the whole issue of sexual misconduct and sexual abuse. In 122(3)(a), the exception to being able to dismiss or to dispose of a complaint, it speaks to the act of sexual abuse. Is there a reason that sexual misconduct is not included there?
Hon. A. Dix: This is the discussion we had which ensured that sexual abuse was taken, in every case, seriously. It came out of our discussions, in particular, with Indigenous groups — the importance of defining sexual abuse.
So this is part of a consistent approach to that, to say you can address other issues and sexual misconduct might be, conceivably, an inappropriate comment. Sexual abuse is never that. It’s serious, so it always applies in those cases, and that’s why that’s there.
One of the reasons we made the amendment — and the bill will pass, should it pass, with amendment — is to ensure that there is no ambiguity about that. This says that in case of sexual abuse, there’s no ambiguity.
S. Bond: I appreciate that explanation. I absolutely understand the importance of it being here. What I don’t understand…. And perhaps I’m missing what the minister is saying to me. Is the minister saying that in the event that it is sexual misconduct, a registrar, without referring a regulatory complaint to the investigation committee, can dispose of that complaint by making a summary dismissal order?
In other words, we are consistent in the issue of sexual abuse, which I am grateful to see. However, we are assuming that sexual misconduct is of a nature that it could be dealt with by a summary dismissal. I would just like the minister to, perhaps, give me a bit more detail as to why.
Hon. A. Dix: What it says is imagine a circumstance where a complaint is made around sexual misconduct, the comment in question. The determination is that the comment didn’t happen. That’s the determination. Then that can be a dismissal. We’re saying in the case of sexual abuse that even if there’s not a finding here, they have to refer it anyway. It has to have that other level.
If the board doesn’t want to allow, in this case, the registrar to do this, they can also make bylaws limiting them as well. But what we’re saying is that in a case of sexual abuse, say the registrar basically determines they don’t want to go forward. Well, they’ve still got to bring it forward in the case of sexual abuse, because that’s not something that they can deal with in any kind of summary way.
S. Bond: The board would still have the opportunity. I’m just concerned that sexual misconduct…. I can understand the minister saying that if it was a comment, it can be dismissed. I understand that. But sexual misconduct, as we defined it together, is much broader than a comment.
I’m concerned about the assumption that anything captured under the umbrella of sexual misconduct could be dealt with by a summary dismissal. I think that’s a concern that I want to just register. I want to make it clear that there would still be an avenue for investigative committees to move the sexual misconduct complaint through a more rigorous process than simply a summary dismissal.
Hon. A. Dix: All decisions made are subject to review by the investigation committee, including one by summary dismissal. There is an oversight to that process for the very reasons that the member describes. Of course, sexual misconduct is…. We’re talking about a range of activities. But what we said, and what we’ve said in dealing with previous sections, is that distinction, which really comes from the consultation process we did. It makes a distinction between those actions. You could never do it in that case. In any case, all decisions can be reviewed.
Clause 122 approved.
On clause 123.
S. Bond: Under subsection (3), in the written notice that’s provided to the board of the claim, would the notice include anything as to the nature of the complaint or the incident if there was one that was the subject of the complaint? Can any of the details of the complaint potentially reveal the identity of the complainant? That’s my concern there. Basically, does the written notice that is provided describe the nature of the complaint or the incident?
Hon. A. Dix: Clearly, (4), that the notice given to the board, under subsection (3), must not identify the complainant — that’s a key provision. What’s the purpose of this if a complaint is made against a board member? Remember, there are health professionals on boards. The registrar has not dismissed the complaint. The registrar must notify the board but not reveal the identity of the person complaining. That’s sub (4).
This ensures that the board is informed if one of their members may be potentially unfit to be on the board. In short, if a complaint is made about someone who’s on a board — and we would hope that wouldn’t happen, but we have to envision this, because we’re creating an act for the future — the board needs to be informed. But obviously, the protection of the complainant is made explicit not in regulation but in the legislation, which has been our pattern.
One of the reasons the bill is longer than it might have been is partly because of my experience, members of committees’ experience and all members’ experiences and the discussion we frequently have in this Legislature about the amount of work that’s done by regulation. Our purpose here….
Frequently you’ll see sections where we make a whole bunch of things explicit, and then we have a thing at the end where “well, we can add things by regulation,” but we want to let people know what the bill means in the bill. I think that’s a very helpful process. Here, it’s not a regulatory question. They’ve got to keep the person’s identity protected.
S. Bond: Certainly, I recognize that. Thank you to the minister. In (4), what I’m asking is, in the way that the board is provided notice with the type of description that is provided, we all know that virtually, other than including the person’s name, the situation could well describe or identify the person. All I’m asking is, is there a format, a form, or a way that that report or a written notice of a complaint is provided to the board that, through the very nature of the way it’s described, has the potential to identify the person? Is there protection so that that does not happen?
Hon. A. Dix: Again, we’ll just go outside the section to section 353. This occurred, I believe, under previous ministers and, I think, in one case since I’ve been Minister of Health, where there have been real-life complaints against board members. In those cases, board members refused to leave the board, so section 353 deals with those very real-life issues. But I just note, to be explicit in response to the member’s specific question: “A notice given to the board under subsection (3) must not identify the complainant.”
So it’s not just an issue of their name and everything else that’s there. It must not identify the complainant, so if the circumstances were such that it would, then it might be less information to the board. Only, maybe, the subject of the complaint or what the complaint’s about, and not information around that, because the member is quite right. These are communities of professionals, sometimes, and people in our society, and sometimes you could imagine that coming. So the “must not” is not just an issue of their name and address.
S. Bond: I just want to thank the minister for that clarification, because, again, as people attempt to use this new act, we want it to be very clear that it is exactly that — that it is not specifically the name, but it is the circumstances as well.
Clauses 123 to 126 inclusive approved.
On clause 127.
S. Bond: That went so fast, I have to turn the page. I know the minister got whiplash there; we were moving so quickly.
Section 127. The question that I have is: in what scenario would an investigation committee need to direct an investigator to merge together investigations or to merge together an investigation?
Hon. A. Dix: There may be multiple investigations into the same practitioner. It may be useful to merge those investigations for the purpose of streamlining but also perhaps for the purpose of justice, in a certain way. It may also be conceivable that there’s the need to separate them.
There may be an investigation that is at once about conduct and also about fitness to practise. So the conduct issues are very different. They may be linked to the fitness to practise. They may not be linked to them. But you may want to separate them in that case or merge them together if, really, they’re the same issue so that we’re not having multiple repeat investigations where one investigation dealing with all the issues would be the appropriate path. We want to give them the capacity to do just that.
Clause 127 approved.
On clause 128.
S. Bond: This clause talks about a health professional’s capacity. I’m just wondering. When we look at 128(1)(c), (1) says basically that if the committee has reason to believe that a person’s “capacity is in question” — and then there’s a list of things that the registrar must do. Well, if a person’s capacity is in question, why wouldn’t there be immediate notification to the investigation committee and the use of the records that are noted in (c)? There’s already a concern that capacity is an issue, so why would there not be an immediate notification to the investigation committee using the documents that are included in (c)?
Hon. A. Dix: There are two differences here. One, currently this capacity evaluation is really the College of Physicians and Surgeons. So this will mean that all colleges will have these responsibilities, not just the College of Physicians. That’s an important difference. It’s not the member’s question, but it’s an important difference.
Secondly, the investigation committee…. We’ve created this position of capacity officer. Why? Because it’s someone’s health information, so we want those decisions and that advice housed with one person. It’s not all around the college. It’s the one person, the capacity officer. What we’re saying is that they decided that a capacity evaluation is required. The capacity officer does that evaluation, and they have to have all the relevant information, which may guide them in making the appropriate evaluation.
Clause 128 approved.
On clause 129.
S. Bond: This is about the duty to proceed in a timely manner. That’s interesting, that principle. Is there an upper limit in terms of how long an investigation can last? This says: “conduct an investigation in a timely manner.” That, for some people, could be two weeks, and for some people it could be two years. Is there an upper limit? Is there a place where there is an intervention to say that this is taking too long?
Hon. A. Dix: Again, I mean, one of the principles, not of the all-party committee’s approach but of Harry Cayton’s approach, is the taking away of some timelines, which, in his view, weren’t helpful to the process.
What we’re saying here is that it has to be done in a timely manner, with the superintendent in place to make sure that that happens. Obviously, there are very different levels of complexity in some of these cases. Having one rule that fits all doesn’t make sense. But if a college is not acting in a timely manner and not acting in a reasonable manner, there’s oversight of their processes by the superintendent.
Ultimately, the superintendent might recommend to, I believe, the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council to make more specific regulations — that could happen — to define that. Really, what we’re saying is: “timely manner” means without undue delay.
Clauses 129 and 130 approved.
On clause 131.
S. Bond: In clause 131 we’re talking about general investigation powers. Can the minister, first of all, tell me whether these are the powers that exist today, or have there been additional powers provided related to investigations?
The Chair: Minister.
Hon. A. Dix: Thank you very much, hon. Chair. So good to see you tonight. You’re looking very well. Thank you for that.
The investigator. The main difference here is that the investigator can make an order to produce information, answer questions or provide records by a specific time. That’s not something that was in the current Health Professions Act. It will improve the efficiency of investigations. That’s the main difference.
The powers…. They exist, but they can create an order that requires someone to provide information or records, as we say, answer questions, produce equipment or materials at or by a specific time. It’s the “by a specific time” part which is the difference between the current situation and the situation under the new act.
S. Bond: Well, I will be very interested at some point in my life to understand the Cayton view that having timelines is not helpful to the process.
Here we have that you have to produce all of these things within, according to the minister, a particular timeline. Perhaps the minister could….
One of the things that is referenced in this clause is the ability to copy records. So can the minister tell me whether that must be done on the premises, or can the investigators seize the records, copy them and return them?
Hon. A. Dix: The answer to the question is either…. It’s specifically on the issue of timelines, because when we say “as soon as reasonably possible,” which we sometimes say, that means basically as soon as possible, within some reason. If you decide at 11 o’clock at night, you don’t need to do it at 11:01. That’s the general approach.
Here it’s not a prescribed timeline. Again, it’s specific to the investigation. So it doesn’t say: “In all cases, we’re demanding these records in seven days.” It’s just allowing the investigator to do those as per specific cases. That’s, I think, the distinction.
Again, it’s not specific. We’re not saying 72 hours or 96 hours. It’ll be a specified time that’s provided in each individual case, based on the circumstance of each individual case.
Clause 131 approved.
On clause 132.
S. Bond: Who decides who performs a clinical evaluation?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s not prescribed here. The colleges and the registrar inevitably would have a list of people. There are quite a few, obviously, specialties and subspecialties. So if one takes an example from another jurisdiction that happened awhile ago…. There was an issue of the competency of a radiologist. You’d be seeking the advice and the evaluation of competency from another radiologist in that case, and so on.
The investigator would seek that issue of competency, and then the college would have, presumably, lists of people or would need to seek lists of people to provide that clinical advice.
S. Bond: Does the current act contemplate competency assessments in a similar way, or are there changes here?
Hon. A. Dix: Competency has always been at the centre of health professional regulations. So yes.
S. Bond: Could the minister just describe for me…? Sub 132(2)(b) speaks to “another type of evaluation.” Could the minister give me an example of what other types of evaluations could be authorized by the bylaws?
Hon. A. Dix: Say the concern was a poor job of recordkeeping, which is important, obviously, in the work being done. That’s not a clinical evaluation. It’s another type of evaluation — if that were the subject of the investigation, as opposed to, in the previous case, the ability to properly read what’s in front of you.
Clauses 132 and 133 approved.
On clause 134.
S. Bond: We’re on clause 135, and I’m wondering when….
Interjections.
S. Bond: What did I say? Okay, 134. You see? You could have just skipped right along there, and I wouldn’t even have noticed. You would have gotten another one down. I know you were being incredibly helpful there. Thank you to the Chair and to the minister and the entire room.
On clause 134, we’re talking about the investigation committee’s assessment. I’m wondering. The minister is correct; capacity was obviously at the centre of all of this. Why are records given to a capacity officer, which we just talked about, not included in subsection (2)(a)?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s because the information of the capacity officer is potentially personal health information, so that’s the distinction that’s involved here, because of the nature of that. We talked about that in a previous section, but that’s why we’ve essentially created this role of capacity officers — to deal with issues that are just inherently personal and private.
Clause 134 approved.
On clause 135.
S. Bond: We’ve arrived at clause 135. Could the minister provide an example for me what might be included under subsection (2)(a)?
Hon. A. Dix: The purpose of this — and the key word here is “solely” — is to consider all of the circumstances. There’s a conviction or charge of drunk and disorderly conduct, if you can imagine that. It’s not solely a demonstration of lack of professional competence. The fact of the conviction doesn’t mean that that’s solely the case, because it’s not necessarily connected to the conduct. But it is a circumstance to be considered.
As some might say more commonly, perhaps, a DUI is not an indication necessarily, solely, of a professional lack of competence. But it is an element that can be considered in that circumstance — what it’s telling us in this case. The investigation committee must consider all of the circumstances.
S. Bond: In essence, it is looking at the circumstances in their entirety, including, for example, if there is a conviction or an offence. One would assume they would be considered in this process. I’m wondering if the minister can speak to the issues related to Indigenous practices. When we look at 135(2)(b) there is a series of steps, for example, that include a departure from prevailing practice. Can the minister just describe for us…?
I know that part of the goal in this massive bill is to look at the issues that were raised in In Plain Sight. Could the minister just describe for me the process related to Indigenous practices or departure from prevailing practice?
Hon. A. Dix: There’s some precedent for this and how other issues, not Indigenous issues, were dealt with under the Health Professions Act. There was a period when a college might have gone after an alternative health provider. Really, the threshold was harm, in that case — the Health Professions Act. If they’re not doing harm, you can’t really go after them. That was the idea in alternative health.
A lot has changed since then, including on the issue of naturopathic doctors — the regulation of naturalistic physicians as health professionals. In this case, what it’s saying in terms of those who are engaging in Indigenous practices is that unless harm is being done in some fashion — individuals — those Indigenous practices are protected. That’s the purpose of this section.
It, of course, was much discussed in our consultation with Indigenous people, this notion, this idea of protection. These practices were the subject of In Plain Sight, and it’s part of the ongoing work that we’re doing in communities, including…. I know the member will be aware of that in her community and others.
What we’re saying is that unless you can show harm here, a practice that would cause harm, we’re protecting Indigenous practices as a matter requiring assessment.
S. Bond: I appreciate those comments. I was really struck by the description in the briefing that this section is vital for ongoing trauma-informed and culturally safe practices. The minister might want to speak to that for me, to give me a sense…. That certainly stands out when it comes to the way other clauses have been described, so perhaps he could speak to that for me, although he has given some reflection on that.
When we look at subs 135(2)(b)(i), (ii) and (iii), there are exceptions there. The following exceptions apply. In certain circumstances, there will be exceptions. Could the minister describe for me what exceptions are referred to — the type of exceptions — in the three parts of the clause that lay out those exceptions?
Hon. A. Dix: Really, there are the three provisions. The first is to say that if you’re a regulated health professional, then you’ve got to follow the requirements and the bylaws of the profession, Indigenous or not. Right? So that’s important. That’s understood and understood by practitioners.
The second and third protect the patient. Remember, it’s not just, here, Indigenous practices, but departures from prevailing practice as well. So we’re talking about two sets of things. There are Indigenous practices, and there are departures from prevailing practice if a patient is being misled.
I know the member and other members have seen this. We see it around on different issues. An issue that comes to mind is the issue of autism, which has led to some misleading of people, in some cases, with respect to possible cures, for example. I’ll just give that as an example. It could be diabetes. It could be other things. This protects the patient against being misled, and I think that’s a reasonable thing.
Third, if we can demonstrate that the delivery has a demonstrably greater risk of harm, then that’s the third basis on which action can be taken.
I think the latter two…. The first is just saying that professionals are professionals; (ii) and (iii) are really putting the patient or the recipient of the service or however you want to describe them in that particular case at the forefront of it. You can’t mislead people about the value of something.
There is unfortunately…. I say it in both those cases, because we’re all aware that it’s in both cases. People are, especially in some cases with younger people…. Parents are desperate to find cures and solutions.
Of course, health professionals work with that all the time, and they do unbelievable work here. But there are some people out there who use that desperation to mislead people, and that ain’t allowed.
Clauses 135 to 137 inclusive approved.
On clause 138.
S. Bond: Can the minister tell me, in clause 138, why the registrar is not required to provide new information immediately upon the receipt of that information?
Hon. A. Dix: This is our friend “as soon as reasonably practicable” making a return visit to our discussions.
Really what we’re saying…. “As soon as possible” means that if I find out at 11 o’clock at night, I need to wake you up and tell you. As soon as reasonably practical, in that case, would be the next morning. That says you’ve got to do it. You’ve got to do it as soon as you can do it, reasonably, and we expect that you will. I think that’s the purpose here.
S. Bond: In sub 138(2)(b), there is the provision that the director may cancel the citation. It says: “…if directed by the investigation committee….”
Can the minister confirm that the registrar can only request the cancellation of the citation, they can’t actually order or otherwise require the director of discipline to cancel it?
Hon. A. Dix: The member is correct.
Clause 138 approved.
On clause 139.
S. Bond: There’s such pressure to get up quickly because the members are so eager to move to 139.
I am going to go line by line. I’m warning you. That’s my job.
Interjection.
S. Bond: That’s exactly what’s going to happen.
Clause 139. Could the investigation committee and the respondent agree to one or more disciplinary orders prior to the director of discipline issuing a citation?
Hon. A. Dix: There are often discussions — call them negotiations — around a consent agreement between the investigation committee and the respondent. We’re saying if the matter has been sent to the director of discipline, then they can do that. They can still do that, but it requires the director of discipline’s approval at that point.
S. Bond: All right. Perhaps the minister can then describe how this clause would potentially allow for a discipline hearing to be cancelled.
Hon. A. Dix: This allows the director of discipline…. Say there’s an agreement after it goes to the director of discipline. There’s an agreement between the parties, in this case, and it’s a good agreement. It’s based on information that allows the director of discipline to essentially accept the agreement and not go through with a hearing on the question if there’s an agreement in place.
That’s what it allows them to do. But it doesn’t allow them, once it goes to the director of discipline, to do that without the approval of the director of discipline.
Clause 139 approved.
On clause 140.
S. Bond: I keep hoping I’m going to hit a clause that has those little wee numbers — oh, there’s one coming up — because the member for Kootenay East is here, and I think he schooled me on the fact they’re called romanettes. That’s right. That’s what the member for Kootenay East taught me after all these years in this place. Clause 140 has no romanettes in it, but 141 does.
Clause 140. We’re talking here about initiating capacity evaluations. Is the respondent allowed any degree of choice in terms of who will perform the medical evaluation as part of the capacity assessment?
Hon. A. Dix: That’s right. It’s the college that determines that you can’t select your own person to do your own evaluation of your own capacity.
Clause 140 approved.
On clause 141.
S. Bond: On clause 141, is there an opportunity…? I certainly don’t disagree with the minister. I just wanted it on the record. Is there an opportunity for a respondent to request a second opinion regarding the medical evaluation that’s to take place?
Hon. A. Dix: No, but they can get it reviewed at a future date. Of course, in the process of this, someone’s medical condition could conceivably change as well, so there may be new circumstances.
Clauses 141 to 144 inclusive approved.
On clause 145.
S. Bond: The Chair is enjoying the numbers. Try coming up with coherent questions at this time of the day.
So we’re on clause 145. In this clause, we’re talking about requesting changes for continuing practice or a revocation order. Under the clause, who may request changes to a continuing practice order or a revocation order?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s the capacity officer.
Clause 145 approved.
On clause 146.
S. Bond: I have a number of questions on this clause. Can the minister provide some examples of the types of limits or conditions that could be placed on a respondent?
Hon. A. Dix: What we want to do is, of course, to allow people to continue to practise and earn a living. And particularly in the circumstances involved, that can be important. The ability to tailor the restrictions to the circumstances is important. One doesn’t have a fundamental right to practise, right?
I’ll give the member an example, which I think we’ve used in the notes the member has. It is intrusive to provide, for example, a urine sample to be able to practise. It’s intrusive. We might reasonably say that, but if that were the requirement to be able to practise your life’s work, then that might be seen as a reasonable intrusion while allowing them to do that.
So what we want to do is have a sufficient flexibility in this case to allow people to deal with events that occur that might make people who are otherwise good practitioners unfit to practise. We want to tailor, as much as we can, the limits and conditions of that to allow them to do that while maintaining public safety.
That might be a circumstance if someone needed that kind of restriction to ensure public safety. That might not be considered reasonable in the broad sense, but for someone who…. It would certainly be better than not being allowed to practise, so giving people the ability to tailor that is important in terms of the work of capacity officers.
S. Bond: I appreciate that explanation. I think finding the balance between allowing a person to continue to practise…. The number one concern is always public safety, so I recognize that.
I’m wondering if the minister could define or at least explain for me, but generally for people who will be governed by this act, what “reasonably ameliorated” means.
Hon. A. Dix: In the previous example, if the person were regularly getting tested, if the condition was an addiction issue and the order was being satisfied — clean tests, in that case — then their problems would be reasonably ameliorated, in that sense.
Equally, for example, if someone has a different kind of illness and they’re getting treatment for that illness — they stay on that treatment regime, and that’s part of the order — then that would allow them to continue to practise. That’s what, in this context, “reasonably ameliorated” means.
I asked my colleagues here how many different bills “reasonably ameliorated” was in, but they couldn’t say. They got that one yesterday. So I’m not holding that against them.
S. Bond: No, we should not be doing that.
As I said, not yesterday — we were cancelled yesterday — but earlier, the staff has done an incredible job, and I’m really grateful. I know that they live and breathe this work — and have for years, literally. I know there’s always the phone-a-friend option — I guess it’s text a friend as well — when you need that lifeline. I do appreciate it very much.
In a similar vein, what we need to just remind people of, about what is happening here, is that a capacity officer has the power to do a number of things. The respondent may have to take specified education, training or a number of other things.
One of the things that’s included in 2(a) is “remedial activities.” Could the minister just give me an example of what that might look?
Hon. A. Dix: I’ll give my own example. I’m a health practitioner, and I’m not managing my diabetes well.
As part of the response to that, for people living with diabetes over time, you’d think you’d learn it once. Things change, and you change. It might require a specific educational program on keeping blood sugars in balance. It might be dietary training. We might require that, in that circumstance, which would assist someone in my circumstance. In that case, a specified education or training program might be that.
I’ve done such training programs, when I was initially diagnosed, in my case, but along the way, that might be required if, for some reason, I was not taking care of that. I was a health professional, and that was the subject of an issue where I wasn’t managing that circumstance properly. In that circumstance, as you could imagine, it’s education.
In other circumstances, it might be a mental health issue. There are some circumstances like that. Those aren’t the only ones; there are other ones. That’s just one that I, personally, relate to.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister. I think those kinds of, in the minister’s case, personal examples make it much more plain-language.
It’s one of the things…. When you’re in government, whichever government you belong to, we always talk about plain language. I can assure you that this bill is not about plain language. We have spent hours working our way through this, in trying to get a good sense of what it means.
One of the concerns that I have is that the capacity officer may also require a specific course of therapy or clinical treatment. Imagine, for a moment, that a respondent has their own medical practitioner. What if there is disagreement? Is there a place for looking at the expectation of a particular course of therapy? Is there a place or flexibility for dialogue between a respondent’s own medical practitioner and the course of clinical treatment that may be prescribed or expected by the capacity officer?
Hon. A. Dix: A couple of points. That certainly wouldn’t be prohibited. Remember, this is the subject of a continuing practice order, so these aren’t regular circumstances. The continuing practice order is involved. Yes, that kind of dialogue, I think, would be appropriate. If you look at 146(3). you see that that flexibility is wired into the legislation. In that case, it’s issues of a respondent’s beliefs and cultural traditions, which sometimes can be quite relevant to the discussion. That flexibility is there.
I just want to say that I agree with the member about plain language. I would say that I think the effort of our team, which was really a direction to detail in the legislation, probably made the legislation several hundred sections longer than it would have been if we had depended primarily on regulation. In that sense, I think, there is that spirit in the effort that they’ve made. It makes a real difference.
It is a subject of regular and routine debate that I had as an opposition member — when I was in opposition asking questions of ministers: “Why is this in regulation? Why don’t you make it explicit? If you mean that, why don’t you just say it?” That’s what was really the driving goal here.
In that sense, while the language may not always be plain, it’s always English.
S. Bond: Well, I just want to say this — I’m sure that at some point before this process ends, I will have more to say about that: there are people who don’t understand why there is a feeling of concern about the constriction of time. I take this work very seriously, as I know the minister does. We are creating law that governs people’s practice, the way they govern. It deserves scrutiny, and it deserves ample time to have that scrutiny.
I will just say that because, plain language or not, this is very complicated legislation, and it is very lengthy. I think it is responsible of us to have the time to actually go through this line by line — which, believe me, is probably as challenging for me as it is for the minister to sit there.
When we come to the continuing practice order, one of the other things a capacity officer may do — again, it’s not “must”; it’s “may”; there’s obviously more latitude there — is that they may order other examinations or evaluations. Does that strictly relate to medical examinations or evaluations, or is the breadth of that ability to pursue those broader than medical?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s health. It’s not competency. There are other issues. Those are important.
It’s not competency. We’re talking fit to practise. So we’re talking health. That health may be in the broadest sense. It may not just be physicians. It could be physiotherapists. It could be others who are providing the necessary care or evaluation or assessment. Fit to practise is about health.
S. Bond: So 146(3) is actually, I think, incredibly important. I want to focus in on one word, and that word is “consider.” What subsection (3) talks about is that “a capacity officer must consider the respondent’s beliefs and cultural traditions in determining an appropriate course of therapy or treatment.”
Ultimately, in this process…. After consideration, does the capacity officer still have the ability to make an order requiring a course of therapy or clinical treatment that may not fully reflect or capture a respondent’s cultural traditions or beliefs — in other words, that does not align with the respondent’s beliefs and cultural traditions? Can they move forward with an order that a respondent may not feel aligns with their cultural traditions or beliefs?
Hon. A. Dix: This is “must consider.” I’ll give an example. If someone had views on religious matters, and they were to be ordered by a college into a denominational process, those views must be considered. It may be the case…. If that is the only place that they could get the care required, they would have that choice to make, but they must consider it.
If, say, a college were to make a decision around a particular type of denominational practice or, in the alternative, non-denominational practice or a certain type of practice, and someone had cultural beliefs that were inconsistent with that, then they must consider them. That doesn’t mean that all options are available or anything else, but you have to consider that.
You could see a circumstance where a college would say: “Well, you have to do this pathway.” This pathway is of a religious view that you don’t hold or contains within it that. We can imagine circumstances. Without being too explicit, the member and I could both imagine circumstances, I think, where that might be the case.
S. Bond: The minister has been flexible, and we appreciate it. We have three Houses going and people all over the place. I’m wondering if he would please consider allowing us to look at section 157 so that my colleague, the critic for Aboriginal affairs, can actually ask his questions. He’s actually dealing with the child welfare bill in another House.
Could we please take that section out of order? I’m happy to see clause 146 pass. Then if we could move to 157.
Hon. A. Dix: If we could…. I know the member will move quickly. I would suggest, perhaps, that we pass 146. We stand down 147 to 156. Is that fair? We deal with 157, and then we consider having our 15-minute break. Does that make sense?
I’m not limiting the member for Vancouver-Langara to ten minutes. I wouldn’t do that. We’ll see how it goes. He hasn’t asked a question in ten minutes in his life.
Interjection.
The Chair: Member, hold on. Just before we…. We had some negotiations going on there, and now I think we’re clear.
Clause 146 approved.
The Chair: Now we’re going to stand down 147 to 156 to allow the member for Vancouver-Langara to have his comments.
Clauses 147 to 156 inclusive stood down.
On clause 157.
M. Lee: I’m just going to say, apart from…. Thank you to the member for Prince George–Valemount and the member for Kootenay East for his smiles. That’s great.
Just to be brief, this will link…. I’m sure that I may miss it, although who knows, at this rate. So 157 links to 268 as well.
Of course, the minister responded to me when we were talking earlier in committee stage on this bill about the In Plain Sight report, the recommendations coming from it as well as the obligations and being mindful of DRIPA and the DRIPA action plan. We had a good discussion around some of the sections of this bill that relate to ensuring we practise and provide cultural safety for Indigenous peoples in our province within the health care system.
What sort of input will be required here to the registrar in designing the type of disciplinary order that is set out, the kind of restorative process that is contemplated under this section, recognizing that section 268 sets out some of that process? I’d like, on this particular section, the minister to comment further on the requirements, what that is going to look like and what sort of input is expected there for the registrar in order to set those types of disciplinary orders relating to restorative processes.
Hon. A. Dix: If the member has questions on section 268, we can deal with those as well, of course.
This is a very broad process. The key is that it would be an agreed-to process. There is, in the current act, alternative dispute resolution. One of the reasons we’re changing this to “restorative processes” is the issue of dispute and…. The view, especially from Indigenous participants in our consultation process, was that this is a better way to describe what we are trying to do and more to what they wanted to see happen.
This means it’s broad and can be agreed to between the parties, which I think are important considerations for any successful restorative process. You see it described a bit in 268 there, but that’s both the intent and the design here.
Clause 157 approved.
The Chair: The committee will take a 15-minute recess and reconvene at 7:10.
The committee recessed from 6:54 p.m. to 7:10 p.m.
[F. Donnelly in the chair.]
On clause 147.
S. Bond: Can the minister describe a situation in which the capacity officer may be prompted to revoke a respondent’s licence, related to this clause?
Hon. A. Dix: Really, there are two circumstances. One is that there are no conditions that can allow the person to practice, and the other is that they don’t follow the conditions. Those would be two reasons why such an order would be made.
Clause 147 approved.
On clause 148.
S. Bond: Can the minister explain to me what “in accordance with the directions of a schedule set by or as otherwise authorized by the capacity officer” means?
[R. Leonard in the chair.]
Hon. A. Dix: A person may seek a reconsideration once. If there’s a continuing practice order, their condition may improve. So they can do it more than once.
Clauses 148 through 150 inclusive approved.
On clause 151.
S. Bond: Could the minister explain why it would be necessary to enable a registrar to act as the capacity officer?
Hon. A. Dix: There may be circumstances that the registrar would be the capacity officer. Generally, we’re creating larger colleges. In some cases, it might have been in the past that there were relatively few employees of the college, for example, and that might be the case.
There might be circumstances where the registrar who reviews this might be the best person. They might be aware of the case. They might be in a position to be able to do that task. This just allows them to do it. It doesn’t mean they will do it, and in most cases, they probably will not. But it allows, under those circumstances, for the registrar to be the capacity officer.
Clause 151 approved.
On clause 152.
S. Bond: In clause 152, in defining this period, and that is the period for acting under the division, what does this ensure regarding the authority of the registrar and the investigation committee?
Hon. A. Dix: Again, without defining the profession, if there was a very serious issue involving someone and even the determination hasn’t been made and the hearing hasn’t taken place, but there’s a requirement for some reaction, between the time the college becomes aware of it and the hearing…. It obviously doesn’t go past the hearing because the hearing decision is the decision, right? So that might be further action, including something consistent with a summary action.
If a complaint comes forward with something that is particularly serious and there’s a requirement to take immediate action in advance of the determination in the hearing, then this is the period for acting under this disposition, which is from that point to, obviously, the decision of the hearing, which is the end point.
Clause 152 approved.
On clause 153.
S. Bond: This clause allows for a respondent to employ another licensee to manage the respondent’s practice while the summary protection order is in effect. Is there a particular criteria that would need to be met in order to obtain the registrar’s approval to have that person take over the practice?
Hon. A. Dix: In this case, they can suggest someone, but the registrar makes the final decision.
S. Bond: I’m wondering if the minister could just lay out for me…. In sub 153(2), this relates back to sub 135(2)(b), which was the discussion we had about Indigenous practices or departure from prevailing practice. And then, of course, there were three exceptions.
Could the minister describe for me what sub 153(2) actually does? What this says is that the registrar cannot put a summary protection order in place solely because the respondent has acted as is described in section 135(2)(b), which is related to Indigenous practices — that particular section. So could the minister just walk through what that means in relation to sub 135(2)(b)?
Hon. A. Dix: This really picks up on what 135(2)(b) does, which was, again, the use of the word “solely” with the exceptions provided. They’re a practitioner, and they’re doing something that’s contrary to their practice. They’re intentionally misleading people — and we’ve talked about some examples of that — or they’re potentially causing harm. So those might be reasons for these summary protection orders, which are unusual but significant.
It just picks up exactly what that pattern is here. So you can’t just say: “You’re doing something based on Indigenous practice, and we’re going to put in a summary protection order.” That can’t be the sole reason unless those conditions are met. Really, it’s the same principle in 135(2)(b), and that’s why they didn’t repeat those exceptions. They cite those exceptions from 135(2)(b).
Clause 153 approved.
On clause 154.
S. Bond: Clause 154. I want to just be very sure what this does related to sexual abuse. As I understand this, when we look at section 154, there must be an involvement of the director of discipline in order for the registrar or the…. Let me think this through.
Does this basically guarantee that discipline relating to a regulatory complaint that involves allegations of sexual abuse must be approved by the director of discipline?
Hon. A. Dix: It either goes to the director of discipline and they will do it, or they have to approve it. It’s a decision of the director of discipline, ultimately, in both cases. The member knows this; people listening in the community know this. Sexual abuse is non-consensual, physical contact of a sexual nature to which a patient does not consent — extremely serious. I know the member agrees with this, because we’ve had this discussion for a while. The intent is to ensure that the discipline for this serious act is serious.
Clause 154 approved.
On clause 155.
S. Bond: Could the minister describe for me, first of all, whether or not this is new and whether it has any expanded powers attached to it? My first question relates to just laying out exactly what authority this gives the registrar to deal with a regulatory complaint.
Hon. A. Dix: What this allows the college to do is to do investigations in the most efficient possible manner. It means that there may be an investigation involving a series of acts of misconduct of various kinds, where one of them can cause patients harm — which would be the subject of the summary protection order. It allows those investigations to be divided between those matters and other matters, or — as we saw earlier — brought together.
This just describes what happens when you allow different parts of an investigation to be dealt with and resolved independently of one another. There’s one set of things where it’s useful to have this for that one set of things, and you can independently go on with the other set of things.
Clause 155 approved.
On clause 156.
S. Bond: In this very short clause, we have three types of orders. We have a dismissal order, we have a suspension order, and we have a termination order. Could the minister just outline how they are different?
Hon. A. Dix: These are three different outcomes. A summary dismissal order means nothing bad has happened, and there’s a dismissal. In the case of the other two orders, there’s a suspension order, which is a suspension from practice but for a defined period, and the other is a termination order, which means you’re not practising.
S. Bond: I just want, then, to be sure. In this clause, if a registrar, for example, seeks to dispose of a regulatory complaint via a dismissal order, but the investigation committee says no and the direction is either to suspend or terminate, I’m assuming that this supersedes the registrar’s decision. What happens if the registrar says so, because it is may — “may dispose of a regulatory complaint” — and then the investigation committee says that no, they expect it to be a suspension order or a termination order — one of those two? What is the process? Is the registrar simply superseded by the direction of the investigation committee?
Hon. A. Dix: A summary dismissal order is subject to review by the investigation committee. So that review would take place in that case. In the latter case, the registrar is essentially the arm here of the investigation committee. So they’re acting in these ways as directed by the investigation committee.
Clause 156 approved.
The Chair: Clause 157 has passed previously.
On clause 158.
S. Bond: When we look at clause 158, this is disposition with a respondent’s consent. How would a registrar determine whether or not it’s appropriate or necessary to make an order which is later described in clause 273 but is permitted in this clause?
Hon. A. Dix: Subclause 158(3)(a) allows the registrar, who is effectively the CEO, to recover the costs of an investigation from the person who was found — for want of a better word — guilty in that investigation. That allows the registrar to do that to recover costs.
S. Bond: I’m assuming, as it is in other processes, that the goal of coming to a consensual agreement is that it avoids going through the investigation process and avoids the cost and resources that are involved in that. If there is consent involved, you can basically truncate the process and move forward. Then, of course, there is the ability to make an order for the fees, basically, at a rate that doesn’t include investigation costs. Is that a summary of the clause?
Hon. A. Dix: Essentially, yes. If there is consent and there’s agreement, then there’s no investigation, and the costs are considerably less. So if costs are recovered, you’re recovering dramatically less costs.
Clause 158 approved.
On clause 159.
S. Bond: This is the opposite of with consent; this is without consent. This is dealing with disposition without the respondent’s consent. Can the minister describe when a registrar may need to exercise the authority that is given to them in this clause? What is the role of the investigation committee in the clause? Can the committee give direction to the registrar?
Hon. A. Dix: That’s 159(1)(b), exactly that. An investigation committee, and it says so here, directs the order to be made.
Clause 159 approved.
On clause 160.
S. Bond: In clause 160, could the minister describe specifically who may be covered by a person who is not the respondent?
Hon. A. Dix: Everybody who’s not the subject of the investigation, a professional, would be the respondent. So it would be potentially anybody who has witnessed or was involved in some way in the investigation and the evidence given. This provides the necessary protection for them and ensures that any such record of a patient or whoever else would be considered a sensitive record.
S. Bond: Clause 160 is about interpretation, and what we’re talking about here — one of the things — is privacy-sensitive information. So in clause 160(1)(b), it is, in the opinion of the discipline panel…. The discipline panel will determine whether or not there is the right to privacy or whether there is information of a sensitive nature. Is it required that the panel be unanimous? What happens if there is a division of thought on the level of sensitivity of that information? Is there some threshold, or does the panel basically err on the side of caution and consider it sensitive or requiring protection?
Hon. A. Dix: The discipline panel acts as one voice. So you can imagine a circumstance of the discipline panel in its private deliberations on the matter where the deliberation of the matter was two-one. If there are three people on such a panel, it would act as one voice.
The other important and interesting thing about this paragraph is how the consultation affected the description of people. So we’re not talking about vulnerable people; we’re talking about people who are in vulnerable circumstances, in this case.
S. Bond: Thank you for that. I’m sure that the minister and his staff are recognizing that they have a lot more familiarity with the current act. It makes it a lot easier to interpret where we are with this one. Thank you for answering questions that may appear to be rather basic, from your perspective.
I’m interested in knowing in clause 160(2)(b)…. First of all, I want to say how important I think it is that there is a description of vulnerable circumstances. It talks about when a person would be considered vulnerable, and I appreciate the fact that it explicitly speaks about sexual misconduct, sexual abuse or discrimination. I think that’s absolutely critical. So there is an approach, then, or a process recognizing that that person is in a vulnerable circumstance.
In extending that thinking, could the minister describe for me what “another type of conduct” would be, which is in (2)(b)? Again, to be considered in a vulnerable circumstance, what would another type of conduct be? Could he give us an example of that?
Hon. A. Dix: The intent here is to be trauma-informed. So while sexual abuse and sexual misconduct are certainly examples of such circumstances, there may be other examples, including forms of violence, whether they be physical or psychological.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that answer. The other characteristic that’s described here is a person’s psychological distress. I’m wondering: what is the threshold for determining a person’s psychological distress?
Hon. A. Dix: We want to provide the flexibility here to protect people who are feeling trauma from the circumstances of their evidence. That would always be the case, in the case of discrimination, of sexual abuse, sexual misconduct, but it might be the case in the face of other evidence.
One can imagine someone giving evidence of a complaint, which would be very traumatic for that person and which might not be for others. So this allows, certainly in those circumstances, the assessment and understanding that often these cases are sensitive for those bringing them forward, those involved in them, and providing the flexibility to disclose contents only as necessary for procedural fairness, to avoid additional harm.
This puts that in the division for, especially, people in vulnerable circumstances. That puts that issue at the forefront, that issue of our legislation being trauma-informed.
Clause 160 approved.
On clause 161.
S. Bond: The question I have in clause 161 relates to 161(c). In what situation does the minister anticipate that the director of discipline would request that an identity protection order be varied?
One can imagine that you would want to protect. That order would have been put in place. The director of discipline could actually vary that order.
To whom would that request be made?
Hon. A. Dix: In this case, it’s a “may,” first of all. The director of discipline may conclude that a case can’t be brought forward with the identity protection order in place so would refer that back to the college.
The college does not have to agree with that. They may say: “Well, under those circumstances, as director of discipline, you’ve got to deal with that. If you can’t, you can’t.” It’s not a decision, but there may be circumstances where the director of discipline, in order to proceed, may have to request that. That would be considered again.
Again, it’s the same…. If an identity protection order had been put in place to begin with, one can imagine that it would be very challenging for the college to overturn that, but they may, in those circumstances, engage in a process. I think that would be an unusual process, but it does allow it.
If someone has sought identity protection and the conclusion is they can’t proceed under those conditions, then asking that it be waived may be reasonable for the director of discipline. That doesn’t mean the director of discipline gets their way in that. They don’t make that decision, but they may request it.
Clause 161 approved.
On clause 162.
S. Bond: I have a number of questions about clause 162, which relates to whether to issue a citation.
If we look at 162(1)(b), could the minister outline for me what the criteria would be to define the threshold for, as is noted in this subsection, significant and unmitigable unfairness?
Hon. A. Dix: I think this would be a rare circumstance. This, essentially, says that if the director of discipline…. If the nature of the protection of a person’s identity, which could be comprehensive, leaves no possibility for any kind of response or defence from the respondent, that would be a circumstance when the director of discipline cannot, in that case, issue a citation.
Equally, there are other circumstances here. Insufficient evidence, of course, is straightforward. Issues of procedural fairness, and so on, or it’s being dealt with in another proceeding. If the very anonymity and…. If everything in the protection of identity meant that all circumstances of the matter could not be presented to the person in those circumstances, then you wouldn’t have procedural fairness.
You have to have procedural fairness in a hearing. That allows, in that circumstance, the director of discipline to not issue a citation.
S. Bond: The clause also goes on to speak about anonymity.
I’m wondering if the respondent has the opportunity to make the case that a complainant’s anonymity would unduly prevent them from making a reasonable defence.
Hon. A. Dix: They could do that. It doesn’t mean they would be successful in that, but they could do that, yes.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister. It’s important that they have that opportunity.
Could the minister describe what circumstance would potentially give rise to an order made by the Health Professions Review Board? That is under section 320(5). Could the minister give us an example of a circumstance that would give rise to that order?
Hon. A. Dix: That’s in circumstances where the Health Professions Review Board rules that they haven’t met their obligation to timeliness.
S. Bond: Subsection (2)(a) seems incredibly broad. It basically allows the director of discipline, with regards to mitigating what is potential unfairness…. It basically allows any matter.
Could the minister describe what directions the director of discipline may provide, especially with respect to any matter?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s not any level. This is related to subsection (1)(b).
What we’re saying here is that the director of discipline can give direction to find ways to protect the anonymity of the individuals involved and proceed with the hearing.
As I understand, it’s to mitigate any potential unfairness that’s identified under (1)(b). You see what (1)(b) is here — that the director of discipline may find ways to mitigate that unfairness and be able to proceed with the hearing. In fact, they are, in some ways here, encouraged by giving specific direction about the matter. It’s a way of dealing with those issues of unfairness and proceeding with the hearing, which is, after all, for someone who has brought a complaint, an issue of fairness as well.
S. Bond: Sorry, I’m not sure I followed that. My concern is…. I understand that it links back to subsection (1)(b), which relates to the issue of significant and unmitigable unfairness, but it says that the director of discipline may give directions with respect to any matter. That seems outside the scope of simply — not that it’s simple — the fairness aspect. Is that correct?
Hon. A. Dix: I think it’s quite specific. It’s (2). It says to mitigate any potential unfairness under section (1)(b). So it only deals with section (1)(b). They can give direction with respect to any matter within the frame of that section.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that clarity.
In what manner could a director of discipline waive or modify a requirement respecting practice or procedure?
Hon. A. Dix: One example, in terms of procedure, might be that you authorize, as we frequently have in lots of things, evidence by Teams, for example, instead of in person if it was an in-person hearing. That might assist, in some of these very questions we’re talking about, in dealing with issues around the protection of people’s identity in a presentation.
It allows you to be flexible about procedures in order to allow the hearing to go forward in the interests and to ensure that there isn’t procedural unfairness. That might be an example of it.
Clauses 162 and 163 approved.
On clause 164.
S. Bond: It’s one-nothing so far. So we’ll keep going there. We might win a vote yet over here if we keep it up.
The Chair: Just to be clear, are we on 163 or 164?
S. Bond: On 164, Madam Chair. I’m sorry if I jumped on too soon there.
Just to follow up further on what the minister was referring to, in 164(1)(d)…. First of all, this clause talks about specific information that must be included in preparing the citation. It’s basic things like the name and the allegations, not that that’s basic but the allegations.
It talks about the location of the discipline hearing. Is it possible that that may not be a physical location? Is there the flexibility, for example, to have a virtual hearing?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that.
In terms of the information that’s provided…. While much of it is fairly routine — the name, the date, the time, the location…. So 164(1)(b) is: “the allegations made against the respondent.” How much detail is provided in terms of the specific allegation? Is it very specific? Are there guidelines about how that information is provided in the citation?
Hon. A. Dix: Obviously, if there is identity protection involved, not that. Otherwise, sufficient information that they know what they did wrong, what the allegations are and enough information so that they would be in a position to respond to the allegations.
S. Bond: Can the minister tell me why the respondent is served a copy of the citation after the copy has been given to the regulatory college? How soon after is “reasonably practicable”? Our favourite two words that we’ve talked about many times. Why does the respondent get it after the regulatory college?
Hon. A. Dix: Nowadays that’s going to be at the same time most of the time because of the way we deliver things instantly.
What it says, though, is that it has to be the college first. You can’t have a circumstance where the respondent is getting it before the college, because the college is central to the process. Otherwise, it most frequently will be at the same time. It will be presented to both at the same time. If there is, for some reason, some difference, it’s got to be soon after — as soon as is “reasonably practicable,” as they say.
S. Bond: Well, again, we’re not going to quibble over…. I suppose it’s not quibbling. I mean, we’re talking about a citation about a person. There is latitude there. The minister has said as soon as possible. Likely, it would be at the same time. Why wouldn’t it simply be described in the law that they get it at the same time?
Hon. A. Dix: What this says is that the college needs to get it first. They can get it at the same time, but they’ve got to get it first. There can’t be a circumstance where the professional gets it before the college. That’s the purpose here.
Another way of saying it is, and this is the standard thing we use throughout the legislation, “as soon as reasonably practicable,” which means not as soon as possible, because there are circumstances of time of day or whatever, but that the expectation is they’ll get it roughly at the same time and as soon as reasonably can be provided.
There may be some constraints on that, including if the person has moved or whatever the circumstances are. But it’s got to be the college first and then, at the same time or just after that, the respondent. That’s the intent of it — to get it to the respondent as well.
Clause 164 approved.
On clause 165.
S. Bond: Can the minister describe who determines…? I’m assuming the director of discipline would determine whether there are people who need to receive written notice, who may have an interest in a discipline hearing, other than the respondent. Could the minister describe for us who some of those people may be?
Hon. A. Dix: I’d refer the member to section 13, which defines just that. It’s “(a) the respondent; (b) the regulatory college…(c) the complainant…(d) a person confirmed by the director of discipline, in writing and on recommendation of the discipline panel, to have an interest.” It’s defined under section 13.
S. Bond: I’m interested in the timelines here because it notes that…. So there is a specific timeline here in terms of notifying, after serving the respondent with a citation. Can the minister explain how that was determined? As I understand it, it’s no fewer than 14 days. It depends on…. I’m assuming an interested person doesn’t necessarily live in the same neighbourhood. They could live somewhere in the province or the country, for that matter. So can the minister describe how they could wait no fewer than 14 days before the hearing?
Hon. A. Dix: A few things. One, it’s the same as the current act, so of current practice. Fourteen days, I think, is seen as in balance, the right period. Longer than that and you’re drawing out the process, right? So 14 days provides the balance. Someone can reasonably get there.
Of course, it says no fewer than 14 days, so in the circumstance described by the member, potentially, if someone is wherever, somewhere else, you can provide it before that but with a longer delay than that. But we do want these things to proceed, as well, and not be drawn out, because that itself can cause its own difficulty.
Clauses 165 and 166 approved.
On clause 167.
S. Bond: Could the minister just confirm for me that in clause 167 the director of discipline is not bound by the recommendation made by the discipline panel? We look at that in clause 173. But could he just confirm that the director of discipline is not bound by the recommendation made by the discipline panel?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes, that’s correct.
S. Bond: Perhaps if the minister could speak to when — what circumstances, for example — the director of discipline would determine it wasn’t in the public interest to proceed?
Hon. A. Dix: Typically, I think, the director, of course, would give deference to the panel but not absolute deference. For example, new information may come to their attention, which may lead that to happen. There may be, one could imagine, some evidence that would come to the director of some fundamental unfairness of the process. They could do that. In a general sense, you’d see the director of discipline deferring to that, but it does mean that if something new came to the director of discipline, they have the flexibility to decide, in the public interest, to cancel the citation.
Clause 167 approved.
On clause 168.
S. Bond: Soon it will pass, but first…. In this clause, the director of discipline can actually refuse to issue a citation or cancel a citation. What is the intent, then, of sending the regulatory complaint back to the investigation committee? Obviously, the director of discipline does have the ability. We just looked at that in clause 162(1)(d). What’s the intent of sending it back to the investigation committee?
Hon. A. Dix: Well, the director of discipline could conclude that they didn’t do a very good investigation and say: “We can’t proceed with the discipline without a better case being made.” It sort of ensures, in some ways, the primacy of the director of discipline in that process.
Clause 168 approved.
On clause 169.
S. Bond: This clause speaks to the appointment of discipline panels. Could the minister indicate whether or not this clause is in line with the steering committee’s recommendations regarding discipline panels?
Hon. A. Dix: I think the short answer is yes. Particularly more influenced by the committee was the following section, 170, and the considerations in choosing panel members. This was a preoccupation, I think, of the committee and the way that would happen, including their perspectives on if it were the case of an Indigenous person involved with that, but also other issues.
So 169 says a member of the same designated health profession, and ensures a certain expertise. A member the public — is the public interest being protected? It’s not just the profession dealing with the profession, right? Both of those things are important in the discipline panel.
S. Bond: Maybe we should back up one question here. Is the appointment of discipline panels a new process?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes. We didn’t have a director of discipline before, so that makes it new. That’s consistent with the recommendations that were made, so that it makes new. The colleges did have, obviously, panels that addressed issues of discipline, but they determined what they were.
Part of what’s reflected here is that people thought three was the right number for such a panel, to create a balance and a number of perspectives without having a large number of panels involved in them. The process is new to the extent that there’s a director of discipline — there will be, under the legislation — and that this is, when you’re doing a panel, how you determine the panel — 169 then following 170.
In that sense, there are discipline panels now, and it’s college rules that set them up. There isn’t any particular makeup on those panels. This change is that there’s a director of discipline, and this is how we’re going to make up the discipline panels.
S. Bond: Thank you. I appreciate that. I think what I was most concerned about was making sure that it reflected the steering committee’s thinking about discipline panels, because obviously, it’s a pretty critical part of this process when a person’s career and life are being impacted.
I think what the minister said to me is that currently the college would set up the discipline panels. Now, because we have a director of discipline, that person selects the actual panel members. I’m interested in knowing, and I know we’re going to get to that in 170: is there currently…? The number is now three, when and if this bill passes.
The composition — is this the first time that it’s being defined in this way, one member of the public and at least one licensee who is licensed to practice in the same designated health field?
Hon. A. Dix: There may be some colleges that define it in their bylaws, but this is the first time that this has been put in legislation — that it will be three, that one will be a member of the profession, that one will be a member of the public. Colleges do have different approaches to this now, but this effectively standardizes that process of discipline and makes the three-person panel the model and ensures representation that reflects the public on the one hand and expertise on the other hand, at least represented on the panel.
This reflected the view, I think, of the steering committee on these matters, most especially, with the director of discipline and the way the discipline process is separated. But also the representation on such a panel, which is so important, as the member has suggested. The steering committee certainly felt that strongly, and it’s reflected in both of these sections, but especially in 170, in terms of who can make up the panel and that having a standardized process ensures the maximum amount of procedural fairness to everyone.
S. Bond: I just want, then, to be clear, on the record. Currently the way that discipline is managed…. There may be different models of doing that in different colleges. The intent of this is to standardize it so that no matter which of the six colleges you belong to, the discipline process and the format that’s used, including the selection of the members, will be the same.
Hon. A. Dix: Yeah, that’s exactly right. We’ve had 22 colleges. We’re now down to 15 because of the joint work we’ve done over the last number of years. But that creates a certain amount of variation, and I think this standardization of the process is what we wanted to see generally.
As you’ve seen in a number of cases in the legislation, there are rules that were solely at the College of Physicians and Surgeons that are now applied across professions. I think all of that is a useful standardization and allows both the public and professionals to understand the process better.
Clause 169 approved.
On clause 170.
Interjection.
S. Bond: That’s right. Okay. It’s 1 to 0. I’m convinced we’re going to win one of these at some point, at the rate we’re going here.
So really critical to this process is, now, clause 170, because it talks about who’s going to sit on the discipline panel. I can imagine that if you’re a person that’s going to appear before that panel, you actually want to be sure you understand who is going to be there.
Can the minister tell me: are there minimum requirements for education or training? Must it be equivalent? Certainly, that is one of the things…. Interestingly enough, this is a “must.” It’s not “may.” So when we look at choosing discipline panel members, the criteria that’s noted in (a) through…. Oh, there’s a romanette (ii) down there.
It is a must, so are there specific educational or training requirements that would be in place.
Hon. A. Dix: What we envision is that the director of discipline will create a pool of panel members. Obviously, the requirements…. It will require, first of all, understanding the role of the panel member, which will require some training. Some may have had that role in other parts of their lives, but it’s not…. You may have someone who wants to take part in this process who’s a doctor, who is not necessarily an expert in being a panel member and will have to learn some of that. So that’s sort of basic skills.
In addition, with respect to sexual abuse and sexual misconduct, there will be a pool of panel members for those kinds of cases who have some understanding of those cases. That’s really important when you’re dealing with discipline on those matters, so I think that’s a very important element. It may be that if you’re dealing with a health corporation, it might be useful to have some panel members who understand the function of businesses. It may not necessarily be the health professionals themselves.
If you’re talking about, for example, the particular circumstances of a pharmacy business and how they might influence the decision by a health professional, that might be of use. Building up that pool of panel members who can serve will be an important task that the director of discipline would put together over time. I think that that’s an important thing for them for them to do.
[H. Yao in the chair.]
We specify, here, sexual abuse, sexual misconduct and discrimination, because they may well require particular skills that would develop over a number of hearings. So you’d want to create a pool of panel members who can be effective — from the professions, of course, because that’s a necessity, but also from the public — who will be able to do that. We know from other boards and other things that that develops and that developing that pool is a really important way of pursuing these matters. That’s a little bit of the process.
We talked, I think it’s fair to say, a reasonable amount about that process in the steering committee. I think some of this is also informed by — because it might well be required, in some cases, to understand — Indigenous-specific racism and at least have some understanding of the circumstances when one is dealing with that kind of specific case as well. Obviously, we want, to the maximum degree possible, our pool of panel members to be representative, so that they can reflect the whole province — and people from different parts of the province as well.
The Chair: Recognizing the member for Prince George–Valemount.
S. Bond: Thank you very much, and good evening, hon. Chair.
The Chair sounds like he has more energy than the minister and I do. That’s for sure.
Well, I appreciate that, and I would just like to think about this. I know that I may be backing up a tiny bit to the last clause, but I think it’s an important piece of context for people to understand.
We will now have a director of discipline, who will relate to all six colleges. What we hope will happen is that there will be developed, over time, a pool of candidates that would be possible participants on a discipline panel, regardless of the college that needs to use a panel. Obviously, there would need to be specific expertise, if it were related to the profession, specifically. The point is that we’re looking at a shared pool of people who would form these panels to deal with a situation, no matter which college is dealing with it. Is that correct?
Hon. A. Dix: Well, yes and no. Just to go back to 169 for a second, there’s “one licensee who is licensed to practise the same designated health profession as the respondent.” If the case involved…. Again, I’m not saying anything about massage therapists, physiotherapists, naturopathic physicians or doctors, for that matter, or nurses or whoever. Whatever the profession is, what you want is one professional from that profession who’s on that panel.
So if you’re a massage therapist and there’s an issue of your professional conduct, you can have one person on the panel who has your training and understands those issues, and then one member of the public who is taking that public interest perspective — at least one of each — in that pool. If you’ve got pharmacist cases, that’s a pharmacist in the pool. All of the professions have to be represented.
While the director of discipline may be central, the participation, in a particular hearing, of a particular health professional will involve someone who understands that health professional. We won’t have nurses judging massage therapists or anything else. There has to be a little bit of common knowledge. That’s useful for all sides, I would argue, in the hearing.
S. Bond: Obviously, I recognize the need to have that specific expertise for the specific college or the health profession, but if, for example, the minister or the college is looking for, and it is required here to consider, people who have the ability to deal with issues such as sexual misconduct and sexual abuse, that is not directly related to a particular college.
My point is that there would be a pool of qualified people who, over time, would be able to participate in these panels, setting aside the fact you need the profession-specific person there. I think the minister is saying that that is correct.
The section I’d like to just explore a little bit further with the minister is related to the act of discrimination. If we look at that, it is clause 170(c)(i) and (ii). There are specific considerations that must be taken if the respondent is alleged to have committed an act of discrimination. So there are additional expectations in the event that discrimination is the issue. Could the minister walk through what that looks like?
Hon. A. Dix: I think it’s that they’re specifically instructed to ensure that a member of the panel understands the perspective and issues involved. The reason we make it mandatory for a professional from the profession involved is that they understand certain things and bring that to the panel.
Equally, in the selection of the panel, understanding if the issue is conceivably or involving discrimination on the part of an Indigenous person, you would want people who have some understanding, at least, whether or not they’re Indigenous, of that perspective and that concern in society.
I think that that’s a critical question, and what we’re saying to people is: “We need people who are qualified.” This is an important thing and something we discussed quite a bit at the steering committee — people who have qualifications. That qualification isn’t just the qualification of being a nurse if you’re looking at nurses. It’s a qualification of understanding and being able to understand the perspective of the complainant.
For example, that might well be someone from a northern community, in a specific circumstance. You could imagine circumstances in place where someone might not understand the nature of a complaint in a place with very different circumstances, and you want that reflected. On discrimination, you want to seek out a group of people who can adjudicate these matters who understand those issues.
In some cases, they may be people who themselves are in groups that face vulnerable circumstances, like Indigenous groups or others, but they have to be at least some people who recognize the significant place of that issue.
Equally, in issues of sexual abuse and sexual misconduct, you want to build up a group of people who have a certain understanding and expertise — maybe lived expertise. That’s why we’re not saying it’s this course or that course. It may be lived expertise but have expertise in that area. These are the things…. As you’re putting panels together, you want to put the right panel together. That involves a professional, that involves a member of the public, and it involves issues of sexual abuse. It means people who understand the issues involved, and equally on cases of discrimination, the same.
S. Bond: I was going to say in order to think about the time we have but that we don’t have much. I think this is a conversation that is really critical to the whole act that’s being presented here. It is new. I’m wondering if there was special consideration in the conversation related to the issue of the composition of panels in light of the In Plain Sight report.
Hon. A. Dix: Yes. These are issues, as well, that the In Plain Sight working group, which, you remember, is not an internal government group — it involves broad representation…. These are issues that we sought advice about and the importance of ensuring that we have the appropriate people and expertise in that. It was particularly important in cases of discrimination and, obviously, sexual misconduct and sexual abuse, that that insight was important so that it reflects that response. That was really a response to the steering committee.
To the steering committee’s credit, though, we didn’t do…. I mean, Indigenous consultation has to be with Indigenous people. These processes and this view and explicitly hardwiring that into the legislation, so it’s not just advice. It’s not just our council. It’s not just our guidelines. It’s right here in the legislation that you have that these hearings involving sexual misconduct, sexual abuse or discrimination have a particular and singular importance and require, in and of themselves, people who have developed expertise.
Clauses 170 to 172 inclusive approved.
On clause 173.
S. Bond: In clause 173(1)(a), it notes that the discipline panel may “recommend to the director of discipline that a citation be cancelled” for certain reasons. One of them is that “a regulatory college has not participated diligently in the hearing.” Could the minister describe how will a panel determine if the college hasn’t participated diligently?
Hon. A. Dix: Not providing the information the panel requires to make a decision or not doing it in a timely manner.
S. Bond: Again, it’s another…. We’ve had, over the course of 172 clauses, so far, conversations about terms that are subjective, things like “reasonably practicable,” and now we have a word like “diligent.” Without clear guidelines or expectations, the college could be acting in a panel’s perception as being lacking diligence. But again, my concern with some of the language, some of the lack of timelines, all of the things….
I understand that Cayton talked about timelines being a hindrance. I personally can’t imagine that. I think there needs to be a sense of structure around this entire process. Providing information might be one example, but there is no clear indication of what participating diligently means. Let’s look at another. Let’s look at (1)(c)(i). Can the minister provide me a circumstance in which that subsection would apply?
Hon. A. Dix: I think here you’re talking about a necessary and fundamental witness, for example, in the case who is not cooperative with the purpose of the hearing. If they become essential to the hearing or they show up one day and don’t show up the next day or whatever, it causes fundamental procedural unfairness. That can lead to a recommendation to cancel the citation, just as in the case of a regulatory college in bringing the thing forward. They’ve got to participate in the matter and provide the evidence, provide their information in a timely way and respond to the panel. If they’re not doing that, then the panel has that option.
Equally here, if this one panel may recommend that the citation be cancelled if a person with an interest — and that might well be a witness — either fails to participate or behaves in such a way as to make a procedurally fair hearing impossible.
S. Bond: The other circumstance that is described in (1)(c)(ii) is “no other reasonable remedy is available.” Can the minister describe for me what that means?
Hon. A. Dix: It may be that a person who has an interest in the hearing fails to comply with an order, and there may be another reasonable way to get that evidence in place or others. The cancelling of the citation is if there’s no other reasonable way.
We’re not saying that they don’t comply; they don’t cooperate. If there’s another way of addressing those issues, then, of course, you don’t have to cancel the citation. It’s not a basis to recommend cancelling the citation. But if there’s no other reasonable remedy to deal with….
You see this is on (c) — and this is mitigated with (c) — so if that person has the order, and the failing is intervening with due process, essentially, in the first one, and in the second one, there’s no other reasonable remedy that can be provided to deal with the conduct of the individual with an interest in the hearing who is not cooperating in one way or another.
S. Bond: In (2)(a), it actually says that at some point the registrar could be deemed “to be the complainant for the purposes of continuing the proceeding.” Could the minister describe under what circumstances would the registrar be deemed to be the complainant?
Hon. A. Dix: Here’s the circumstance we’re talking about. Let’s just say, for the sake of this discussion, it’s an issue of sexual abuse, and the registrar would have the evidence. The complainant decides to pull out of the process, something that might well be understandable at a human level. They brought it forward, they can’t proceed, but the evidence is there and in place. The registrar can take that role for the purpose of pursuing that.
We wouldn’t want a circumstance, I don’t think, where that matter had come that far and a complainant in that circumstance pulled out for whatever reason they chose to but for all the reasons one could imagine they would not want to in advance of a hearing. But the evidence is there. The registrar can take up the complaint and bring it forward, and that’s what we’d want them to do.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister. That’s actually a really helpful example for me. I think that at least gives me a sense of what this means when it’s working. The registrar, because of the process, as we’ve been discussing for 173 clauses, has the case, knows it well and is able to carry that forward. So I appreciate that example.
My last question on this clause is: under what circumstances would the original complainant be limited or prohibited from participating in or attending the proceedings?
Hon. A. Dix: One can imagine circumstances in which these matters are quite adversarial and hostile. There may be circumstances where the original complainant can’t participate or attend because of those circumstances, because of whatever their conduct is. It doesn’t mean that the case goes away or anything else, but their role needs to be limited for that reason, for example. That’s just an example of what we’re talking about.
That doesn’t mean the hearing goes away. There isn’t a fundamental right under any circumstances to be there for the whole hearing if there are reasons why you shouldn’t be there for the whole hearing. So that’s the reason for that provision.
Clause 173 approved.
On clause 174.
S. Bond: This clause deals with legal representation. So can the minister just confirm for me what, if any, representation the complainant is permitted to have?
Hon. A. Dix: The answer to that stems from 13(2), as before. It says that people — the person of interest in the hearing — include the respondent and others: the regulatory college, the complainant and a person confirmed to have an interest. That’s all the people. When we say, under (2), people who have an interest in a discipline hearing, that includes the respondent, and they may be represented by lawyers.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that clarity. I think it’s important to be explicit, and while it does reflect that, when we see that regulatory colleges, respondents and others can be represented by lawyers, we want to be sure that the complainant can be as well and is able to do that.
Is it only if the complainant is giving evidence where they are permitted to have representation?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes.
S. Bond: To pursue that just a little bit, a complainant may not necessarily be giving evidence at a hearing. Does that mean they would still not be allowed to have legal representation?
Hon. A. Dix: We imagine this in how we envision a trial in a courtroom, which is that the respondent in that case, or the defence, has a lawyer and the Crown has lawyer representation. And sometimes when witnesses give evidence, they have lawyers present as well. What this says is that you can absolutely have a lawyer present when you give evidence, but your lawyer doesn’t have standing in the hearing. In other words, it’s not intervening in the hearing. Throughout the hearing, it doesn’t cross-examine. It doesn’t do other things. It’s there for you. Of course, you can hire a lawyer for that purpose.
What this does is make clear that when you’re giving evidence, your lawyer can be there and be present and be there in your protection.
S. Bond: I want to highlight the fact that in terms of the costs, section 272, so briefly looking ahead, there is a provision where the costs actually may be ordered to be paid by a respondent.
Can the minister confirm that that order may well be required to cover the costs of the college, obviously the complainant and others but that that is made possible in section 272? Otherwise, people pay for their own legal costs. Could the minister confirm that’s accurate?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes, except in the circumstance as described in section 272.
Clauses 174 to 176 inclusive approved.
On clause 177.
S. Bond: We’re moving at breakneck speed to 177.
Is a complainant permitted to record a proceeding, and if not, why not?
Hon. A. Dix: With respect to recording…. Obviously, the tribunal itself can and probably would record. The regulatory college and the respondent can record if they have prior permission. There may be issues — and we’ve talked about some of them through the course of this discussion — where such a recording would be inappropriate. In any event, that would be for the panel to decide.
There’s nothing precluding a complainant from recording the hearing. Again, that would require prior approval. The panel would have to determine whether that was appropriate or not. But in the case of the colleges and the respondents, they may, at their own expense, record a discipline hearing. Equally, what might sometimes happen is…. A tribunal would do that, and they would pay for a copy of the recording under those circumstances. It sometimes happens if, for example, they want to seek some form of review of the decision.
Those are the circumstances of recording. Again, there may well be hearings where recording, even by the regulatory college and the respondents, would be inappropriate. You can imagine what those circumstances might be.
S. Bond: Yes. We’ll talk a little bit about what those limitations might be.
Is there a reason why it wasn’t made explicit that complainants can actually, with permission and within the framework and guidelines, record a proceeding?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s not explicitly provided to the complainant. Effectively, just as in, say, a criminal trial, there might well be a complainant, a victim, whatever, and the Crown takes over their interests. In this case, it would be the college, in this hearing process, that would take over their interests. There may be other persons of interest as well.
Anyone’s recording of all or part of a hearing is under the control of the panel. That’s the reason.
There are really two parties here: the college, who’s representing, in some ways, the complainant in the proceedings of a discipline hearing, and then the respondent. That’s the circumstance of it, and that separation of the process is consistent with other processes. That said, the panels are the ones that make rules about the recording of proceedings.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister.
The issue is that everyone is covered off here explicitly other than the complainant. In fact, if you look in the briefing information that was provided, the note speaks to the fact that it is an administrative burden for discipline panels to have to sell copies to the other parties who may want them. It goes on to say that if those other parties need a copy for use as evidence when requesting, etc., they can record them themselves, as necessary, and, of course, within the constraints that were placed by the discipline panel.
I am concerned. It appears that it is more challenging for the complainant, of all people, to be able to record a proceeding. Of course there needs to be an official record of what happened. I do understand the two parties, but I wanted to raise the concern about the complainant not being explicitly recognized and the discussion that took place about…. It’s costly to sell them. Well, we don’t expect them to be selling copies, but it is an important part of the process. If the complainant felt that was something critical for them, that matters.
I wanted to just ask if the minister could give me an example…. I’m certain I know what it is, but I think it’s important to have it on the record. What circumstances would…? The words used are: what compelling circumstances would be considered in sub (3)?
Hon. A. Dix: I think the privacy of the circumstances and the subject of the hearing — people’s health, people’s well-being; the specific nature of the allegations…. One could imagine the trauma of the hearing for those who might present evidence. All of those would be reasons why we wouldn’t want to record it. All of them are reasons why. These are issues, actually, of real public interest and understanding.
We have very different approaches to trials in Canada and the United States sometimes. Sometimes we see examples where the openness of providing audiovisual access to hearings and recordings is clearly not in the interests of witnesses, yet it’s carried on. I think our approach in Canada is the right approach.
Ensuring the privacy and protection and limiting the trauma for people would all be the case. All of us know this as well, I think. There may well be circumstances, when things are recorded, where…. People behave differently when they’re not.
It’s a consciousness and a worry. So you want to have a hearing that protects people’s privacy and their interests. That’s why…. Those are the kinds of compelling circumstances that would stop some or part or all of a hearing from being recorded.
Clause 177 approved.
On clause 178.
S. Bond: Can the minister just confirm that discipline panel members are required to swear oaths of confidentiality in order to protect information, particularly when it is highly confidential?
Hon. A. Dix: I may just be on a different clause, but on clause 178, this is the clause that says the respondent must cooperate in this case. So they’ve got to attend, and they’ve got to give evidence on oath or affirmation and produce the information required. It’s really…. The respondent must cooperate in the hearing.
S. Bond: My question was simply: considering the discipline panel is receiving all of that information, could the minister confirm that they are required to sign an oath of confidentiality?
Hon. A. Dix: I’d refer the member to sections 242 and 243 that put in requirements on specific information and its non-disclosure. That is covered off in that not just for the discipline panel but for others involved in investigations and others. There is specific information that absolutely can’t be disclosed. I mean, some of these hearings take place with people there, so by definition, those parts of them are public. But there’s a whole series of information that needs to be kept private for all kinds of reasons, either by complainants or by respondents. The provisions of 242 and 243 address that question that follows from 178.
Clause 178 approved.
On clause 179.
S. Bond: Clause 179 goes through a series of actions or steps that occur should a person fail to comply with a practice directive or an order of a discipline panel. It permits the panel to do a number of things. I’m particularly interested in 179(1)(d). It references the Administrative Tribunals Act. Could the minister describe what section 49 of the Administrative Tribunals Act allows the discipline panel to do?
Hon. A. Dix: What section 49 of the Administrative Tribunals Act allows us to do is to have a person be charged with contempt. This applies if they’re summoned as a witness and fail to attend the hearing, take an oath or affirmation, answer questions, produce records or things they possess.
S. Bond: Thank you very much to the minister for that answer. There is a series of steps that can include going ahead with the discipline hearing, making a decision based on the information and records that are available. So there is a series of steps that the panel may do, not must do. In fact, they can do one or more of those particular steps as a result of failure to comply.
Could the minister describe for me, when we look at (2)(b), what some practical examples are of circumstances that would be beyond a person’s control?
Hon. A. Dix: Someone gets injured, right? You’re scheduled to appear. You have a car accident. You’re in the emergency room. You’re in the hospital. You’re unable to appear. You’re unable to attend the hearing. That would be the kind of circumstance.
One could imagine others, a similar situation involving your child. One could imagine that circumstance. One could imagine circumstances of that kind. It’s beyond a person’s control in the sense that they’ve been injured, and so on. Those are the kinds of circumstances we’re talking about.
You’ve got to appear if you’re summoned unless there’s a really good reason beyond your control why you’re not appearing. And one can imagine. These things happen from time to time. So that allows that thing, but you’ve got to show it.
S. Bond: Could the minister tell me what the threshold is for determining what reasonable notice means?
Hon. A. Dix: One could imagine — I just want to give an example — individuals in Toronto. Imagine for a moment that they’d want to be there. They’re called forward to be present, and there are no flights available. That’s not reasonable notice. If someone is in that circumstance, you have to give them reasonable notice of the hearing.
You’ll remember that we’ve stepped back the 14-day notice for people with an interest, but “reasonable notice” is a fairly standard definition, as are some of these things, including “reasonably practicable.” These are commonly used terms.
Reasonable notice would be notice that’s sufficient that you should be able to make yourself present at the hearing. It may be that that notice is unreasonable, that one determines that individual is necessary to the hearing and contacts them and asks them to be there in two days, and they make the case that that’s not reasonable because they’re in Atlin and it’s November 23 and it’s impossible to get out. That’s the kind of thing.
The notice has to be reasonable, and they can reasonably expect to get there. That notion of reasonable notice is actually, I think, prevalent in lots of legislation.
Clause 179 approved.
On clause 180.
S. Bond: Can the minister identify for me whether these evidentiary rules are substantially different from the previous act?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s effectively the same as it is now, understanding that the discipline process has changed in the way we’ve talked about, but the application of the Administrative Tribunals Act is the same as now.
Clause 180 approved.
On clause 181.
S. Bond: In clause 181, we’re talking about the admissibility of settlement information. The clause actually says that someone who is facing a disciplinary hearing must consent to have previous settlements disclosed. Does that essentially prevent someone with a long record of settlements for misconduct from having those records considered at a hearing?
Hon. A. Dix: We know, elsewhere in the act, that the person’s discipline record is subject and, in fact, must be considered, so that’s an obligation. This is settlement outside of that discipline process, which wouldn’t be considered without consent. But the discipline record — that’s central to it. Not only will it be considered; it must be considered.
Clause 181 approved.
On clause 182.
S. Bond: This clause talks about witnesses. It references subsections 34(3) and (4) and 38 of the Administrative Tribunals Act and that they “apply to a discipline hearing.” It appears that disciplinary hearings are able to compel testimony or the production of records, as outlined in the Administrative Tribunals Act. Can the minister confirm that they do not have the power to issue summons?
Hon. A. Dix: Yes.
S. Bond: So it’s correct that they cannot issue a summons. And is that by design?
Hon. A. Dix: No, they can issue a summons, effectively. They can order the people to appear. They may have to go to court to back it up, but — absolutely — they can order people to appear. The reason they’re doing it under oath is to be straightforward to everybody that you’ve got to tell the truth, so that’s well understood in the process. But you’ve got to be able to require people with relevant information to come and to appear and to provide that information to have a process that comes to the right conclusion.
Clause 182 approved.
On clause 183.
S. Bond: Can the minister describe for me, or at least tell me, what organizations were consulted regarding the determination of vulnerable circumstances?
Hon. A. Dix: Very specifically, groups such as the First Nations Leadership Council and the In Plain Sight working group, which represents, broadly, First Nations and Métis communities, as well, in their ranks, and it has a very broad representation, in addition to the B.C. Human Rights Commissioner.
S. Bond: I appreciate hearing that. Does the act require a consistent approach for determining if a person is vulnerable, or is it done on a case-by-case basis?
Hon. A. Dix: It’s on a case-by-case basis, and it’s especially important. That’s why it’s covered in different parts of the legislation. Inevitably, as we all know, discipline hearings are just adversarial by nature. One side is the side that discipline is required, and clearly, the other person doesn’t want to be disciplined and doesn’t agree. That’s inevitably adversarial, so steps have to be taken to ensure that people in vulnerable circumstances in those cases are protected.
S. Bond: I think it’s an incredibly important clause, as we’ve discussed through other clauses where vulnerability has been reflected.
Can the minister tell me whether these considerations are standard in other administrative tribunals, or is this unique to this new act?
Hon. A. Dix: I don’t think this is unique, but the idea of people in vulnerable circumstances, as opposed to vulnerable people, was uniquely brought out in our consultations with Indigenous people, which were in public events as well as with the In Plain Sight working group, the leadership council and others.
I think the idea that has been put forward in this legislation may well influence other legislation. A lot of the work done to incorporate both the In Plain Sight report and our understandings around cultural safety that are reflected in this legislation because of its unique moment of its presentation — the reconciliation process and the work that went through to develop the legislation — I think, will influence other legislation.
Clause 183 approved.
On clause 184.
S. Bond: Clause 184 speaks to considerations for a protection order. Similarly to clause 183, could the minister tell me what groups were consulted regarding the process for determining a protection order?
Hon. A. Dix: I think while 183 and 184 are different sections, they’re dealing with, essentially, some of the same issues. So there were significant efforts, with all the consultations internal to government, of course, involving this and other ministries that I listed off at the beginning of our discussions in the committee, but also the In Plain Sight working group, the First Nations Leadership Council, our meetings with specific First Nations groups and communities and Indigenous communities, the work of the B.C. Human Rights Commission and the participation, in various parts of the process, of individuals.
Certainly, all of those were considered as we as we looked at these sections, which are addressing persons in vulnerable circumstances who are affected in these hearings. Of course, we know that for people in vulnerable circumstances, their issues and their complaints are often the subject of these hearings. So it’s an important consideration and a central consideration of a lot of the insight that came from the In Plain Sight working group, other Indigenous groups and also the B.C. Human Rights Commission.
Clause 184 approved.
On clause 185.
S. Bond: Can the minister just speak to the difference between clauses 184 and 185? So 185 is for a general protection order, and obviously, there are specifically outlined circumstances and criteria in 184. Could he just explain the purpose of a general protection order?
Hon. A. Dix: What this does in addition to 184 is that it says to the panel: “Anything you can do to mitigate that trauma, you should consider doing in the course of a hearing.” It’s important to ensure that people will come forward.
Also, it allows them to make any orders in a particular hearing, in a particular circumstance — which is, by its nature, adversarial — to limit potential trauma they should consider. This allows them to not just simply use protection orders, but, in addition to protection orders, to create circumstances at the hearing that protect people from trauma.
Clause 185 approved.
On clause 186.
S. Bond: This clause relates to protection orders respecting attendance. It walks through the circumstances, even of physical barriers and things like that, to respect a protection order.
Could the minister speak to the issue of looking at what specific criteria would determine if a respondent should be subject to an exclusion order? Are they more limited than the general criteria for a protection order? I’m hoping the minister understands that question. What are the specific criteria for determining if a respondent should be subject to an exclusion order?
Hon. A. Dix: These are a series of steps that can be taken to protect a person in vulnerable circumstances. It may be sufficient to have the respondent in a different room, to have them obscured in some other fashion.
That may be sufficient, but it may not be enough. It may be an assistance to have the respondent available through electronic means, which is a different circumstance. That’s in a different room, effectively. Obviously, having a patient support worker in place is another way of supporting the complainant or others in those circumstances.
Further, in the most extreme case, a respondent can be excluded. There are some things that mitigate that, to protect the rights of the respondent, who can be excluded, in the most extreme case. These are all tools that can be used to protect those in vulnerable circumstances — from the obscuring, to the electronic, to the different room and, ultimately, to exclusion.
S. Bond: Thank you to the minister for that answer. I was going to ask specifically about a separate room — I’m glad to know that that is a possibility — and, also, barriers.
I’m interested in knowing if a vulnerable person is entitled to have only one patient support worker. Can they have more than one person with them?
Hon. A. Dix: It would presumably be up to the college, and there might be some limitations, but I don’t think, in principle, it would be excluded.
The patient support worker is often someone paid for through support programs by the college, so that’s one set of things. Family members and — again, even noted here, because it can be relevant in circumstances — a companion animal could be involved in that process. I don’t think it’s necessarily limited to one.
Ultimately, that would probably be a decision at the hearing and at the college. I wouldn’t see any reason why it would necessarily be limited in that sense.
The key is to also be able to provide a support worker in circumstances to make sure that people are supported. That person is effectively paid by the college to provide that support. That support worker doesn’t necessarily have to be paid. It could be a family member, of course, and that’s why all of those different possibilities are described.
S. Bond: I appreciate hearing it, and I think that it’s incredibly important to provide the appropriate level of support, and it may be more than one person.
I’m also interested to note that there is the possibility of having a companion animal present. As we know, there are pets that are trained in a particular way. Are there limitations into the companion animal you can bring?
Hon. A. Dix: I think that obviously, you don’t want to disrupt the hearing. There are clearly animals that are either trained or appropriate to that purpose. Principally and most usually, of course, those companion animals are dogs, who play such an important role in different people’s lives in all kinds of circumstances.
So what we’re trying to…. This is part of our consultation groups. It’s trying to create a process where people in vulnerable circumstances feel that they can participate in the process. I think this is what we’ve learned over time. I think probably, if we had been talking about this legislation 30 years ago, we might not have included that, but we’ve learned over time the value of these things. That can be, in some cases, really important.
I think most typically, it would be a patient support member or family member. I think most typically, that would be the case. But certainly, companion animals play this role in lots of circumstances. That’s why the legislation specifically envisions that.
S. Bond: I just wanted to reflect on the summary, when it came to describing the point of the broad powers that are here. Obviously, there is a fair degree of flexibility for the discipline panel in order to provide for the hearing.
The summary was important, I thought, and it starts by saying that these are all steps that can make the process less traumatic. I think that’s a really important aspect of that particular clause. I just wanted to reflect that I think that’s really critical, and I think that those steps, hopefully, will help to do that.
Hon. A. Dix: And make it more likely for people to participate in those processes, which is equally important. I think you set a standard where you’re reducing the amount of trauma in circumstances that are, by definition, traumatic for all of us in some ways — that kind of conflict. I think that’s really important.
It’s to both ensure that people feel less trauma when they’re there but also to have people who we want to participate in such a process to participate.
Clause 186 approved.
On clause 187.
S. Bond: This is a process that’s interesting. Could the minister describe how cross-examination will be conducted in writing, and is that over a period of time? How does a process of cross-examination take place in writing?
Hon. A. Dix: I think the process would be that a person would give evidence — say it’s the case of sexual abuse or misconduct — and the respondent has questions to ask, and they ask those questions in writing.
This is, I think, a fundamentally less traumatic process than a verbal cross-examination of someone in those circumstances. That’s why we’re allowing that they may require that all or part of a cross-examination be conducted in writing only. Obviously, as you can see under (c), there are other rules here. But I think you can ask in writing the questions that need to be asked at a hearing.
The intention of the hearing is not necessarily the verbal exchange, in that case. It’s that the questions be asked, in the case of someone in vulnerable circumstances, in the least traumatic way possible.
S. Bond: Are there any limitations placed on the respondents’ ability to question or dispute the facts in a person’s written or sworn affidavit? We see that reflected in 187(d).
Hon. A. Dix: These are options for a discipline panel to, in particular, protect people who are under a protection order. These are the options. You can have a cross-examination in writing. That’s an option. The option that the cross-examination be conducted by the respondent’s lawyer is another option. That it can be done without the respondent present is another option. Obviously it would be terminated if it became abusive.
I think making that explicit is important, and that there is an option that the evidence be admitted without cross-examination. Obviously, in all of these cases, discipline now would weigh that against the interests of getting to the truth and justice in the matter. But that’s an option available to a discipline panel if they see that as appropriate.
Clauses 187 and 188 approved.
On clause 189.
S. Bond: Does this section have the effect that a respondent may not reference prior complaints or patterns of behaviour in a disciplinary hearing?
Hon. A. Dix: What this section does is it ensures that records are not used to simply undermine witness credibility when they’re not relevant to the specifics of the case. There’s a list of things here that are not sufficient to justify. We’re talking about sensitive records, the ones that we defined in clause 160 of the legislation. Here we’re saying that these sensitive records cannot…. It’s not sufficient to establish that they’re relevant, that they exist, etc., and especially if the record relates, for example, to medical or mental health treatment, therapy or counselling that a person has received.
The record may “reveal allegations that the person experienced an act of sexual misconduct or sexual abuse committed by someone other than the respondent.” It talks about: “…relates to a person’s sexual reputation or sexual activity with any person, including with the respondent.”
What it’s saying is that these are sensitive records and that these assertions are not sufficient to justify that a sensitive record is relevant to a discipline hearing. Obviously, we don’t want such records to be used, if they’re not relevant, to essentially go after somebody on any of those bases.
The Chair: I ask the minister to move progress.
Hon. A. Dix: I move that the committee rise, report progress and ask leave to sit again.
Motion approved.
The committee rose at 9:47 p.m.